Merge branch 'x86-entry-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip

Pull x86 entry updates from Ingo Molnar:
 "This contains x32 and compat syscall improvements, the biggest one of
  which splits x32 syscalls into their own table, which allows new
  syscalls to share the x32 and x86-64 number - which turns the
  512-547 special syscall numbers range into a legacy wart that won't be
  extended going forward"

* 'x86-entry-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip:
  x86/syscalls: Split the x32 syscalls into their own table
  x86/syscalls: Disallow compat entries for all types of 64-bit syscalls
  x86/syscalls: Use the compat versions of rt_sigsuspend() and rt_sigprocmask()
  x86/syscalls: Make __X32_SYSCALL_BIT be unsigned long
diff --git a/.clang-format b/.clang-format
index 2ffd69a..196ca31 100644
--- a/.clang-format
+++ b/.clang-format
@@ -107,10 +107,13 @@
   - 'css_for_each_descendant_post'
   - 'css_for_each_descendant_pre'
   - 'device_for_each_child_node'
+  - 'dma_fence_chain_for_each'
   - 'drm_atomic_crtc_for_each_plane'
   - 'drm_atomic_crtc_state_for_each_plane'
   - 'drm_atomic_crtc_state_for_each_plane_state'
   - 'drm_atomic_for_each_plane_damage'
+  - 'drm_client_for_each_connector_iter'
+  - 'drm_client_for_each_modeset'
   - 'drm_connector_for_each_possible_encoder'
   - 'drm_for_each_connector_iter'
   - 'drm_for_each_crtc'
@@ -126,6 +129,7 @@
   - 'drm_mm_for_each_node_in_range'
   - 'drm_mm_for_each_node_safe'
   - 'flow_action_for_each'
+  - 'for_each_active_dev_scope'
   - 'for_each_active_drhd_unit'
   - 'for_each_active_iommu'
   - 'for_each_available_child_of_node'
@@ -153,6 +157,8 @@
   - 'for_each_cpu_not'
   - 'for_each_cpu_wrap'
   - 'for_each_dev_addr'
+  - 'for_each_dev_scope'
+  - 'for_each_displayid_db'
   - 'for_each_dma_cap_mask'
   - 'for_each_dpcm_be'
   - 'for_each_dpcm_be_rollback'
@@ -169,6 +175,8 @@
   - 'for_each_evictable_lru'
   - 'for_each_fib6_node_rt_rcu'
   - 'for_each_fib6_walker_rt'
+  - 'for_each_free_mem_pfn_range_in_zone'
+  - 'for_each_free_mem_pfn_range_in_zone_from'
   - 'for_each_free_mem_range'
   - 'for_each_free_mem_range_reverse'
   - 'for_each_func_rsrc'
@@ -178,6 +186,7 @@
   - 'for_each_ip_tunnel_rcu'
   - 'for_each_irq_nr'
   - 'for_each_link_codecs'
+  - 'for_each_link_platforms'
   - 'for_each_lru'
   - 'for_each_matching_node'
   - 'for_each_matching_node_and_match'
@@ -302,7 +311,10 @@
   - 'ide_port_for_each_present_dev'
   - 'idr_for_each_entry'
   - 'idr_for_each_entry_continue'
+  - 'idr_for_each_entry_continue_ul'
   - 'idr_for_each_entry_ul'
+  - 'in_dev_for_each_ifa_rcu'
+  - 'in_dev_for_each_ifa_rtnl'
   - 'inet_bind_bucket_for_each'
   - 'inet_lhash2_for_each_icsk_rcu'
   - 'key_for_each'
@@ -343,8 +355,6 @@
   - 'media_device_for_each_intf'
   - 'media_device_for_each_link'
   - 'media_device_for_each_pad'
-  - 'mp_bvec_for_each_page'
-  - 'mp_bvec_for_each_segment'
   - 'nanddev_io_for_each_page'
   - 'netdev_for_each_lower_dev'
   - 'netdev_for_each_lower_private'
@@ -381,18 +391,19 @@
   - 'radix_tree_for_each_slot'
   - 'radix_tree_for_each_tagged'
   - 'rbtree_postorder_for_each_entry_safe'
+  - 'rdma_for_each_block'
   - 'rdma_for_each_port'
   - 'resource_list_for_each_entry'
   - 'resource_list_for_each_entry_safe'
   - 'rhl_for_each_entry_rcu'
   - 'rhl_for_each_rcu'
   - 'rht_for_each'
-  - 'rht_for_each_from'
   - 'rht_for_each_entry'
   - 'rht_for_each_entry_from'
   - 'rht_for_each_entry_rcu'
   - 'rht_for_each_entry_rcu_from'
   - 'rht_for_each_entry_safe'
+  - 'rht_for_each_from'
   - 'rht_for_each_rcu'
   - 'rht_for_each_rcu_from'
   - '__rq_for_each_bio'
diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore
index 8f5422c..2030c7a 100644
--- a/.gitignore
+++ b/.gitignore
@@ -142,3 +142,6 @@
 
 # Kdevelop4
 *.kdev4
+
+# Clang's compilation database file
+/compile_commands.json
diff --git a/.mailmap b/.mailmap
index 0fef932..1ad4fd6 100644
--- a/.mailmap
+++ b/.mailmap
@@ -64,6 +64,9 @@
 Dengcheng Zhu <dzhu@wavecomp.com> <dczhu@mips.com>
 Dengcheng Zhu <dzhu@wavecomp.com> <dengcheng.zhu@gmail.com>
 Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
+Dmitry Safonov <0x7f454c46@gmail.com> <dsafonov@virtuozzo.com>
+Dmitry Safonov <0x7f454c46@gmail.com> <d.safonov@partner.samsung.com>
+Dmitry Safonov <0x7f454c46@gmail.com> <dima@arista.com>
 Domen Puncer <domen@coderock.org>
 Douglas Gilbert <dougg@torque.net>
 Ed L. Cashin <ecashin@coraid.com>
@@ -98,6 +101,7 @@
 Javi Merino <javi.merino@kernel.org> <javi.merino@arm.com>
 <javier@osg.samsung.com> <javier.martinez@collabora.co.uk>
 Jean Tourrilhes <jt@hpl.hp.com>
+<jean-philippe@linaro.org> <jean-philippe.brucker@arm.com>
 Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pretzel.yyz.us>
 Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> <jlayton@redhat.com>
 Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> <jlayton@poochiereds.net>
@@ -116,6 +120,7 @@
 Juha Yrjola <at solidboot.com>
 Juha Yrjola <juha.yrjola@nokia.com>
 Juha Yrjola <juha.yrjola@solidboot.com>
+Julien Thierry <julien.thierry.kdev@gmail.com> <julien.thierry@arm.com>
 Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
 Kenneth W Chen <kenneth.w.chen@intel.com>
 Konstantin Khlebnikov <koct9i@gmail.com> <k.khlebnikov@samsung.com>
@@ -132,6 +137,7 @@
 Li Yang <leoyang.li@nxp.com> <leo@zh-kernel.org>
 Li Yang <leoyang.li@nxp.com> <leoli@freescale.com>
 Maciej W. Rozycki <macro@mips.com> <macro@imgtec.com>
+Marc Zyngier <maz@kernel.org> <marc.zyngier@arm.com>
 Marcin Nowakowski <marcin.nowakowski@mips.com> <marcin.nowakowski@imgtec.com>
 Mark Brown <broonie@sirena.org.uk>
 Mark Yao <markyao0591@gmail.com> <mark.yao@rock-chips.com>
@@ -157,6 +163,8 @@
 Matt Ranostay <mranostay@gmail.com> <matt.ranostay@intel.com>
 Matt Ranostay <matt.ranostay@konsulko.com> <matt@ranostay.consulting>
 Matt Redfearn <matt.redfearn@mips.com> <matt.redfearn@imgtec.com>
+Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org> <maxime.ripard@bootlin.com>
+Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org> <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
 Mayuresh Janorkar <mayur@ti.com>
 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
 Michel Dänzer <michel@tungstengraphics.com>
@@ -170,6 +178,7 @@
 Morten Welinder <welinder@troll.com>
 Mythri P K <mythripk@ti.com>
 Nguyen Anh Quynh <aquynh@gmail.com>
+Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com> <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
 Nicolas Pitre <nico@fluxnic.net> <nicolas.pitre@linaro.org>
 Nicolas Pitre <nico@fluxnic.net> <nico@linaro.org>
 Paolo 'Blaisorblade' Giarrusso <blaisorblade@yahoo.it>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-moxtet b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-moxtet
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67b1717
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-moxtet
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+What:		/sys/kernel/debug/moxtet/input
+Date:		March 2019
+KernelVersion:	5.3
+Contact:	Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
+Description:	(R) Read input from the shift registers, in hexadecimal.
+		Returns N+1 bytes, where N is the number of Moxtet connected
+		modules. The first byte is from the CPU board itself.
+		Example: 101214
+			 10: CPU board with SD card
+			 12: 2 = PCIe module, 1 = IRQ not active
+			 14: 4 = Peridot module, 1 = IRQ not active
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/debug/moxtet/output
+Date:		March 2019
+KernelVersion:	5.3
+Contact:	Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
+Description:	(RW) Read last written value to the shift registers, in
+		hexadecimal, or write values to the shift registers, also
+		in hexadecimal.
+		Example: 0102
+			 01: 01 was last written, or is to be written, to the
+			     first module's shift register
+			 02: the same for second module
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-moxtet-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-moxtet-devices
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3559585
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-moxtet-devices
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/moxtet/devices/moxtet-<name>.<addr>/module_description
+Date:		March 2019
+KernelVersion:	5.3
+Contact:	Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
+Description:	(R) Moxtet module description. Format: string
+
+What:		/sys/bus/moxtet/devices/moxtet-<name>.<addr>/module_id
+Date:		March 2019
+KernelVersion:	5.3
+Contact:	Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
+Description:	(R) Moxtet module ID. Format: %x
+
+What:		/sys/bus/moxtet/devices/moxtet-<name>.<addr>/module_name
+Date:		March 2019
+KernelVersion:	5.3
+Contact:	Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
+Description:	(R) Moxtet module name. Format: string
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc
index 6d9cc25..ba3a3fa 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc
@@ -26,6 +26,13 @@
 		Read-only attribute common to all SoCs. Contains SoC family name
 		(e.g. DB8500).
 
+What:		/sys/devices/socX/serial_number
+Date:		January 2019
+contact:	Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
+Description:
+		Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. Contains the SoC's
+		serial number, if available.
+
 What:		/sys/devices/socX/soc_id
 Date:		January 2012
 contact:	Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi
index e794eac..5e4d0b2 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi
@@ -28,3 +28,11 @@
 		versions are always printed first, i.e. ACPI20 comes
 		before ACPI.
 Users:		dmidecode
+
+What:		/sys/firmware/efi/tables/rci2
+Date:		July 2019
+Contact:	Narendra K <Narendra.K@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com
+Description:	Displays the content of the Runtime Configuration Interface
+		Table version 2 on Dell EMC PowerEdge systems in binary format
+Users:		It is used by Dell EMC OpenManage Server Administrator tool to
+		populate BIOS setup page.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-turris-mox-rwtm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-turris-mox-rwtm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15595fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-turris-mox-rwtm
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+What:		/sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/board_version
+Date:		August 2019
+KernelVersion:	5.4
+Contact:	Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
+Description:	(R) Board version burned into eFuses of this Turris Mox board.
+		Format: %i
+
+What:		/sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/mac_address*
+Date:		August 2019
+KernelVersion:	5.4
+Contact:	Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
+Description:	(R) MAC addresses burned into eFuses of this Turris Mox board.
+		Format: %pM
+
+What:		/sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/pubkey
+Date:		August 2019
+KernelVersion:	5.4
+Contact:	Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
+Description:	(R) ECDSA public key (in pubkey hex compressed form) computed
+		as pair to the ECDSA private key burned into eFuses of this
+		Turris Mox Board.
+		Format: string
+
+What:		/sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/ram_size
+Date:		August 2019
+KernelVersion:	5.4
+Contact:	Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
+Description:	(R) RAM size in MiB of this Turris Mox board as was detected
+		during manufacturing and burned into eFuses. Can be 512 or 1024.
+		Format: %i
+
+What:		/sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/serial_number
+Date:		August 2019
+KernelVersion:	5.4
+Contact:	Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
+Description:	(R) Serial number burned into eFuses of this Turris Mox device.
+		Format: %016X
diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/index.rst b/Documentation/PCI/index.rst
index f4c6121..6768305 100644
--- a/Documentation/PCI/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/PCI/index.rst
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
    :numbered:
 
    pci
-   picebus-howto
+   pciebus-howto
    pci-iov-howto
    msi-howto
    acpi-info
diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.rst b/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.rst
index 83db420..e5d450d 100644
--- a/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.rst
+++ b/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.rst
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@
 .. note::
 
    Implementation details for the powerpc platform are discussed in
-   the file Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.txt
+   the file Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.rst
 
    As of this writing, there is a growing list of device drivers with
    patches implementing error recovery. Not all of these patches are in
@@ -422,3 +422,6 @@
    - drivers/net/cxgb3
    - drivers/net/s2io.c
    - drivers/net/qlge
+
+The End
+-------
diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/picebus-howto.rst b/Documentation/PCI/pciebus-howto.rst
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/PCI/picebus-howto.rst
rename to Documentation/PCI/pciebus-howto.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Requirements/Requirements.html b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Requirements/Requirements.html
index 5a9238a..467251f 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Requirements/Requirements.html
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Requirements/Requirements.html
@@ -2129,6 +2129,8 @@
 <li>	<a href="#Hotplug CPU">Hotplug CPU</a>.
 <li>	<a href="#Scheduler and RCU">Scheduler and RCU</a>.
 <li>	<a href="#Tracing and RCU">Tracing and RCU</a>.
+<li>	<a href="#Accesses to User Memory and RCU">
+Accesses to User Memory and RCU</a>.
 <li>	<a href="#Energy Efficiency">Energy Efficiency</a>.
 <li>	<a href="#Scheduling-Clock Interrupts and RCU">
 	Scheduling-Clock Interrupts and RCU</a>.
@@ -2512,7 +2514,7 @@
 <p>
 It is possible to use tracing on RCU code, but tracing itself
 uses RCU.
-For this reason, <tt>rcu_dereference_raw_notrace()</tt>
+For this reason, <tt>rcu_dereference_raw_check()</tt>
 is provided for use by tracing, which avoids the destructive
 recursion that could otherwise ensue.
 This API is also used by virtualization in some architectures,
@@ -2521,6 +2523,75 @@
 The tracing folks both located the requirement and provided the
 needed fix, so this surprise requirement was relatively painless.
 
+<h3><a name="Accesses to User Memory and RCU">
+Accesses to User Memory and RCU</a></h3>
+
+<p>
+The kernel needs to access user-space memory, for example, to access
+data referenced by system-call parameters.
+The <tt>get_user()</tt> macro does this job.
+
+<p>
+However, user-space memory might well be paged out, which means
+that <tt>get_user()</tt> might well page-fault and thus block while
+waiting for the resulting I/O to complete.
+It would be a very bad thing for the compiler to reorder
+a <tt>get_user()</tt> invocation into an RCU read-side critical
+section.
+For example, suppose that the source code looked like this:
+
+<blockquote>
+<pre>
+ 1 rcu_read_lock();
+ 2 p = rcu_dereference(gp);
+ 3 v = p-&gt;value;
+ 4 rcu_read_unlock();
+ 5 get_user(user_v, user_p);
+ 6 do_something_with(v, user_v);
+</pre>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p>
+The compiler must not be permitted to transform this source code into
+the following:
+
+<blockquote>
+<pre>
+ 1 rcu_read_lock();
+ 2 p = rcu_dereference(gp);
+ 3 get_user(user_v, user_p); // BUG: POSSIBLE PAGE FAULT!!!
+ 4 v = p-&gt;value;
+ 5 rcu_read_unlock();
+ 6 do_something_with(v, user_v);
+</pre>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p>
+If the compiler did make this transformation in a
+<tt>CONFIG_PREEMPT=n</tt> kernel build, and if <tt>get_user()</tt> did
+page fault, the result would be a quiescent state in the middle
+of an RCU read-side critical section.
+This misplaced quiescent state could result in line&nbsp;4 being
+a use-after-free access, which could be bad for your kernel's
+actuarial statistics.
+Similar examples can be constructed with the call to <tt>get_user()</tt>
+preceding the <tt>rcu_read_lock()</tt>.
+
+<p>
+Unfortunately, <tt>get_user()</tt> doesn't have any particular
+ordering properties, and in some architectures the underlying <tt>asm</tt>
+isn't even marked <tt>volatile</tt>.
+And even if it was marked <tt>volatile</tt>, the above access to
+<tt>p-&gt;value</tt> is not volatile, so the compiler would not have any
+reason to keep those two accesses in order.
+
+<p>
+Therefore, the Linux-kernel definitions of <tt>rcu_read_lock()</tt>
+and <tt>rcu_read_unlock()</tt> must act as compiler barriers,
+at least for outermost instances of <tt>rcu_read_lock()</tt> and
+<tt>rcu_read_unlock()</tt> within a nested set of RCU read-side critical
+sections.
+
 <h3><a name="Energy Efficiency">Energy Efficiency</a></h3>
 
 <p>
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/rculist_nulls.txt b/Documentation/RCU/rculist_nulls.txt
index 8151f01..23f115d 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/rculist_nulls.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/rculist_nulls.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 Using hlist_nulls to protect read-mostly linked lists and
 objects using SLAB_TYPESAFE_BY_RCU allocations.
 
-Please read the basics in Documentation/RCU/listRCU.txt
+Please read the basics in Documentation/RCU/listRCU.rst
 
 Using special makers (called 'nulls') is a convenient way
 to solve following problem :
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt b/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt
index 13e88fc..f48f462 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt
@@ -57,6 +57,12 @@
 	CONFIG_PREEMPT_RCU case, you might see stall-warning
 	messages.
 
+	You can use the rcutree.kthread_prio kernel boot parameter to
+	increase the scheduling priority of RCU's kthreads, which can
+	help avoid this problem.  However, please note that doing this
+	can increase your system's context-switch rate and thus degrade
+	performance.
+
 o	A periodic interrupt whose handler takes longer than the time
 	interval between successive pairs of interrupts.  This can
 	prevent RCU's kthreads and softirq handlers from running.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst
index 3b29005..5f1c266 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst
@@ -951,6 +951,13 @@
 normal scheduling policy and absolute bandwidth allocation model for
 realtime scheduling policy.
 
+In all the above models, cycles distribution is defined only on a temporal
+base and it does not account for the frequency at which tasks are executed.
+The (optional) utilization clamping support allows to hint the schedutil
+cpufreq governor about the minimum desired frequency which should always be
+provided by a CPU, as well as the maximum desired frequency, which should not
+be exceeded by a CPU.
+
 WARNING: cgroup2 doesn't yet support control of realtime processes and
 the cpu controller can only be enabled when all RT processes are in
 the root cgroup.  Be aware that system management software may already
@@ -1016,6 +1023,33 @@
 	Shows pressure stall information for CPU. See
 	Documentation/accounting/psi.rst for details.
 
+  cpu.uclamp.min
+        A read-write single value file which exists on non-root cgroups.
+        The default is "0", i.e. no utilization boosting.
+
+        The requested minimum utilization (protection) as a percentage
+        rational number, e.g. 12.34 for 12.34%.
+
+        This interface allows reading and setting minimum utilization clamp
+        values similar to the sched_setattr(2). This minimum utilization
+        value is used to clamp the task specific minimum utilization clamp.
+
+        The requested minimum utilization (protection) is always capped by
+        the current value for the maximum utilization (limit), i.e.
+        `cpu.uclamp.max`.
+
+  cpu.uclamp.max
+        A read-write single value file which exists on non-root cgroups.
+        The default is "max". i.e. no utilization capping
+
+        The requested maximum utilization (limit) as a percentage rational
+        number, e.g. 98.76 for 98.76%.
+
+        This interface allows reading and setting maximum utilization clamp
+        values similar to the sched_setattr(2). This maximum utilization
+        value is used to clamp the task specific maximum utilization clamp.
+
+
 
 Memory
 ------
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/conf.py b/Documentation/admin-guide/conf.py
deleted file mode 100644
index 86f7389..0000000
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/conf.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-# -*- coding: utf-8; mode: python -*-
-
-project = 'Linux Kernel User Documentation'
-
-tags.add("subproject")
-
-latex_documents = [
-    ('index', 'linux-user.tex', 'Linux Kernel User Documentation',
-     'The kernel development community', 'manual'),
-]
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/spectre.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/spectre.rst
index 25f3b25..e05e581 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/spectre.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/spectre.rst
@@ -41,10 +41,11 @@
 
 The following CVE entries describe Spectre variants:
 
-   =============   =======================  =================
+   =============   =======================  ==========================
    CVE-2017-5753   Bounds check bypass      Spectre variant 1
    CVE-2017-5715   Branch target injection  Spectre variant 2
-   =============   =======================  =================
+   CVE-2019-1125   Spectre v1 swapgs        Spectre variant 1 (swapgs)
+   =============   =======================  ==========================
 
 Problem
 -------
@@ -78,6 +79,13 @@
 over the network, see :ref:`[12] <spec_ref12>`. However such attacks
 are difficult, low bandwidth, fragile, and are considered low risk.
 
+Note that, despite "Bounds Check Bypass" name, Spectre variant 1 is not
+only about user-controlled array bounds checks.  It can affect any
+conditional checks.  The kernel entry code interrupt, exception, and NMI
+handlers all have conditional swapgs checks.  Those may be problematic
+in the context of Spectre v1, as kernel code can speculatively run with
+a user GS.
+
 Spectre variant 2 (Branch Target Injection)
 -------------------------------------------
 
@@ -132,6 +140,9 @@
 1. A user process attacking the kernel
 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
 
+Spectre variant 1
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
    The attacker passes a parameter to the kernel via a register or
    via a known address in memory during a syscall. Such parameter may
    be used later by the kernel as an index to an array or to derive
@@ -144,7 +155,40 @@
    potentially be influenced for Spectre attacks, new "nospec" accessor
    macros are used to prevent speculative loading of data.
 
-   Spectre variant 2 attacker can :ref:`poison <poison_btb>` the branch
+Spectre variant 1 (swapgs)
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+   An attacker can train the branch predictor to speculatively skip the
+   swapgs path for an interrupt or exception.  If they initialize
+   the GS register to a user-space value, if the swapgs is speculatively
+   skipped, subsequent GS-related percpu accesses in the speculation
+   window will be done with the attacker-controlled GS value.  This
+   could cause privileged memory to be accessed and leaked.
+
+   For example:
+
+   ::
+
+     if (coming from user space)
+         swapgs
+     mov %gs:<percpu_offset>, %reg
+     mov (%reg), %reg1
+
+   When coming from user space, the CPU can speculatively skip the
+   swapgs, and then do a speculative percpu load using the user GS
+   value.  So the user can speculatively force a read of any kernel
+   value.  If a gadget exists which uses the percpu value as an address
+   in another load/store, then the contents of the kernel value may
+   become visible via an L1 side channel attack.
+
+   A similar attack exists when coming from kernel space.  The CPU can
+   speculatively do the swapgs, causing the user GS to get used for the
+   rest of the speculative window.
+
+Spectre variant 2
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+   A spectre variant 2 attacker can :ref:`poison <poison_btb>` the branch
    target buffer (BTB) before issuing syscall to launch an attack.
    After entering the kernel, the kernel could use the poisoned branch
    target buffer on indirect jump and jump to gadget code in speculative
@@ -280,11 +324,18 @@
 
 The possible values in this file are:
 
-  =======================================  =================================
-  'Mitigation: __user pointer sanitation'  Protection in kernel on a case by
-                                           case base with explicit pointer
-                                           sanitation.
-  =======================================  =================================
+  .. list-table::
+
+     * - 'Not affected'
+       - The processor is not vulnerable.
+     * - 'Vulnerable: __user pointer sanitization and usercopy barriers only; no swapgs barriers'
+       - The swapgs protections are disabled; otherwise it has
+         protection in the kernel on a case by case base with explicit
+         pointer sanitation and usercopy LFENCE barriers.
+     * - 'Mitigation: usercopy/swapgs barriers and __user pointer sanitization'
+       - Protection in the kernel on a case by case base with explicit
+         pointer sanitation, usercopy LFENCE barriers, and swapgs LFENCE
+         barriers.
 
 However, the protections are put in place on a case by case basis,
 and there is no guarantee that all possible attack vectors for Spectre
@@ -366,12 +417,27 @@
 1. Kernel mitigation
 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
 
+Spectre variant 1
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
    For the Spectre variant 1, vulnerable kernel code (as determined
    by code audit or scanning tools) is annotated on a case by case
    basis to use nospec accessor macros for bounds clipping :ref:`[2]
    <spec_ref2>` to avoid any usable disclosure gadgets. However, it may
    not cover all attack vectors for Spectre variant 1.
 
+   Copy-from-user code has an LFENCE barrier to prevent the access_ok()
+   check from being mis-speculated.  The barrier is done by the
+   barrier_nospec() macro.
+
+   For the swapgs variant of Spectre variant 1, LFENCE barriers are
+   added to interrupt, exception and NMI entry where needed.  These
+   barriers are done by the FENCE_SWAPGS_KERNEL_ENTRY and
+   FENCE_SWAPGS_USER_ENTRY macros.
+
+Spectre variant 2
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
    For Spectre variant 2 mitigation, the compiler turns indirect calls or
    jumps in the kernel into equivalent return trampolines (retpolines)
    :ref:`[3] <spec_ref3>` :ref:`[9] <spec_ref9>` to go to the target
@@ -473,6 +539,12 @@
 Spectre variant 2 mitigation can be disabled or force enabled at the
 kernel command line.
 
+	nospectre_v1
+
+		[X86,PPC] Disable mitigations for Spectre Variant 1
+		(bounds check bypass). With this option data leaks are
+		possible in the system.
+
 	nospectre_v2
 
 		[X86] Disable all mitigations for the Spectre variant 2
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
index 46b826fc..520deda 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -1732,6 +1732,11 @@
 			Note that using this option lowers the security
 			provided by tboot because it makes the system
 			vulnerable to DMA attacks.
+		nobounce [Default off]
+			Disable bounce buffer for unstrusted devices such as
+			the Thunderbolt devices. This will treat the untrusted
+			devices as the trusted ones, hence might expose security
+			risks of DMA attacks.
 
 	intel_idle.max_cstate=	[KNL,HW,ACPI,X86]
 			0	disables intel_idle and fall back on acpi_idle.
@@ -1811,7 +1816,7 @@
 			  synchronously.
 
 	iommu.passthrough=
-			[ARM64] Configure DMA to bypass the IOMMU by default.
+			[ARM64, X86] Configure DMA to bypass the IOMMU by default.
 			Format: { "0" | "1" }
 			0 - Use IOMMU translation for DMA.
 			1 - Bypass the IOMMU for DMA.
@@ -2373,7 +2378,7 @@
 
 	machvec=	[IA-64] Force the use of a particular machine-vector
 			(machvec) in a generic kernel.
-			Example: machvec=hpzx1_swiotlb
+			Example: machvec=hpzx1
 
 	machtype=	[Loongson] Share the same kernel image file between different
 			 yeeloong laptop.
@@ -2545,7 +2550,7 @@
 			mem_encrypt=on:		Activate SME
 			mem_encrypt=off:	Do not activate SME
 
-			Refer to Documentation/virtual/kvm/amd-memory-encryption.rst
+			Refer to Documentation/virt/kvm/amd-memory-encryption.rst
 			for details on when memory encryption can be activated.
 
 	mem_sleep_default=	[SUSPEND] Default system suspend mode:
@@ -2604,7 +2609,7 @@
 				expose users to several CPU vulnerabilities.
 				Equivalent to: nopti [X86,PPC]
 					       kpti=0 [ARM64]
-					       nospectre_v1 [PPC]
+					       nospectre_v1 [X86,PPC]
 					       nobp=0 [S390]
 					       nospectre_v2 [X86,PPC,S390,ARM64]
 					       spectre_v2_user=off [X86]
@@ -2965,9 +2970,9 @@
 			nosmt=force: Force disable SMT, cannot be undone
 				     via the sysfs control file.
 
-	nospectre_v1	[PPC] Disable mitigations for Spectre Variant 1 (bounds
-			check bypass). With this option data leaks are possible
-			in the system.
+	nospectre_v1	[X86,PPC] Disable mitigations for Spectre Variant 1
+			(bounds check bypass). With this option data leaks are
+			possible in the system.
 
 	nospectre_v2	[X86,PPC_FSL_BOOK3E,ARM64] Disable all mitigations for
 			the Spectre variant 2 (indirect branch prediction)
@@ -3837,12 +3842,13 @@
 			RCU_BOOST is not set, valid values are 0-99 and
 			the default is zero (non-realtime operation).
 
-	rcutree.rcu_nocb_leader_stride= [KNL]
-			Set the number of NOCB kthread groups, which
-			defaults to the square root of the number of
-			CPUs.  Larger numbers reduces the wakeup overhead
-			on the per-CPU grace-period kthreads, but increases
-			that same overhead on each group's leader.
+	rcutree.rcu_nocb_gp_stride= [KNL]
+			Set the number of NOCB callback kthreads in
+			each group, which defaults to the square root
+			of the number of CPUs.	Larger numbers reduce
+			the wakeup overhead on the global grace-period
+			kthread, but increases that same overhead on
+			each group's NOCB grace-period kthread.
 
 	rcutree.qhimark= [KNL]
 			Set threshold of queued RCU callbacks beyond which
@@ -4047,6 +4053,10 @@
 	rcutorture.verbose= [KNL]
 			Enable additional printk() statements.
 
+	rcupdate.rcu_cpu_stall_ftrace_dump= [KNL]
+			Dump ftrace buffer after reporting RCU CPU
+			stall warning.
+
 	rcupdate.rcu_cpu_stall_suppress= [KNL]
 			Suppress RCU CPU stall warning messages.
 
@@ -4090,6 +4100,13 @@
 			Run specified binary instead of /init from the ramdisk,
 			used for early userspace startup. See initrd.
 
+	rdrand=		[X86]
+			force - Override the decision by the kernel to hide the
+				advertisement of RDRAND support (this affects
+				certain AMD processors because of buggy BIOS
+				support, specifically around the suspend/resume
+				path).
+
 	rdt=		[HW,X86,RDT]
 			Turn on/off individual RDT features. List is:
 			cmt, mbmtotal, mbmlocal, l3cat, l3cdp, l2cat, l2cdp,
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/transhuge.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/transhuge.rst
index 7ab93a8..bd57145 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/transhuge.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/transhuge.rst
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
 collapses sequences of basic pages into huge pages.
 
 The THP behaviour is controlled via :ref:`sysfs <thp_sysfs>`
-interface and using madivse(2) and prctl(2) system calls.
+interface and using madvise(2) and prctl(2) system calls.
 
 Transparent Hugepage Support maximizes the usefulness of free memory
 if compared to the reservation approach of hugetlbfs by allowing all
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/imx-ddr.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/imx-ddr.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..517a205
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/imx-ddr.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+=====================================================
+Freescale i.MX8 DDR Performance Monitoring Unit (PMU)
+=====================================================
+
+There are no performance counters inside the DRAM controller, so performance
+signals are brought out to the edge of the controller where a set of 4 x 32 bit
+counters is implemented. This is controlled by the CSV modes programed in counter
+control register which causes a large number of PERF signals to be generated.
+
+Selection of the value for each counter is done via the config registers. There
+is one register for each counter. Counter 0 is special in that it always counts
+“time” and when expired causes a lock on itself and the other counters and an
+interrupt is raised. If any other counter overflows, it continues counting, and
+no interrupt is raised.
+
+The "format" directory describes format of the config (event ID) and config1
+(AXI filtering) fields of the perf_event_attr structure, see /sys/bus/event_source/
+devices/imx8_ddr0/format/. The "events" directory describes the events types
+hardware supported that can be used with perf tool, see /sys/bus/event_source/
+devices/imx8_ddr0/events/.
+  e.g.::
+        perf stat -a -e imx8_ddr0/cycles/ cmd
+        perf stat -a -e imx8_ddr0/read/,imx8_ddr0/write/ cmd
+
+AXI filtering is only used by CSV modes 0x41 (axid-read) and 0x42 (axid-write)
+to count reading or writing matches filter setting. Filter setting is various
+from different DRAM controller implementations, which is distinguished by quirks
+in the driver.
+
+* With DDR_CAP_AXI_ID_FILTER quirk.
+  Filter is defined with two configuration parts:
+  --AXI_ID defines AxID matching value.
+  --AXI_MASKING defines which bits of AxID are meaningful for the matching.
+        0:corresponding bit is masked.
+        1: corresponding bit is not masked, i.e. used to do the matching.
+
+  AXI_ID and AXI_MASKING are mapped on DPCR1 register in performance counter.
+  When non-masked bits are matching corresponding AXI_ID bits then counter is
+  incremented. Perf counter is incremented if
+          AxID && AXI_MASKING == AXI_ID && AXI_MASKING
+
+  This filter doesn't support filter different AXI ID for axid-read and axid-write
+  event at the same time as this filter is shared between counters.
+  e.g.::
+        perf stat -a -e imx8_ddr0/axid-read,axi_mask=0xMMMM,axi_id=0xDDDD/ cmd
+        perf stat -a -e imx8_ddr0/axid-write,axi_mask=0xMMMM,axi_id=0xDDDD/ cmd
+
+  NOTE: axi_mask is inverted in userspace(i.e. set bits are bits to mask), and
+  it will be reverted in driver automatically. so that the user can just specify
+  axi_id to monitor a specific id, rather than having to specify axi_mask.
+  e.g.::
+        perf stat -a -e imx8_ddr0/axid-read,axi_id=0x12/ cmd, which will monitor ARID=0x12
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/net.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/net.rst
index a7d44e7..287b987 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/net.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/net.rst
@@ -39,7 +39,6 @@
  802       E802 protocol         ax25       AX25
  ethernet  Ethernet protocol     rose       X.25 PLP layer
  ipv4      IP version 4          x25        X.25 protocol
- ipx       IPX                   token-ring IBM token ring
  bridge    Bridging              decnet     DEC net
  ipv6      IP version 6          tipc       TIPC
  ========= =================== = ========== ==================
@@ -401,33 +400,7 @@
 (network) that the route leads to, the router (may be directly connected), the
 route flags, and the device the route is using.
 
-
-5. IPX
-------
-
-The IPX protocol has no tunable values in proc/sys/net.
-
-The IPX  protocol  does,  however,  provide  proc/net/ipx. This lists each IPX
-socket giving  the  local  and  remote  addresses  in  Novell  format (that is
-network:node:port). In  accordance  with  the  strange  Novell  tradition,
-everything but the port is in hex. Not_Connected is displayed for sockets that
-are not  tied to a specific remote address. The Tx and Rx queue sizes indicate
-the number  of  bytes  pending  for  transmission  and  reception.  The  state
-indicates the  state  the  socket  is  in and the uid is the owning uid of the
-socket.
-
-The /proc/net/ipx_interface  file lists all IPX interfaces. For each interface
-it gives  the network number, the node number, and indicates if the network is
-the primary  network.  It  also  indicates  which  device  it  is bound to (or
-Internal for  internal  networks)  and  the  Frame  Type if appropriate. Linux
-supports 802.3,  802.2,  802.2  SNAP  and DIX (Blue Book) ethernet framing for
-IPX.
-
-The /proc/net/ipx_route  table  holds  a list of IPX routes. For each route it
-gives the  destination  network, the router node (or Directly) and the network
-address of the router (or Connected) for internal networks.
-
-6. TIPC
+5. TIPC
 -------
 
 tipc_rmem
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/index.rst b/Documentation/arm64/index.rst
index 96b696b..5c0c69d 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm64/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/index.rst
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@
     pointer-authentication
     silicon-errata
     sve
+    tagged-address-abi
     tagged-pointers
 
 .. only::  subproject and html
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/kasan-offsets.sh b/Documentation/arm64/kasan-offsets.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b7a021
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/kasan-offsets.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+# Print out the KASAN_SHADOW_OFFSETS required to place the KASAN SHADOW
+# start address at the mid-point of the kernel VA space
+
+print_kasan_offset () {
+	printf "%02d\t" $1
+	printf "0x%08x00000000\n" $(( (0xffffffff & (-1 << ($1 - 1 - 32))) \
+			+ (1 << ($1 - 32 - $2)) \
+			- (1 << (64 - 32 - $2)) ))
+}
+
+echo KASAN_SHADOW_SCALE_SHIFT = 3
+printf "VABITS\tKASAN_SHADOW_OFFSET\n"
+print_kasan_offset 48 3
+print_kasan_offset 47 3
+print_kasan_offset 42 3
+print_kasan_offset 39 3
+print_kasan_offset 36 3
+echo
+echo KASAN_SHADOW_SCALE_SHIFT = 4
+printf "VABITS\tKASAN_SHADOW_OFFSET\n"
+print_kasan_offset 48 4
+print_kasan_offset 47 4
+print_kasan_offset 42 4
+print_kasan_offset 39 4
+print_kasan_offset 36 4
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/memory.rst b/Documentation/arm64/memory.rst
index 464b880..b040909 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm64/memory.rst
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/memory.rst
@@ -14,6 +14,10 @@
 64KB pages, only 2 levels of translation tables, allowing 42-bit (4TB)
 virtual address, are used but the memory layout is the same.
 
+ARMv8.2 adds optional support for Large Virtual Address space. This is
+only available when running with a 64KB page size and expands the
+number of descriptors in the first level of translation.
+
 User addresses have bits 63:48 set to 0 while the kernel addresses have
 the same bits set to 1. TTBRx selection is given by bit 63 of the
 virtual address. The swapper_pg_dir contains only kernel (global)
@@ -22,40 +26,43 @@
 TTBR0.
 
 
-AArch64 Linux memory layout with 4KB pages + 3 levels::
-
-  Start			End			Size		Use
-  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-  0000000000000000	0000007fffffffff	 512GB		user
-  ffffff8000000000	ffffffffffffffff	 512GB		kernel
-
-
-AArch64 Linux memory layout with 4KB pages + 4 levels::
+AArch64 Linux memory layout with 4KB pages + 4 levels (48-bit)::
 
   Start			End			Size		Use
   -----------------------------------------------------------------------
   0000000000000000	0000ffffffffffff	 256TB		user
-  ffff000000000000	ffffffffffffffff	 256TB		kernel
+  ffff000000000000	ffff7fffffffffff	 128TB		kernel logical memory map
+  ffff800000000000	ffff9fffffffffff	  32TB		kasan shadow region
+  ffffa00000000000	ffffa00007ffffff	 128MB		bpf jit region
+  ffffa00008000000	ffffa0000fffffff	 128MB		modules
+  ffffa00010000000	fffffdffbffeffff	 ~93TB		vmalloc
+  fffffdffbfff0000	fffffdfffe5f8fff	~998MB		[guard region]
+  fffffdfffe5f9000	fffffdfffe9fffff	4124KB		fixed mappings
+  fffffdfffea00000	fffffdfffebfffff	   2MB		[guard region]
+  fffffdfffec00000	fffffdffffbfffff	  16MB		PCI I/O space
+  fffffdffffc00000	fffffdffffdfffff	   2MB		[guard region]
+  fffffdffffe00000	ffffffffffdfffff	   2TB		vmemmap
+  ffffffffffe00000	ffffffffffffffff	   2MB		[guard region]
 
 
-AArch64 Linux memory layout with 64KB pages + 2 levels::
+AArch64 Linux memory layout with 64KB pages + 3 levels (52-bit with HW support)::
 
   Start			End			Size		Use
   -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-  0000000000000000	000003ffffffffff	   4TB		user
-  fffffc0000000000	ffffffffffffffff	   4TB		kernel
-
-
-AArch64 Linux memory layout with 64KB pages + 3 levels::
-
-  Start			End			Size		Use
-  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-  0000000000000000	0000ffffffffffff	 256TB		user
-  ffff000000000000	ffffffffffffffff	 256TB		kernel
-
-
-For details of the virtual kernel memory layout please see the kernel
-booting log.
+  0000000000000000	000fffffffffffff	   4PB		user
+  fff0000000000000	fff7ffffffffffff	   2PB		kernel logical memory map
+  fff8000000000000	fffd9fffffffffff	1440TB		[gap]
+  fffda00000000000	ffff9fffffffffff	 512TB		kasan shadow region
+  ffffa00000000000	ffffa00007ffffff	 128MB		bpf jit region
+  ffffa00008000000	ffffa0000fffffff	 128MB		modules
+  ffffa00010000000	fffff81ffffeffff	 ~88TB		vmalloc
+  fffff81fffff0000	fffffc1ffe58ffff	  ~3TB		[guard region]
+  fffffc1ffe590000	fffffc1ffe9fffff	4544KB		fixed mappings
+  fffffc1ffea00000	fffffc1ffebfffff	   2MB		[guard region]
+  fffffc1ffec00000	fffffc1fffbfffff	  16MB		PCI I/O space
+  fffffc1fffc00000	fffffc1fffdfffff	   2MB		[guard region]
+  fffffc1fffe00000	ffffffffffdfffff	3968GB		vmemmap
+  ffffffffffe00000	ffffffffffffffff	   2MB		[guard region]
 
 
 Translation table lookup with 4KB pages::
@@ -83,7 +90,8 @@
    |                 |    |               |            [15:0]  in-page offset
    |                 |    |               +----------> [28:16] L3 index
    |                 |    +--------------------------> [41:29] L2 index
-   |                 +-------------------------------> [47:42] L1 index
+   |                 +-------------------------------> [47:42] L1 index (48-bit)
+   |                                                   [51:42] L1 index (52-bit)
    +-------------------------------------------------> [63] TTBR0/1
 
 
@@ -96,3 +104,62 @@
 
 When using KVM with the Virtualization Host Extensions, no additional
 mappings are created, since the host kernel runs directly in EL2.
+
+52-bit VA support in the kernel
+-------------------------------
+If the ARMv8.2-LVA optional feature is present, and we are running
+with a 64KB page size; then it is possible to use 52-bits of address
+space for both userspace and kernel addresses. However, any kernel
+binary that supports 52-bit must also be able to fall back to 48-bit
+at early boot time if the hardware feature is not present.
+
+This fallback mechanism necessitates the kernel .text to be in the
+higher addresses such that they are invariant to 48/52-bit VAs. Due
+to the kasan shadow being a fraction of the entire kernel VA space,
+the end of the kasan shadow must also be in the higher half of the
+kernel VA space for both 48/52-bit. (Switching from 48-bit to 52-bit,
+the end of the kasan shadow is invariant and dependent on ~0UL,
+whilst the start address will "grow" towards the lower addresses).
+
+In order to optimise phys_to_virt and virt_to_phys, the PAGE_OFFSET
+is kept constant at 0xFFF0000000000000 (corresponding to 52-bit),
+this obviates the need for an extra variable read. The physvirt
+offset and vmemmap offsets are computed at early boot to enable
+this logic.
+
+As a single binary will need to support both 48-bit and 52-bit VA
+spaces, the VMEMMAP must be sized large enough for 52-bit VAs and
+also must be sized large enought to accommodate a fixed PAGE_OFFSET.
+
+Most code in the kernel should not need to consider the VA_BITS, for
+code that does need to know the VA size the variables are
+defined as follows:
+
+VA_BITS		constant	the *maximum* VA space size
+
+VA_BITS_MIN	constant	the *minimum* VA space size
+
+vabits_actual	variable	the *actual* VA space size
+
+
+Maximum and minimum sizes can be useful to ensure that buffers are
+sized large enough or that addresses are positioned close enough for
+the "worst" case.
+
+52-bit userspace VAs
+--------------------
+To maintain compatibility with software that relies on the ARMv8.0
+VA space maximum size of 48-bits, the kernel will, by default,
+return virtual addresses to userspace from a 48-bit range.
+
+Software can "opt-in" to receiving VAs from a 52-bit space by
+specifying an mmap hint parameter that is larger than 48-bit.
+For example:
+    maybe_high_address = mmap(~0UL, size, prot, flags,...);
+
+It is also possible to build a debug kernel that returns addresses
+from a 52-bit space by enabling the following kernel config options:
+   CONFIG_EXPERT=y && CONFIG_ARM64_FORCE_52BIT=y
+
+Note that this option is only intended for debugging applications
+and should not be used in production.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/tagged-address-abi.rst b/Documentation/arm64/tagged-address-abi.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4a85d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/tagged-address-abi.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+==========================
+AArch64 TAGGED ADDRESS ABI
+==========================
+
+Authors: Vincenzo Frascino <vincenzo.frascino@arm.com>
+         Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
+
+Date: 21 August 2019
+
+This document describes the usage and semantics of the Tagged Address
+ABI on AArch64 Linux.
+
+1. Introduction
+---------------
+
+On AArch64 the ``TCR_EL1.TBI0`` bit is set by default, allowing
+userspace (EL0) to perform memory accesses through 64-bit pointers with
+a non-zero top byte. This document describes the relaxation of the
+syscall ABI that allows userspace to pass certain tagged pointers to
+kernel syscalls.
+
+2. AArch64 Tagged Address ABI
+-----------------------------
+
+From the kernel syscall interface perspective and for the purposes of
+this document, a "valid tagged pointer" is a pointer with a potentially
+non-zero top-byte that references an address in the user process address
+space obtained in one of the following ways:
+
+- ``mmap()`` syscall where either:
+
+  - flags have the ``MAP_ANONYMOUS`` bit set or
+  - the file descriptor refers to a regular file (including those
+    returned by ``memfd_create()``) or ``/dev/zero``
+
+- ``brk()`` syscall (i.e. the heap area between the initial location of
+  the program break at process creation and its current location).
+
+- any memory mapped by the kernel in the address space of the process
+  during creation and with the same restrictions as for ``mmap()`` above
+  (e.g. data, bss, stack).
+
+The AArch64 Tagged Address ABI has two stages of relaxation depending
+how the user addresses are used by the kernel:
+
+1. User addresses not accessed by the kernel but used for address space
+   management (e.g. ``mmap()``, ``mprotect()``, ``madvise()``). The use
+   of valid tagged pointers in this context is always allowed.
+
+2. User addresses accessed by the kernel (e.g. ``write()``). This ABI
+   relaxation is disabled by default and the application thread needs to
+   explicitly enable it via ``prctl()`` as follows:
+
+   - ``PR_SET_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL``: enable or disable the AArch64 Tagged
+     Address ABI for the calling thread.
+
+     The ``(unsigned int) arg2`` argument is a bit mask describing the
+     control mode used:
+
+     - ``PR_TAGGED_ADDR_ENABLE``: enable AArch64 Tagged Address ABI.
+       Default status is disabled.
+
+     Arguments ``arg3``, ``arg4``, and ``arg5`` must be 0.
+
+   - ``PR_GET_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL``: get the status of the AArch64 Tagged
+     Address ABI for the calling thread.
+
+     Arguments ``arg2``, ``arg3``, ``arg4``, and ``arg5`` must be 0.
+
+   The ABI properties described above are thread-scoped, inherited on
+   clone() and fork() and cleared on exec().
+
+   Calling ``prctl(PR_SET_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL, PR_TAGGED_ADDR_ENABLE, 0, 0, 0)``
+   returns ``-EINVAL`` if the AArch64 Tagged Address ABI is globally
+   disabled by ``sysctl abi.tagged_addr_disabled=1``. The default
+   ``sysctl abi.tagged_addr_disabled`` configuration is 0.
+
+When the AArch64 Tagged Address ABI is enabled for a thread, the
+following behaviours are guaranteed:
+
+- All syscalls except the cases mentioned in section 3 can accept any
+  valid tagged pointer.
+
+- The syscall behaviour is undefined for invalid tagged pointers: it may
+  result in an error code being returned, a (fatal) signal being raised,
+  or other modes of failure.
+
+- The syscall behaviour for a valid tagged pointer is the same as for
+  the corresponding untagged pointer.
+
+
+A definition of the meaning of tagged pointers on AArch64 can be found
+in Documentation/arm64/tagged-pointers.rst.
+
+3. AArch64 Tagged Address ABI Exceptions
+-----------------------------------------
+
+The following system call parameters must be untagged regardless of the
+ABI relaxation:
+
+- ``prctl()`` other than pointers to user data either passed directly or
+  indirectly as arguments to be accessed by the kernel.
+
+- ``ioctl()`` other than pointers to user data either passed directly or
+  indirectly as arguments to be accessed by the kernel.
+
+- ``shmat()`` and ``shmdt()``.
+
+Any attempt to use non-zero tagged pointers may result in an error code
+being returned, a (fatal) signal being raised, or other modes of
+failure.
+
+4. Example of correct usage
+---------------------------
+.. code-block:: c
+
+   #include <stdlib.h>
+   #include <string.h>
+   #include <unistd.h>
+   #include <sys/mman.h>
+   #include <sys/prctl.h>
+   
+   #define PR_SET_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL	55
+   #define PR_TAGGED_ADDR_ENABLE	(1UL << 0)
+   
+   #define TAG_SHIFT		56
+   
+   int main(void)
+   {
+   	int tbi_enabled = 0;
+   	unsigned long tag = 0;
+   	char *ptr;
+   
+   	/* check/enable the tagged address ABI */
+   	if (!prctl(PR_SET_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL, PR_TAGGED_ADDR_ENABLE, 0, 0, 0))
+   		tbi_enabled = 1;
+   
+   	/* memory allocation */
+   	ptr = mmap(NULL, sysconf(_SC_PAGE_SIZE), PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE,
+   		   MAP_PRIVATE | MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0);
+   	if (ptr == MAP_FAILED)
+   		return 1;
+   
+   	/* set a non-zero tag if the ABI is available */
+   	if (tbi_enabled)
+   		tag = rand() & 0xff;
+   	ptr = (char *)((unsigned long)ptr | (tag << TAG_SHIFT));
+   
+   	/* memory access to a tagged address */
+   	strcpy(ptr, "tagged pointer\n");
+   
+   	/* syscall with a tagged pointer */
+   	write(1, ptr, strlen(ptr));
+   
+   	return 0;
+   }
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/tagged-pointers.rst b/Documentation/arm64/tagged-pointers.rst
index 2acdec3..eab4323 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm64/tagged-pointers.rst
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/tagged-pointers.rst
@@ -20,7 +20,9 @@
 --------------------------------------
 
 All interpretation of userspace memory addresses by the kernel assumes
-an address tag of 0x00.
+an address tag of 0x00, unless the application enables the AArch64
+Tagged Address ABI explicitly
+(Documentation/arm64/tagged-address-abi.rst).
 
 This includes, but is not limited to, addresses found in:
 
@@ -33,13 +35,15 @@
  - the frame pointer (x29) and frame records, e.g. when interpreting
    them to generate a backtrace or call graph.
 
-Using non-zero address tags in any of these locations may result in an
-error code being returned, a (fatal) signal being raised, or other modes
-of failure.
+Using non-zero address tags in any of these locations when the
+userspace application did not enable the AArch64 Tagged Address ABI may
+result in an error code being returned, a (fatal) signal being raised,
+or other modes of failure.
 
-For these reasons, passing non-zero address tags to the kernel via
-system calls is forbidden, and using a non-zero address tag for sp is
-strongly discouraged.
+For these reasons, when the AArch64 Tagged Address ABI is disabled,
+passing non-zero address tags to the kernel via system calls is
+forbidden, and using a non-zero address tag for sp is strongly
+discouraged.
 
 Programs maintaining a frame pointer and frame records that use non-zero
 address tags may suffer impaired or inaccurate debug and profiling
@@ -59,6 +63,9 @@
 The architecture prevents the use of a tagged PC, so the upper byte will
 be set to a sign-extension of bit 55 on exception return.
 
+This behaviour is maintained when the AArch64 Tagged Address ABI is
+enabled.
+
 
 Other considerations
 --------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/conf.py b/Documentation/conf.py
index 3b2397b..a8fe845 100644
--- a/Documentation/conf.py
+++ b/Documentation/conf.py
@@ -16,6 +16,8 @@
 import os
 import sphinx
 
+from subprocess import check_output
+
 # Get Sphinx version
 major, minor, patch = sphinx.version_info[:3]
 
@@ -276,10 +278,21 @@
         \\setsansfont{DejaVu Sans}
         \\setromanfont{DejaVu Serif}
         \\setmonofont{DejaVu Sans Mono}
-
      '''
 }
 
+# At least one book (translations) may have Asian characters
+# with are only displayed if xeCJK is used
+
+cjk_cmd = check_output(['fc-list', '--format="%{family[0]}\n"']).decode('utf-8', 'ignore')
+if cjk_cmd.find("Noto Sans CJK SC") >= 0:
+    print ("enabling CJK for LaTeX builder")
+    latex_elements['preamble']  += '''
+	% This is needed for translations
+        \\usepackage{xeCJK}
+        \\setCJKmainfont{Noto Sans CJK SC}
+     '''
+
 # Fix reference escape troubles with Sphinx 1.4.x
 if major == 1 and minor > 3:
     latex_elements['preamble']  += '\\renewcommand*{\\DUrole}[2]{ #2 }\n'
@@ -410,6 +423,21 @@
      'The kernel development community', 'manual'),
 ]
 
+# Add all other index files from Documentation/ subdirectories
+for fn in os.listdir('.'):
+    doc = os.path.join(fn, "index")
+    if os.path.exists(doc + ".rst"):
+        has = False
+        for l in latex_documents:
+            if l[0] == doc:
+                has = True
+                break
+        if not has:
+            latex_documents.append((doc, fn + '.tex',
+                                    'Linux %s Documentation' % fn.capitalize(),
+                                    'The kernel development community',
+                                    'manual'))
+
 # The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top of
 # the title page.
 #latex_logo = None
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/conf.py b/Documentation/core-api/conf.py
deleted file mode 100644
index db1f765..0000000
--- a/Documentation/core-api/conf.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-# -*- coding: utf-8; mode: python -*-
-
-project = "Core-API Documentation"
-
-tags.add("subproject")
-
-latex_documents = [
-    ('index', 'core-api.tex', project,
-     'The kernel development community', 'manual'),
-]
diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/conf.py b/Documentation/crypto/conf.py
deleted file mode 100644
index 4335d25..0000000
--- a/Documentation/crypto/conf.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-# -*- coding: utf-8; mode: python -*-
-
-project = 'Linux Kernel Crypto API'
-
-tags.add("subproject")
-
-latex_documents = [
-    ('index', 'crypto-api.tex', 'Linux Kernel Crypto API manual',
-     'The kernel development community', 'manual'),
-]
diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/conf.py b/Documentation/dev-tools/conf.py
deleted file mode 100644
index 7faafa3..0000000
--- a/Documentation/dev-tools/conf.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-# -*- coding: utf-8; mode: python -*-
-
-project = "Development tools for the kernel"
-
-tags.add("subproject")
-
-latex_documents = [
-    ('index', 'dev-tools.tex', project,
-     'The kernel development community', 'manual'),
-]
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/Makefile b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/Makefile
index 6b0dfd5..5138a2f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/Makefile
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/Makefile
@@ -19,7 +19,9 @@
 
 DT_DOCS = $(shell \
 	cd $(srctree)/$(src) && \
-	find * \( -name '*.yaml' ! -name $(DT_TMP_SCHEMA) \) \
+	find * \( -name '*.yaml' ! \
+		-name $(DT_TMP_SCHEMA) ! \
+		-name '*.example.dt.yaml' \) \
 	)
 
 DT_SCHEMA_FILES ?= $(addprefix $(src)/,$(DT_DOCS))
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.yaml
index 325c6fd..99015ce 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.yaml
@@ -91,13 +91,11 @@
       - description: Boards with the Amlogic Meson GXL S905X SoC
         items:
           - enum:
-              - amediatech,x96-max
               - amlogic,p212
               - hwacom,amazetv
               - khadas,vim
               - libretech,cc
               - nexbox,a95x
-              - seirobotics,sei510
           - const: amlogic,s905x
           - const: amlogic,meson-gxl
 
@@ -129,16 +127,33 @@
           - const: amlogic,a113d
           - const: amlogic,meson-axg
 
-      - description: Boards with the Amlogic Meson G12A S905D2 SoC
+      - description: Boards with the Amlogic Meson G12A S905D2/X2/Y2 SoC
         items:
           - enum:
+              - amediatech,x96-max
               - amlogic,u200
+              - seirobotics,sei510
           - const: amlogic,g12a
 
+      - description: Boards with the Amlogic Meson G12B A311D SoC
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - khadas,vim3
+          - const: amlogic,a311d
+          - const: amlogic,g12b
+
       - description: Boards with the Amlogic Meson G12B S922X SoC
         items:
           - enum:
               - hardkernel,odroid-n2
+              - khadas,vim3
+          - const: amlogic,s922x
           - const: amlogic,g12b
 
+      - description: Boards with the Amlogic Meson SM1 S905X3/D3/Y3 SoC
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - seirobotics,sei610
+              - khadas,vim3l
+          - const: amlogic,sm1
 ...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,scmi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,scmi.txt
index 317a2fc..083dbf9 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,scmi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,scmi.txt
@@ -73,6 +73,16 @@
 			 as used by the firmware. Refer to  platform details
 			 for your implementation for the IDs to use.
 
+Reset signal bindings for the reset domains based on SCMI Message Protocol
+------------------------------------------------------------
+
+This binding for the SCMI reset domain providers uses the generic reset
+signal binding[5].
+
+Required properties:
+ - #reset-cells : Should be 1. Contains the reset domain ID value used
+		  by SCMI commands.
+
 SRAM and Shared Memory for SCMI
 -------------------------------
 
@@ -93,6 +103,7 @@
 [2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt
 [3] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt
 [4] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sram.txt
+[5] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/reset.txt
 
 Example:
 
@@ -152,6 +163,11 @@
 			reg = <0x15>;
 			#thermal-sensor-cells = <1>;
 		};
+
+		scmi_reset: protocol@16 {
+			reg = <0x16>;
+			#reset-cells = <1>;
+		};
 	};
 };
 
@@ -166,6 +182,7 @@
 	reg = <0 0x7ff60000 0 0x1000>;
 	clocks = <&scmi_clk 4>;
 	power-domains = <&scmi_devpd 1>;
+	resets = <&scmi_reset 10>;
 };
 
 thermal-zones {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml
index aa40b07..727e0ff 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml
@@ -175,6 +175,7 @@
               - amlogic,meson8-smp
               - amlogic,meson8b-smp
               - arm,realview-smp
+              - aspeed,ast2600-smp
               - brcm,bcm11351-cpu-method
               - brcm,bcm23550
               - brcm,bcm2836-smp
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.yaml
index 7294ac3..1b4b4e6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.yaml
@@ -161,6 +161,20 @@
         items:
           - enum:
               - fsl,imx6ul-14x14-evk      # i.MX6 UltraLite 14x14 EVK Board
+              - kontron,imx6ul-n6310-som  # Kontron N6310 SOM
+          - const: fsl,imx6ul
+
+      - description: Kontron N6310 S Board
+        items:
+          - const: kontron,imx6ul-n6310-s
+          - const: kontron,imx6ul-n6310-som
+          - const: fsl,imx6ul
+
+      - description: Kontron N6310 S 43 Board
+        items:
+          - const: kontron,imx6ul-n6310-s-43
+          - const: kontron,imx6ul-n6310-s
+          - const: kontron,imx6ul-n6310-som
           - const: fsl,imx6ul
 
       - description: i.MX6ULL based Boards
@@ -188,6 +202,7 @@
               - fsl,imx7d-sdb             # i.MX7 SabreSD Board
               - novtech,imx7d-meerkat96   # i.MX7 Meerkat96 Board
               - tq,imx7d-mba7             # i.MX7D TQ MBa7 with TQMa7D SoM
+              - zii,imx7d-rmu2            # ZII RMU2 Board
               - zii,imx7d-rpu2            # ZII RPU2 Board
           - const: fsl,imx7d
 
@@ -214,16 +229,26 @@
               - fsl,imx8mm-evk            # i.MX8MM EVK Board
           - const: fsl,imx8mm
 
+      - description: i.MX8MN based Boards
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - fsl,imx8mn-ddr4-evk       # i.MX8MN DDR4 EVK Board
+          - const: fsl,imx8mn
+
       - description: i.MX8MQ based Boards
         items:
           - enum:
+              - boundary,imx8mq-nitrogen8m # i.MX8MQ NITROGEN Board
               - fsl,imx8mq-evk            # i.MX8MQ EVK Board
               - purism,librem5-devkit     # Purism Librem5 devkit
+              - solidrun,hummingboard-pulse # SolidRun Hummingboard Pulse
+              - technexion,pico-pi-imx8m  # TechNexion PICO-PI-8M evk
           - const: fsl,imx8mq
 
       - description: i.MX8QXP based Boards
         items:
           - enum:
+              - einfochips,imx8qxp-ai_ml  # i.MX8QXP AI_ML Board
               - fsl,imx8qxp-mek           # i.MX8QXP MEK Board
           - const: fsl,imx8qxp
 
@@ -283,6 +308,7 @@
       - description: LS1046A based Boards
         items:
           - enum:
+              - fsl,ls1046a-frwy
               - fsl,ls1046a-qds
               - fsl,ls1046a-rdb
           - const: fsl,ls1046a
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/idle-states.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/idle-states.txt
index 326f29b..2d325be 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/idle-states.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/idle-states.txt
@@ -703,4 +703,4 @@
     https://www.devicetree.org/specifications/
 
 [6] ARM Linux Kernel documentation - Booting AArch64 Linux
-    Documentation/arm64/booting.txt
+    Documentation/arm64/booting.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.yaml
index a4ad2eb..4043c50 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.yaml
@@ -48,6 +48,10 @@
           - const: mediatek,mt6765
       - items:
           - enum:
+              - mediatek,mt6779-evb
+          - const: mediatek,mt6779
+      - items:
+          - enum:
               - mediatek,mt6795-evb
           - const: mediatek,mt6795
       - items:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.yaml
index 54ef6b6..e39d8f0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.yaml
@@ -45,6 +45,7 @@
   	mtp
   	sbc
   	hk01
+  	qrd
 
   The 'soc_version' and 'board_version' elements take the form of v<Major>.<Minor>
   where the minor number may be omitted when it's zero, i.e.  v1.0 is the same
@@ -116,6 +117,13 @@
           - const: qcom,msm8916
 
       - items:
+          - enum:
+              - longcheer,l8150
+              - samsung,a3u-eur
+              - samsung,a5u-eur
+          - const: qcom,msm8916
+
+      - items:
           - const: qcom,msm8996-mtp
 
       - items:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/renesas.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/renesas.yaml
index 08c923f..28eb458 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/renesas.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/renesas.yaml
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
 %YAML 1.2
 ---
-$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/shmobile.yaml#
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/renesas.yaml#
 $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
 
 title: Renesas SH-Mobile, R-Mobile, and R-Car Platform Device Tree Bindings
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml
index 3486504..c82c5e5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml
@@ -128,6 +128,21 @@
           - const: google,veyron
           - const: rockchip,rk3288
 
+      - description: Google Fievel (AOPEN Chromebox Mini)
+        items:
+          - const: google,veyron-fievel-rev8
+          - const: google,veyron-fievel-rev7
+          - const: google,veyron-fievel-rev6
+          - const: google,veyron-fievel-rev5
+          - const: google,veyron-fievel-rev4
+          - const: google,veyron-fievel-rev3
+          - const: google,veyron-fievel-rev2
+          - const: google,veyron-fievel-rev1
+          - const: google,veyron-fievel-rev0
+          - const: google,veyron-fievel
+          - const: google,veyron
+          - const: rockchip,rk3288
+
       - description: Google Gru (dev-board)
         items:
           - const: google,gru-rev15
@@ -311,6 +326,21 @@
           - const: google,veyron
           - const: rockchip,rk3288
 
+      - description: Google Tiger (AOpen Chromebase Mini)
+        items:
+          - const: google,veyron-tiger-rev8
+          - const: google,veyron-tiger-rev7
+          - const: google,veyron-tiger-rev6
+          - const: google,veyron-tiger-rev5
+          - const: google,veyron-tiger-rev4
+          - const: google,veyron-tiger-rev3
+          - const: google,veyron-tiger-rev2
+          - const: google,veyron-tiger-rev1
+          - const: google,veyron-tiger-rev0
+          - const: google,veyron-tiger
+          - const: google,veyron
+          - const: rockchip,rk3288
+
       - description: Haoyu MarsBoard RK3066
         items:
           - const: haoyu,marsboard-rk3066
@@ -329,6 +359,16 @@
               - khadas,edge-v
           - const: rockchip,rk3399
 
+      - description: Mecer Xtreme Mini S6
+        items:
+          - const: mecer,xms6
+          - const: rockchip,rk3229
+
+      - description: Leez RK3399 P710
+        items:
+          - const: leez,p710
+          - const: rockchip,rk3399
+
       - description: mqmaker MiQi
         items:
           - const: mqmaker,miqi
@@ -424,11 +464,6 @@
               - rockchip,rk3288-evb-rk808
           - const: rockchip,rk3288
 
-      - description: Rockchip RK3288 Fennec
-        items:
-          - const: rockchip,rk3288-fennec
-          - const: rockchip,rk3288
-
       - description: Rockchip RK3328 Evaluation board
         items:
           - const: rockchip,rk3328-evb
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/socionext/milbeaut.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/socionext/milbeaut.yaml
index aae53fc..2bd519d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/socionext/milbeaut.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/socionext/milbeaut.yaml
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
 %YAML 1.2
 ---
-$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/milbeaut.yaml#
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/socionext/milbeaut.yaml#
 $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
 
 title: Milbeaut platforms device tree bindings
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.yaml
index 000a00d..972b1e9 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.yaml
@@ -353,6 +353,12 @@
           - const: licheepi,licheepi-zero
           - const: allwinner,sun8i-v3s
 
+      - description: Lichee Zero Plus (with S3, without eMMC/SPI Flash)
+        items:
+          - const: sipeed,lichee-zero-plus
+          - const: sochip,s3
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-v3
+
       - description: Linksprite PCDuino
         items:
           - const: linksprite,a10-pcduino
@@ -568,6 +574,11 @@
           - const: olimex,a64-olinuxino
           - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64
 
+      - description: Olimex A64-OlinuXino (with eMMC)
+        items:
+          - const: olimex,a64-olinuxino-emmc
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64
+
       - description: Olimex A64 Teres-I
         items:
           - const: olimex,a64-teres-i
@@ -671,6 +682,11 @@
           - const: sinlinx,sina33
           - const: allwinner,sun8i-a33
 
+      - description: Tanix TX6
+        items:
+          - const: oranth,tanix-tx6
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-h6
+
       - description: TBS A711 Tablet
         items:
           - const: tbs-biometrics,a711
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ti/ti,davinci.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ti/ti,davinci.yaml
index 4326d2c..a8765ba 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ti/ti,davinci.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ti/ti,davinci.yaml
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
 %YAML 1.2
 ---
-$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/ti/davinci.yaml#
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/ti/ti,davinci.yaml#
 $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
 
 title: Texas Instruments DaVinci Platforms Device Tree Bindings
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/topology.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/topology.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index b0d80c0..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/topology.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,475 +0,0 @@
-===========================================
-ARM topology binding description
-===========================================
-
-===========================================
-1 - Introduction
-===========================================
-
-In an ARM system, the hierarchy of CPUs is defined through three entities that
-are used to describe the layout of physical CPUs in the system:
-
-- cluster
-- core
-- thread
-
-The cpu nodes (bindings defined in [1]) represent the devices that
-correspond to physical CPUs and are to be mapped to the hierarchy levels.
-
-The bottom hierarchy level sits at core or thread level depending on whether
-symmetric multi-threading (SMT) is supported or not.
-
-For instance in a system where CPUs support SMT, "cpu" nodes represent all
-threads existing in the system and map to the hierarchy level "thread" above.
-In systems where SMT is not supported "cpu" nodes represent all cores present
-in the system and map to the hierarchy level "core" above.
-
-ARM topology bindings allow one to associate cpu nodes with hierarchical groups
-corresponding to the system hierarchy; syntactically they are defined as device
-tree nodes.
-
-The remainder of this document provides the topology bindings for ARM, based
-on the Devicetree Specification, available from:
-
-https://www.devicetree.org/specifications/
-
-If not stated otherwise, whenever a reference to a cpu node phandle is made its
-value must point to a cpu node compliant with the cpu node bindings as
-documented in [1].
-A topology description containing phandles to cpu nodes that are not compliant
-with bindings standardized in [1] is therefore considered invalid.
-
-===========================================
-2 - cpu-map node
-===========================================
-
-The ARM CPU topology is defined within the cpu-map node, which is a direct
-child of the cpus node and provides a container where the actual topology
-nodes are listed.
-
-- cpu-map node
-
-	Usage: Optional - On ARM SMP systems provide CPUs topology to the OS.
-			  ARM uniprocessor systems do not require a topology
-			  description and therefore should not define a
-			  cpu-map node.
-
-	Description: The cpu-map node is just a container node where its
-		     subnodes describe the CPU topology.
-
-	Node name must be "cpu-map".
-
-	The cpu-map node's parent node must be the cpus node.
-
-	The cpu-map node's child nodes can be:
-
-	- one or more cluster nodes
-
-	Any other configuration is considered invalid.
-
-The cpu-map node can only contain three types of child nodes:
-
-- cluster node
-- core node
-- thread node
-
-whose bindings are described in paragraph 3.
-
-The nodes describing the CPU topology (cluster/core/thread) can only
-be defined within the cpu-map node and every core/thread in the system
-must be defined within the topology.  Any other configuration is
-invalid and therefore must be ignored.
-
-===========================================
-2.1 - cpu-map child nodes naming convention
-===========================================
-
-cpu-map child nodes must follow a naming convention where the node name
-must be "clusterN", "coreN", "threadN" depending on the node type (ie
-cluster/core/thread) (where N = {0, 1, ...} is the node number; nodes which
-are siblings within a single common parent node must be given a unique and
-sequential N value, starting from 0).
-cpu-map child nodes which do not share a common parent node can have the same
-name (ie same number N as other cpu-map child nodes at different device tree
-levels) since name uniqueness will be guaranteed by the device tree hierarchy.
-
-===========================================
-3 - cluster/core/thread node bindings
-===========================================
-
-Bindings for cluster/cpu/thread nodes are defined as follows:
-
-- cluster node
-
-	 Description: must be declared within a cpu-map node, one node
-		      per cluster. A system can contain several layers of
-		      clustering and cluster nodes can be contained in parent
-		      cluster nodes.
-
-	The cluster node name must be "clusterN" as described in 2.1 above.
-	A cluster node can not be a leaf node.
-
-	A cluster node's child nodes must be:
-
-	- one or more cluster nodes; or
-	- one or more core nodes
-
-	Any other configuration is considered invalid.
-
-- core node
-
-	Description: must be declared in a cluster node, one node per core in
-		     the cluster. If the system does not support SMT, core
-		     nodes are leaf nodes, otherwise they become containers of
-		     thread nodes.
-
-	The core node name must be "coreN" as described in 2.1 above.
-
-	A core node must be a leaf node if SMT is not supported.
-
-	Properties for core nodes that are leaf nodes:
-
-	- cpu
-		Usage: required
-		Value type: <phandle>
-		Definition: a phandle to the cpu node that corresponds to the
-			    core node.
-
-	If a core node is not a leaf node (CPUs supporting SMT) a core node's
-	child nodes can be:
-
-	- one or more thread nodes
-
-	Any other configuration is considered invalid.
-
-- thread node
-
-	Description: must be declared in a core node, one node per thread
-		     in the core if the system supports SMT. Thread nodes are
-		     always leaf nodes in the device tree.
-
-	The thread node name must be "threadN" as described in 2.1 above.
-
-	A thread node must be a leaf node.
-
-	A thread node must contain the following property:
-
-	- cpu
-		Usage: required
-		Value type: <phandle>
-		Definition: a phandle to the cpu node that corresponds to
-			    the thread node.
-
-===========================================
-4 - Example dts
-===========================================
-
-Example 1 (ARM 64-bit, 16-cpu system, two clusters of clusters):
-
-cpus {
-	#size-cells = <0>;
-	#address-cells = <2>;
-
-	cpu-map {
-		cluster0 {
-			cluster0 {
-				core0 {
-					thread0 {
-						cpu = <&CPU0>;
-					};
-					thread1 {
-						cpu = <&CPU1>;
-					};
-				};
-
-				core1 {
-					thread0 {
-						cpu = <&CPU2>;
-					};
-					thread1 {
-						cpu = <&CPU3>;
-					};
-				};
-			};
-
-			cluster1 {
-				core0 {
-					thread0 {
-						cpu = <&CPU4>;
-					};
-					thread1 {
-						cpu = <&CPU5>;
-					};
-				};
-
-				core1 {
-					thread0 {
-						cpu = <&CPU6>;
-					};
-					thread1 {
-						cpu = <&CPU7>;
-					};
-				};
-			};
-		};
-
-		cluster1 {
-			cluster0 {
-				core0 {
-					thread0 {
-						cpu = <&CPU8>;
-					};
-					thread1 {
-						cpu = <&CPU9>;
-					};
-				};
-				core1 {
-					thread0 {
-						cpu = <&CPU10>;
-					};
-					thread1 {
-						cpu = <&CPU11>;
-					};
-				};
-			};
-
-			cluster1 {
-				core0 {
-					thread0 {
-						cpu = <&CPU12>;
-					};
-					thread1 {
-						cpu = <&CPU13>;
-					};
-				};
-				core1 {
-					thread0 {
-						cpu = <&CPU14>;
-					};
-					thread1 {
-						cpu = <&CPU15>;
-					};
-				};
-			};
-		};
-	};
-
-	CPU0: cpu@0 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x0 0x0>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	CPU1: cpu@1 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x0 0x1>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	CPU2: cpu@100 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x0 0x100>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	CPU3: cpu@101 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x0 0x101>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	CPU4: cpu@10000 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x0 0x10000>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	CPU5: cpu@10001 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x0 0x10001>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	CPU6: cpu@10100 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x0 0x10100>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	CPU7: cpu@10101 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x0 0x10101>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	CPU8: cpu@100000000 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x1 0x0>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	CPU9: cpu@100000001 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x1 0x1>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	CPU10: cpu@100000100 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x1 0x100>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	CPU11: cpu@100000101 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x1 0x101>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	CPU12: cpu@100010000 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x1 0x10000>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	CPU13: cpu@100010001 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x1 0x10001>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	CPU14: cpu@100010100 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x1 0x10100>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	CPU15: cpu@100010101 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x1 0x10101>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-};
-
-Example 2 (ARM 32-bit, dual-cluster, 8-cpu system, no SMT):
-
-cpus {
-	#size-cells = <0>;
-	#address-cells = <1>;
-
-	cpu-map {
-		cluster0 {
-			core0 {
-				cpu = <&CPU0>;
-			};
-			core1 {
-				cpu = <&CPU1>;
-			};
-			core2 {
-				cpu = <&CPU2>;
-			};
-			core3 {
-				cpu = <&CPU3>;
-			};
-		};
-
-		cluster1 {
-			core0 {
-				cpu = <&CPU4>;
-			};
-			core1 {
-				cpu = <&CPU5>;
-			};
-			core2 {
-				cpu = <&CPU6>;
-			};
-			core3 {
-				cpu = <&CPU7>;
-			};
-		};
-	};
-
-	CPU0: cpu@0 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
-		reg = <0x0>;
-	};
-
-	CPU1: cpu@1 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
-		reg = <0x1>;
-	};
-
-	CPU2: cpu@2 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
-		reg = <0x2>;
-	};
-
-	CPU3: cpu@3 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
-		reg = <0x3>;
-	};
-
-	CPU4: cpu@100 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a7";
-		reg = <0x100>;
-	};
-
-	CPU5: cpu@101 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a7";
-		reg = <0x101>;
-	};
-
-	CPU6: cpu@102 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a7";
-		reg = <0x102>;
-	};
-
-	CPU7: cpu@103 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a7";
-		reg = <0x103>;
-	};
-};
-
-===============================================================================
-[1] ARM Linux kernel documentation
-    Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/imx-weim.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/imx-weim.txt
index dda7d6d..1b1d1c5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/imx-weim.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/imx-weim.txt
@@ -44,6 +44,10 @@
 			what bootloader sets up in IOMUXC_GPR1[11:0] will be
 			used.
 
+ - fsl,burst-clk-enable	For "fsl,imx50-weim" and "fsl,imx6q-weim" type of
+			devices, the presence of this property indicates that
+			the weim bus should operate in Burst Clock Mode.
+
 Timing property for child nodes. It is mandatory, not optional.
 
  - fsl,weim-cs-timing:	The timing array, contains timing values for the
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/moxtet.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/moxtet.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb50fc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/moxtet.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+Turris Mox module status and configuration bus (over SPI)
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible		: Should be "cznic,moxtet"
+ - #address-cells	: Has to be 1
+ - #size-cells		: Has to be 0
+ - spi-cpol		: Required inverted clock polarity
+ - spi-cpha		: Required shifted clock phase
+ - interrupts		: Must contain reference to the shared interrupt line
+ - interrupt-controller	: Required
+ - #interrupt-cells	: Has to be 1
+
+For other required and optional properties of SPI slave nodes please refer to
+../spi/spi-bus.txt.
+
+Required properties of subnodes:
+ - reg			: Should be position on the Moxtet bus (how many Moxtet
+			  modules are between this module and CPU module, so
+			  either 0 or a positive integer)
+
+The driver finds the devices connected to the bus by itself, but it may be
+needed to reference some of them from other parts of the device tree. In that
+case the devices can be defined as subnodes of the moxtet node.
+
+Example:
+
+	moxtet@1 {
+		compatible = "cznic,moxtet";
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		reg = <1>;
+		spi-max-frequency = <10000000>;
+		spi-cpol;
+		spi-cpha;
+		interrupt-controller;
+		#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&gpiosb>;
+		interrupts = <5 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
+
+		moxtet_sfp: gpio@0 {
+			compatible = "cznic,moxtet-gpio";
+			gpio-controller;
+			#gpio-cells = <2>;
+			reg = <0>;
+		}
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/allwinner,sun4i-a10-ccu.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/allwinner,sun4i-a10-ccu.yaml
index c935405..fa4d143 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/allwinner,sun4i-a10-ccu.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/allwinner,sun4i-a10-ccu.yaml
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
 %YAML 1.2
 ---
-$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/phy/allwinner,sun4i-a10-ccu.yaml#
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/allwinner,sun4i-a10-ccu.yaml#
 $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
 
 title: Allwinner Clock Control Unit Device Tree Bindings
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,axg-audio-clkc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,axg-audio-clkc.txt
index 0f77774..b3957d1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,axg-audio-clkc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,axg-audio-clkc.txt
@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@
 				       components.
 - resets	: phandle of the internal reset line
 - #clock-cells	: should be 1.
+- #reset-cells  : should be 1 on the g12a (and following) soc family
 
 Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes can use this identifier
 to specify the clock which they consume. All available clocks are defined as
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,gxbb-clkc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,gxbb-clkc.txt
index 6eaa520..7ccecd5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,gxbb-clkc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,gxbb-clkc.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
 		"amlogic,axg-clkc" for AXG SoC.
 		"amlogic,g12a-clkc" for G12A SoC.
 		"amlogic,g12b-clkc" for G12B SoC.
+		"amlogic,sm1-clkc" for SM1 SoC.
 - clocks : list of clock phandle, one for each entry clock-names.
 - clock-names : should contain the following:
   * "xtal": the platform xtal
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx8mn-clock.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx8mn-clock.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..622f365
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx8mn-clock.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/bindings/clock/imx8mn-clock.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: NXP i.MX8M Nano Clock Control Module Binding
+
+maintainers:
+  - Anson Huang <Anson.Huang@nxp.com>
+
+description: |
+  NXP i.MX8M Nano clock control module is an integrated clock controller, which
+  generates and supplies to all modules.
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    const: fsl,imx8mn-ccm
+
+  reg:
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  clocks:
+    items:
+      - description: 32k osc
+      - description: 24m osc
+      - description: ext1 clock input
+      - description: ext2 clock input
+      - description: ext3 clock input
+      - description: ext4 clock input
+
+  clock-names:
+    items:
+      - const: osc_32k
+      - const: osc_24m
+      - const: clk_ext1
+      - const: clk_ext2
+      - const: clk_ext3
+      - const: clk_ext4
+
+  '#clock-cells':
+    const: 1
+    description: |
+      The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock
+      ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. See include/dt-bindings/clock/imx8mn-clock.h
+      for the full list of i.MX8M Nano clock IDs.
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+  - reg
+  - clocks
+  - clock-names
+  - '#clock-cells'
+
+examples:
+  # Clock Control Module node:
+  - |
+    clk: clock-controller@30380000 {
+        compatible = "fsl,imx8mn-ccm";
+        reg = <0x0 0x30380000 0x0 0x10000>;
+        #clock-cells = <1>;
+        clocks = <&osc_32k>, <&osc_24m>, <&clk_ext1>,
+                 <&clk_ext2>, <&clk_ext3>, <&clk_ext4>;
+        clock-names = "osc_32k", "osc_24m", "clk_ext1",
+                      "clk_ext2", "clk_ext3", "clk_ext4";
+    };
+
+  # Required external clocks for Clock Control Module node:
+  - |
+    osc_32k: clock-osc-32k {
+        compatible = "fixed-clock";
+        #clock-cells = <0>;
+        clock-frequency = <32768>;
+        clock-output-names = "osc_32k";
+    };
+
+    osc_24m: clock-osc-24m {
+        compatible = "fixed-clock";
+        #clock-cells = <0>;
+        clock-frequency = <24000000>;
+        clock-output-names = "osc_24m";
+    };
+
+    clk_ext1: clock-ext1 {
+        compatible = "fixed-clock";
+        #clock-cells = <0>;
+        clock-frequency = <133000000>;
+        clock-output-names = "clk_ext1";
+    };
+
+    clk_ext2: clock-ext2 {
+        compatible = "fixed-clock";
+        #clock-cells = <0>;
+        clock-frequency = <133000000>;
+        clock-output-names = "clk_ext2";
+    };
+
+    clk_ext3: clock-ext3 {
+        compatible = "fixed-clock";
+        #clock-cells = <0>;
+        clock-frequency = <133000000>;
+        clock-output-names = "clk_ext3";
+    };
+
+    clk_ext4: clock-ext4 {
+        compatible = "fixed-clock";
+        #clock-cells = <0>;
+        clock-frequency= <133000000>;
+        clock-output-names = "clk_ext4";
+    };
+
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpu/cpu-topology.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpu/cpu-topology.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9991818
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpu/cpu-topology.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,553 @@
+===========================================
+CPU topology binding description
+===========================================
+
+===========================================
+1 - Introduction
+===========================================
+
+In a SMP system, the hierarchy of CPUs is defined through three entities that
+are used to describe the layout of physical CPUs in the system:
+
+- socket
+- cluster
+- core
+- thread
+
+The bottom hierarchy level sits at core or thread level depending on whether
+symmetric multi-threading (SMT) is supported or not.
+
+For instance in a system where CPUs support SMT, "cpu" nodes represent all
+threads existing in the system and map to the hierarchy level "thread" above.
+In systems where SMT is not supported "cpu" nodes represent all cores present
+in the system and map to the hierarchy level "core" above.
+
+CPU topology bindings allow one to associate cpu nodes with hierarchical groups
+corresponding to the system hierarchy; syntactically they are defined as device
+tree nodes.
+
+Currently, only ARM/RISC-V intend to use this cpu topology binding but it may be
+used for any other architecture as well.
+
+The cpu nodes, as per bindings defined in [4], represent the devices that
+correspond to physical CPUs and are to be mapped to the hierarchy levels.
+
+A topology description containing phandles to cpu nodes that are not compliant
+with bindings standardized in [4] is therefore considered invalid.
+
+===========================================
+2 - cpu-map node
+===========================================
+
+The ARM/RISC-V CPU topology is defined within the cpu-map node, which is a direct
+child of the cpus node and provides a container where the actual topology
+nodes are listed.
+
+- cpu-map node
+
+	Usage: Optional - On SMP systems provide CPUs topology to the OS.
+			  Uniprocessor systems do not require a topology
+			  description and therefore should not define a
+			  cpu-map node.
+
+	Description: The cpu-map node is just a container node where its
+		     subnodes describe the CPU topology.
+
+	Node name must be "cpu-map".
+
+	The cpu-map node's parent node must be the cpus node.
+
+	The cpu-map node's child nodes can be:
+
+	- one or more cluster nodes or
+	- one or more socket nodes in a multi-socket system
+
+	Any other configuration is considered invalid.
+
+The cpu-map node can only contain 4 types of child nodes:
+
+- socket node
+- cluster node
+- core node
+- thread node
+
+whose bindings are described in paragraph 3.
+
+The nodes describing the CPU topology (socket/cluster/core/thread) can
+only be defined within the cpu-map node and every core/thread in the
+system must be defined within the topology.  Any other configuration is
+invalid and therefore must be ignored.
+
+===========================================
+2.1 - cpu-map child nodes naming convention
+===========================================
+
+cpu-map child nodes must follow a naming convention where the node name
+must be "socketN", "clusterN", "coreN", "threadN" depending on the node type
+(ie socket/cluster/core/thread) (where N = {0, 1, ...} is the node number; nodes
+which are siblings within a single common parent node must be given a unique and
+sequential N value, starting from 0).
+cpu-map child nodes which do not share a common parent node can have the same
+name (ie same number N as other cpu-map child nodes at different device tree
+levels) since name uniqueness will be guaranteed by the device tree hierarchy.
+
+===========================================
+3 - socket/cluster/core/thread node bindings
+===========================================
+
+Bindings for socket/cluster/cpu/thread nodes are defined as follows:
+
+- socket node
+
+	 Description: must be declared within a cpu-map node, one node
+		      per physical socket in the system. A system can
+		      contain single or multiple physical socket.
+		      The association of sockets and NUMA nodes is beyond
+		      the scope of this bindings, please refer [2] for
+		      NUMA bindings.
+
+	This node is optional for a single socket system.
+
+	The socket node name must be "socketN" as described in 2.1 above.
+	A socket node can not be a leaf node.
+
+	A socket node's child nodes must be one or more cluster nodes.
+
+	Any other configuration is considered invalid.
+
+- cluster node
+
+	 Description: must be declared within a cpu-map node, one node
+		      per cluster. A system can contain several layers of
+		      clustering within a single physical socket and cluster
+		      nodes can be contained in parent cluster nodes.
+
+	The cluster node name must be "clusterN" as described in 2.1 above.
+	A cluster node can not be a leaf node.
+
+	A cluster node's child nodes must be:
+
+	- one or more cluster nodes; or
+	- one or more core nodes
+
+	Any other configuration is considered invalid.
+
+- core node
+
+	Description: must be declared in a cluster node, one node per core in
+		     the cluster. If the system does not support SMT, core
+		     nodes are leaf nodes, otherwise they become containers of
+		     thread nodes.
+
+	The core node name must be "coreN" as described in 2.1 above.
+
+	A core node must be a leaf node if SMT is not supported.
+
+	Properties for core nodes that are leaf nodes:
+
+	- cpu
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <phandle>
+		Definition: a phandle to the cpu node that corresponds to the
+			    core node.
+
+	If a core node is not a leaf node (CPUs supporting SMT) a core node's
+	child nodes can be:
+
+	- one or more thread nodes
+
+	Any other configuration is considered invalid.
+
+- thread node
+
+	Description: must be declared in a core node, one node per thread
+		     in the core if the system supports SMT. Thread nodes are
+		     always leaf nodes in the device tree.
+
+	The thread node name must be "threadN" as described in 2.1 above.
+
+	A thread node must be a leaf node.
+
+	A thread node must contain the following property:
+
+	- cpu
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <phandle>
+		Definition: a phandle to the cpu node that corresponds to
+			    the thread node.
+
+===========================================
+4 - Example dts
+===========================================
+
+Example 1 (ARM 64-bit, 16-cpu system, two clusters of clusters in a single
+physical socket):
+
+cpus {
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+	#address-cells = <2>;
+
+	cpu-map {
+		socket0 {
+			cluster0 {
+				cluster0 {
+					core0 {
+						thread0 {
+							cpu = <&CPU0>;
+						};
+						thread1 {
+							cpu = <&CPU1>;
+						};
+					};
+
+					core1 {
+						thread0 {
+							cpu = <&CPU2>;
+						};
+						thread1 {
+							cpu = <&CPU3>;
+						};
+					};
+				};
+
+				cluster1 {
+					core0 {
+						thread0 {
+							cpu = <&CPU4>;
+						};
+						thread1 {
+							cpu = <&CPU5>;
+						};
+					};
+
+					core1 {
+						thread0 {
+							cpu = <&CPU6>;
+						};
+						thread1 {
+							cpu = <&CPU7>;
+						};
+					};
+				};
+			};
+
+			cluster1 {
+				cluster0 {
+					core0 {
+						thread0 {
+							cpu = <&CPU8>;
+						};
+						thread1 {
+							cpu = <&CPU9>;
+						};
+					};
+					core1 {
+						thread0 {
+							cpu = <&CPU10>;
+						};
+						thread1 {
+							cpu = <&CPU11>;
+						};
+					};
+				};
+
+				cluster1 {
+					core0 {
+						thread0 {
+							cpu = <&CPU12>;
+						};
+						thread1 {
+							cpu = <&CPU13>;
+						};
+					};
+					core1 {
+						thread0 {
+							cpu = <&CPU14>;
+						};
+						thread1 {
+							cpu = <&CPU15>;
+						};
+					};
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+	CPU0: cpu@0 {
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+		reg = <0x0 0x0>;
+		enable-method = "spin-table";
+		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+	};
+
+	CPU1: cpu@1 {
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+		reg = <0x0 0x1>;
+		enable-method = "spin-table";
+		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+	};
+
+	CPU2: cpu@100 {
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+		reg = <0x0 0x100>;
+		enable-method = "spin-table";
+		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+	};
+
+	CPU3: cpu@101 {
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+		reg = <0x0 0x101>;
+		enable-method = "spin-table";
+		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+	};
+
+	CPU4: cpu@10000 {
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+		reg = <0x0 0x10000>;
+		enable-method = "spin-table";
+		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+	};
+
+	CPU5: cpu@10001 {
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+		reg = <0x0 0x10001>;
+		enable-method = "spin-table";
+		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+	};
+
+	CPU6: cpu@10100 {
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+		reg = <0x0 0x10100>;
+		enable-method = "spin-table";
+		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+	};
+
+	CPU7: cpu@10101 {
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+		reg = <0x0 0x10101>;
+		enable-method = "spin-table";
+		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+	};
+
+	CPU8: cpu@100000000 {
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+		reg = <0x1 0x0>;
+		enable-method = "spin-table";
+		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+	};
+
+	CPU9: cpu@100000001 {
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+		reg = <0x1 0x1>;
+		enable-method = "spin-table";
+		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+	};
+
+	CPU10: cpu@100000100 {
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+		reg = <0x1 0x100>;
+		enable-method = "spin-table";
+		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+	};
+
+	CPU11: cpu@100000101 {
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+		reg = <0x1 0x101>;
+		enable-method = "spin-table";
+		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+	};
+
+	CPU12: cpu@100010000 {
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+		reg = <0x1 0x10000>;
+		enable-method = "spin-table";
+		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+	};
+
+	CPU13: cpu@100010001 {
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+		reg = <0x1 0x10001>;
+		enable-method = "spin-table";
+		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+	};
+
+	CPU14: cpu@100010100 {
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+		reg = <0x1 0x10100>;
+		enable-method = "spin-table";
+		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+	};
+
+	CPU15: cpu@100010101 {
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+		reg = <0x1 0x10101>;
+		enable-method = "spin-table";
+		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+	};
+};
+
+Example 2 (ARM 32-bit, dual-cluster, 8-cpu system, no SMT):
+
+cpus {
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+
+	cpu-map {
+		cluster0 {
+			core0 {
+				cpu = <&CPU0>;
+			};
+			core1 {
+				cpu = <&CPU1>;
+			};
+			core2 {
+				cpu = <&CPU2>;
+			};
+			core3 {
+				cpu = <&CPU3>;
+			};
+		};
+
+		cluster1 {
+			core0 {
+				cpu = <&CPU4>;
+			};
+			core1 {
+				cpu = <&CPU5>;
+			};
+			core2 {
+				cpu = <&CPU6>;
+			};
+			core3 {
+				cpu = <&CPU7>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+	CPU0: cpu@0 {
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
+		reg = <0x0>;
+	};
+
+	CPU1: cpu@1 {
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
+		reg = <0x1>;
+	};
+
+	CPU2: cpu@2 {
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
+		reg = <0x2>;
+	};
+
+	CPU3: cpu@3 {
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
+		reg = <0x3>;
+	};
+
+	CPU4: cpu@100 {
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a7";
+		reg = <0x100>;
+	};
+
+	CPU5: cpu@101 {
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a7";
+		reg = <0x101>;
+	};
+
+	CPU6: cpu@102 {
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a7";
+		reg = <0x102>;
+	};
+
+	CPU7: cpu@103 {
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a7";
+		reg = <0x103>;
+	};
+};
+
+Example 3: HiFive Unleashed (RISC-V 64 bit, 4 core system)
+
+{
+	#address-cells = <2>;
+	#size-cells = <2>;
+	compatible = "sifive,fu540g", "sifive,fu500";
+	model = "sifive,hifive-unleashed-a00";
+
+	...
+	cpus {
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		cpu-map {
+			socket0 {
+				cluster0 {
+					core0 {
+						cpu = <&CPU1>;
+					};
+					core1 {
+						cpu = <&CPU2>;
+					};
+					core2 {
+						cpu0 = <&CPU2>;
+					};
+					core3 {
+						cpu0 = <&CPU3>;
+					};
+				};
+			};
+		};
+
+		CPU1: cpu@1 {
+			device_type = "cpu";
+			compatible = "sifive,rocket0", "riscv";
+			reg = <0x1>;
+		}
+
+		CPU2: cpu@2 {
+			device_type = "cpu";
+			compatible = "sifive,rocket0", "riscv";
+			reg = <0x2>;
+		}
+		CPU3: cpu@3 {
+			device_type = "cpu";
+			compatible = "sifive,rocket0", "riscv";
+			reg = <0x3>;
+		}
+		CPU4: cpu@4 {
+			device_type = "cpu";
+			compatible = "sifive,rocket0", "riscv";
+			reg = <0x4>;
+		}
+	}
+};
+===============================================================================
+[1] ARM Linux kernel documentation
+    Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml
+[2] Devicetree NUMA binding description
+    Documentation/devicetree/bindings/numa.txt
+[3] RISC-V Linux kernel documentation
+    Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/cpus.txt
+[4] https://www.devicetree.org/specifications/
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at25.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at25.txt
index b3bde97..42577dd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at25.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at25.txt
@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 Required properties:
 - compatible : Should be "<vendor>,<type>", and generic value "atmel,at25".
   Example "<vendor>,<type>" values:
+    "anvo,anv32e61w"
     "microchip,25lc040"
     "st,m95m02"
     "st,m95256"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/cznic,turris-mox-rwtm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/cznic,turris-mox-rwtm.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..338169d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/cznic,turris-mox-rwtm.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+Turris Mox rWTM firmware driver
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible		: Should be "cznic,turris-mox-rwtm"
+ - mboxes		: Must contain a reference to associated mailbox
+
+This device tree node should be used on Turris Mox, or potentially another A3700
+compatible device running the Mox's rWTM firmware in the secure processor (for
+example it is possible to flash this firmware into EspressoBin).
+
+Example:
+
+	firmware {
+		turris-mox-rwtm {
+			compatible = "cznic,turris-mox-rwtm";
+			mboxes = <&rwtm 0>;
+			status = "okay";
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/intel,ixp4xx-network-processing-engine.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/intel,ixp4xx-network-processing-engine.yaml
index 8cb136c..4f0db8e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/intel,ixp4xx-network-processing-engine.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/intel,ixp4xx-network-processing-engine.yaml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 # Copyright 2019 Linaro Ltd.
 %YAML 1.2
 ---
-$id: "http://devicetree.org/schemas/firmware/intel-ixp4xx-network-processing-engine.yaml#"
+$id: "http://devicetree.org/schemas/firmware/intel,ixp4xx-network-processing-engine.yaml#"
 $schema: "http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#"
 
 title: Intel IXP4xx Network Processing Engine
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.txt
index 41f133a..3f29ea0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.txt
@@ -9,14 +9,16 @@
 - compatible: must contain one of the following:
  * "qcom,scm-apq8064"
  * "qcom,scm-apq8084"
+ * "qcom,scm-ipq4019"
  * "qcom,scm-msm8660"
  * "qcom,scm-msm8916"
  * "qcom,scm-msm8960"
  * "qcom,scm-msm8974"
  * "qcom,scm-msm8996"
  * "qcom,scm-msm8998"
- * "qcom,scm-ipq4019"
+ * "qcom,scm-sc7180"
  * "qcom,scm-sdm845"
+ * "qcom,scm-sm8150"
  and:
  * "qcom,scm"
 - clocks: Specifies clocks needed by the SCM interface, if any:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-aspeed.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-aspeed.txt
index 7e9b586..b2033fc 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-aspeed.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-aspeed.txt
@@ -2,7 +2,8 @@
 -------------------------------------------
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible		: Either "aspeed,ast2400-gpio" or "aspeed,ast2500-gpio"
+- compatible		: Either "aspeed,ast2400-gpio", "aspeed,ast2500-gpio",
+					or "aspeed,ast2600-gpio".
 
 - #gpio-cells 		: Should be two
 			  - First cell is the GPIO line number
@@ -17,7 +18,9 @@
 
 Optional properties:
 
-- clocks                : A phandle to the clock to use for debounce timings
+- clocks		: A phandle to the clock to use for debounce timings
+- ngpios		: Number of GPIOs controlled by this controller. Should	be set
+				  when there are multiple GPIO controllers on a SoC (ast2600).
 
 The gpio and interrupt properties are further described in their respective
 bindings documentation:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-davinci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-davinci.txt
index bc6b4b6..cd91d61 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-davinci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-davinci.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
 						66AK2E SoCs
 			"ti,k2g-gpio", "ti,keystone-gpio": for 66AK2G
 			"ti,am654-gpio", "ti,keystone-gpio": for TI K3 AM654
+			"ti,j721e-gpio", "ti,keystone-gpio": for J721E SoCs
 
 - reg: Physical base address of the controller and the size of memory mapped
        registers.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-moxtet.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-moxtet.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..410759d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-moxtet.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+Turris Mox Moxtet GPIO expander via Moxtet bus
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible		: Should be "cznic,moxtet-gpio".
+ - gpio-controller	: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller.
+ - #gpio-cells		: Should be two. For consumer use see gpio.txt.
+
+Other properties are required for a Moxtet bus device, please refer to
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/moxtet.txt.
+
+Example:
+
+	moxtet_sfp: gpio@0 {
+		compatible = "cznic,moxtet-gpio";
+		gpio-controller;
+		#gpio-cells = <2>;
+		reg = <0>;
+	}
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mpc8xxx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mpc8xxx.txt
index 69d4616..cd28e93 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mpc8xxx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mpc8xxx.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 - compatible : Should be "fsl,<soc>-gpio"
   The following <soc>s are known to be supported:
 	mpc5121, mpc5125, mpc8349, mpc8572, mpc8610, pq3, qoriq,
-	ls1021a, ls1043a, ls2080a.
+	ls1021a, ls1043a, ls2080a, ls1028a, ls1088a.
 - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device
 - interrupts : Should be the port interrupt shared by all 32 pins.
 - #gpio-cells : Should be two.  The first cell is the pin number and
@@ -37,3 +37,17 @@
 	interrupt-controller;
 	#interrupt-cells = <2>;
 };
+
+
+Example of gpio-controller node for a ls1028a/ls1088a SoC:
+
+gpio1: gpio@2300000 {
+	compatible = "fsl,ls1028a-gpio", "fsl,ls1088a-gpio", "fsl,qoriq-gpio";
+	reg = <0x0 0x2300000 0x0 0x10000>;
+	interrupts = <GIC_SPI 36 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+	gpio-controller;
+	#gpio-cells = <2>;
+	interrupt-controller;
+	#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+	little-endian;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/sgpio-aspeed.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/sgpio-aspeed.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4d8391
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/sgpio-aspeed.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+Aspeed SGPIO controller Device Tree Bindings
+--------------------------------------------
+
+This SGPIO controller is for ASPEED AST2500 SoC, it supports up to 80 full
+featured Serial GPIOs. Each of the Serial GPIO pins can be programmed to
+support the following options:
+- Support interrupt option for each input port and various interrupt
+  sensitivity option (level-high, level-low, edge-high, edge-low)
+- Support reset tolerance option for each output port
+- Directly connected to APB bus and its shift clock is from APB bus clock
+  divided by a programmable value.
+- Co-work with external signal-chained TTL components (74LV165/74LV595)
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : Should be one of
+  "aspeed,ast2400-sgpio", "aspeed,ast2500-sgpio"
+- #gpio-cells : Should be 2, see gpio.txt
+- reg : Address and length of the register set for the device
+- gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a GPIO controller
+- interrupts : Interrupt specifier, see interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt
+- interrupt-controller : Mark the GPIO controller as an interrupt-controller
+- ngpios : number of GPIO lines, see gpio.txt
+  (should be multiple of 8, up to 80 pins)
+- clocks : A phandle to the APB clock for SGPM clock division
+- bus-frequency : SGPM CLK frequency
+
+The sgpio and interrupt properties are further described in their respective
+bindings documentation:
+
+- Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
+- Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt
+
+  Example:
+	sgpio: sgpio@1e780200 {
+		#gpio-cells = <2>;
+		compatible = "aspeed,ast2500-sgpio";
+		gpio-controller;
+		interrupts = <40>;
+		reg = <0x1e780200 0x0100>;
+		clocks = <&syscon ASPEED_CLK_APB>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+		ngpios = <8>;
+		bus-frequency = <12000000>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/as370.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/as370.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d102fe76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/as370.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+Bindings for Synaptics AS370 PVT sensors
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "syna,as370-hwmon"
+- reg        : address and length of the register set.
+
+Example:
+	hwmon@ea0810 {
+		compatible = "syna,as370-hwmon";
+		reg = <0xea0810 0xc>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ibm,cffps1.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ibm,cffps1.txt
index f68a0a6..1036f65 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ibm,cffps1.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ibm,cffps1.txt
@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
-Device-tree bindings for IBM Common Form Factor Power Supply Version 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+Device-tree bindings for IBM Common Form Factor Power Supply Versions 1 and 2
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 Required properties:
- - compatible = "ibm,cffps1";
+ - compatible				: Must be one of the following:
+						"ibm,cffps1"
+						"ibm,cffps2"
  - reg = < I2C bus address >;		: Address of the power supply on the
 					  I2C bus.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lm75.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lm75.txt
index 586b5ed..2736167 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lm75.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lm75.txt
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
 		"maxim,max31725",
 		"maxim,max31726",
 		"maxim,mcp980x",
+		"nxp,pct2075",
 		"st,stds75",
 		"st,stlm75",
 		"microchip,tcn75",
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/marvell,mv64xxx-i2c.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/marvell,mv64xxx-i2c.yaml
index 001f2b7..c779000 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/marvell,mv64xxx-i2c.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/marvell,mv64xxx-i2c.yaml
@@ -26,6 +26,9 @@
       - items:
           - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64-i2c
           - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31-i2c
+      - items:
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-h6-i2c
+          - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31-i2c
 
       - const: marvell,mv64xxx-i2c
       - const: marvell,mv78230-i2c
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/adi,adxl345.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/adi,adxl345.yaml
index 7ba167e..c602b6f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/adi,adxl345.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/adi,adxl345.yaml
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
 %YAML 1.2
 ---
-$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/iio/accelerometers/adi,adxl345.yaml#
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/iio/accel/adi,adxl345.yaml#
 $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
 
 title: Analog Devices ADXL345/ADXL375 3-Axis Digital Accelerometers
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/adi,adxl372.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/adi,adxl372.yaml
index a7fafb9..e7daffe 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/adi,adxl372.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/adi,adxl372.yaml
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
 %YAML 1.2
 ---
-$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/iio/accelerometers/adi,adxl372.yaml#
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/iio/accel/adi,adxl372.yaml#
 $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
 
 title: Analog Devices ADXL372 3-Axis, +/-(200g) Digital Accelerometer
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ads1015.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ads1015.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ads1015.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ads1015.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/allwinner,sun8i-a33-ths.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/allwinner,sun8i-a33-ths.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d74962c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/allwinner,sun8i-a33-ths.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/iio/adc/allwinner,sun8i-a33-ths.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Allwinner A33 Thermal Sensor Device Tree Bindings
+
+maintainers:
+  - Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
+  - Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@bootlin.com>
+
+properties:
+  "#io-channel-cells":
+    const: 0
+
+  "#thermal-sensor-cells":
+    const: 0
+
+  compatible:
+    const: allwinner,sun8i-a33-ths
+
+  reg:
+    maxItems: 1
+
+required:
+  - "#io-channel-cells"
+  - "#thermal-sensor-cells"
+  - compatible
+  - reg
+
+additionalProperties: false
+
+examples:
+  - |
+    ths: ths@1c25000 {
+        compatible = "allwinner,sun8i-a33-ths";
+        reg = <0x01c25000 0x100>;
+        #thermal-sensor-cells = <0>;
+        #io-channel-cells = <0>;
+    };
+
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/amazon,al-fic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/amazon,al-fic.txt
index 4e82fd5..c676b03 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/amazon,al-fic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/amazon,al-fic.txt
@@ -5,21 +5,19 @@
 - compatible: should be "amazon,al-fic"
 - reg: physical base address and size of the registers
 - interrupt-controller: identifies the node as an interrupt controller
-- #interrupt-cells: must be 2.
-  First cell defines the index of the interrupt within the controller.
-  Second cell is used to specify the trigger type and must be one of the
-  following:
-    - bits[3:0] trigger type and level flags
-	1 = low-to-high edge triggered
-	4 = active high level-sensitive
-- interrupt-parent: specifies the parent interrupt controller.
+- #interrupt-cells : must be 2. Specifies the number of cells needed to encode
+  an interrupt source. Supported trigger types are low-to-high edge
+  triggered and active high level-sensitive.
 - interrupts: describes which input line in the interrupt parent, this
   fic's output is connected to. This field property depends on the parent's
   binding
 
+Please refer to interrupts.txt in this directory for details of the common
+Interrupt Controllers bindings used by client devices.
+
 Example:
 
-amazon_fic: interrupt-controller@0xfd8a8500 {
+amazon_fic: interrupt-controller@fd8a8500 {
 	compatible = "amazon,al-fic";
 	interrupt-controller;
 	#interrupt-cells = <2>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/intel,ixp4xx-interrupt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/intel,ixp4xx-interrupt.yaml
index bae10e26..507c141 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/intel,ixp4xx-interrupt.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/intel,ixp4xx-interrupt.yaml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 # Copyright 2018 Linaro Ltd.
 %YAML 1.2
 ---
-$id: "http://devicetree.org/schemas/interrupt/intel-ixp4xx-interrupt.yaml#"
+$id: "http://devicetree.org/schemas/interrupt-controller/intel,ixp4xx-interrupt.yaml#"
 $schema: "http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#"
 
 title: Intel IXP4xx XScale Networking Processors Interrupt Controller
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mediatek,sysirq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mediatek,sysirq.txt
index 0e312fe..84ced3f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mediatek,sysirq.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mediatek,sysirq.txt
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
 	"mediatek,mt7629-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT7629
 	"mediatek,mt6795-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT6795
 	"mediatek,mt6797-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT6797
+	"mediatek,mt6779-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT6779
 	"mediatek,mt6765-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT6765
 	"mediatek,mt6755-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT6755
 	"mediatek,mt6592-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT6592
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/snps,archs-idu-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/snps,archs-idu-intc.txt
index 09fc02b..a5c1db9 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/snps,archs-idu-intc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/snps,archs-idu-intc.txt
@@ -1,20 +1,30 @@
 * ARC-HS Interrupt Distribution Unit
 
-  This optional 2nd level interrupt controller can be used in SMP configurations for
-  dynamic IRQ routing, load balancing of common/external IRQs towards core intc.
+  This optional 2nd level interrupt controller can be used in SMP configurations
+  for dynamic IRQ routing, load balancing of common/external IRQs towards core
+  intc.
 
 Properties:
 
 - compatible: "snps,archs-idu-intc"
 - interrupt-controller: This is an interrupt controller.
-- #interrupt-cells: Must be <1>.
+- #interrupt-cells: Must be <1> or <2>.
 
-  Value of the cell specifies the "common" IRQ from peripheral to IDU. Number N
-  of the particular interrupt line of IDU corresponds to the line N+24 of the
-  core interrupt controller.
+  Value of the first cell specifies the "common" IRQ from peripheral to IDU.
+  Number N of the particular interrupt line of IDU corresponds to the line N+24
+  of the core interrupt controller.
 
-  intc accessed via the special ARC AUX register interface, hence "reg" property
-  is not specified.
+  The (optional) second cell specifies any of the following flags:
+    - bits[3:0] trigger type and level flags
+        1 = low-to-high edge triggered
+        2 = NOT SUPPORTED (high-to-low edge triggered)
+        4 = active high level-sensitive <<< DEFAULT
+        8 = NOT SUPPORTED (active low level-sensitive)
+  When no second cell is specified, the interrupt is assumed to be level
+  sensitive.
+
+  The interrupt controller is accessed via the special ARC AUX register
+  interface, hence "reg" property is not specified.
 
 Example:
 	core_intc: core-interrupt-controller {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt
index 6922db5..ce59a50 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt
@@ -11,10 +11,23 @@
                |
               m4u (Multimedia Memory Management Unit)
                |
+          +--------+
+          |        |
+      gals0-rx   gals1-rx    (Global Async Local Sync rx)
+          |        |
+          |        |
+      gals0-tx   gals1-tx    (Global Async Local Sync tx)
+          |        |          Some SoCs may have GALS.
+          +--------+
+               |
            SMI Common(Smart Multimedia Interface Common)
                |
        +----------------+-------
        |                |
+       |             gals-rx        There may be GALS in some larbs.
+       |                |
+       |                |
+       |             gals-tx
        |                |
    SMI larb0        SMI larb1   ... SoCs have several SMI local arbiter(larb).
    (display)         (vdec)
@@ -36,6 +49,10 @@
 like display, video decode, and camera. And there are different ports
 in each larb. Take a example, There are many ports like MC, PP, VLD in the
 video decode local arbiter, all these ports are according to the video HW.
+  In some SoCs, there may be a GALS(Global Async Local Sync) module between
+smi-common and m4u, and additional GALS module between smi-larb and
+smi-common. GALS can been seen as a "asynchronous fifo" which could help
+synchronize for the modules in different clock frequency.
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible : must be one of the following string:
@@ -44,18 +61,25 @@
 	"mediatek,mt7623-m4u", "mediatek,mt2701-m4u" for mt7623 which uses
 						     generation one m4u HW.
 	"mediatek,mt8173-m4u" for mt8173 which uses generation two m4u HW.
+	"mediatek,mt8183-m4u" for mt8183 which uses generation two m4u HW.
 - reg : m4u register base and size.
 - interrupts : the interrupt of m4u.
 - clocks : must contain one entry for each clock-names.
-- clock-names : must be "bclk", It is the block clock of m4u.
+- clock-names : Only 1 optional clock:
+  - "bclk": the block clock of m4u.
+  Here is the list which require this "bclk":
+  - mt2701, mt2712, mt7623 and mt8173.
+  Note that m4u use the EMI clock which always has been enabled before kernel
+  if there is no this "bclk".
 - mediatek,larbs : List of phandle to the local arbiters in the current Socs.
 	Refer to bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt. It must sort
 	according to the local arbiter index, like larb0, larb1, larb2...
 - iommu-cells : must be 1. This is the mtk_m4u_id according to the HW.
 	Specifies the mtk_m4u_id as defined in
 	dt-binding/memory/mt2701-larb-port.h for mt2701, mt7623
-	dt-binding/memory/mt2712-larb-port.h for mt2712, and
-	dt-binding/memory/mt8173-larb-port.h for mt8173.
+	dt-binding/memory/mt2712-larb-port.h for mt2712,
+	dt-binding/memory/mt8173-larb-port.h for mt8173, and
+	dt-binding/memory/mt8183-larb-port.h for mt8183.
 
 Example:
 	iommu: iommu@10205000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/amlogic,vdec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/amlogic,vdec.txt
index aabdd01..9b6aace 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/amlogic,vdec.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/amlogic,vdec.txt
@@ -26,6 +26,7 @@
 	- GXBB (S905) : "amlogic,gxbb-vdec"
 	- GXL (S905X, S905D) : "amlogic,gxl-vdec"
 	- GXM (S912) : "amlogic,gxm-vdec"
+	followed by the common "amlogic,gx-vdec"
 - reg: base address and size of he following memory-mapped regions :
 	- dos
 	- esparser
@@ -47,8 +48,8 @@
 
 Example:
 
-vdec: video-decoder@c8820000 {
-	compatible = "amlogic,gxbb-vdec";
+vdec: video-codec@c8820000 {
+	compatible = "amlogic,gxbb-vdec", "amlogic,gx-vdec";
 	reg = <0x0 0xc8820000 0x0 0x10000>,
 	      <0x0 0xc110a580 0x0 0xe4>;
 	reg-names = "dos", "esparser";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,rcar-csi2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,csi2.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,rcar-csi2.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,csi2.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_imr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,imr.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_imr.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,imr.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,vin.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,vin.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-common.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-common.txt
index e937ddd..b478ade 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-common.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-common.txt
@@ -2,9 +2,10 @@
 
 The hardware block diagram please check bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt
 
-Mediatek SMI have two generations of HW architecture, mt2712 and mt8173 use
-the second generation of SMI HW while mt2701 uses the first generation HW of
-SMI.
+Mediatek SMI have two generations of HW architecture, here is the list
+which generation the SoCs use:
+generation 1: mt2701 and mt7623.
+generation 2: mt2712, mt8173 and mt8183.
 
 There's slight differences between the two SMI, for generation 2, the
 register which control the iommu port is at each larb's register base. But
@@ -19,6 +20,7 @@
 	"mediatek,mt2712-smi-common"
 	"mediatek,mt7623-smi-common", "mediatek,mt2701-smi-common"
 	"mediatek,mt8173-smi-common"
+	"mediatek,mt8183-smi-common"
 - reg : the register and size of the SMI block.
 - power-domains : a phandle to the power domain of this local arbiter.
 - clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
@@ -30,6 +32,10 @@
 	    They may be the same if both source clocks are the same.
   - "async" : asynchronous clock, it help transform the smi clock into the emi
 	      clock domain, this clock is only needed by generation 1 smi HW.
+  and these 2 option clocks for generation 2 smi HW:
+  - "gals0": the path0 clock of GALS(Global Async Local Sync).
+  - "gals1": the path1 clock of GALS(Global Async Local Sync).
+  Here is the list which has this GALS: mt8183.
 
 Example:
 	smi_common: smi@14022000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt
index 94eddca..4b369b3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@
 		"mediatek,mt2712-smi-larb"
 		"mediatek,mt7623-smi-larb", "mediatek,mt2701-smi-larb"
 		"mediatek,mt8173-smi-larb"
+		"mediatek,mt8183-smi-larb"
 - reg : the register and size of this local arbiter.
 - mediatek,smi : a phandle to the smi_common node.
 - power-domains : a phandle to the power domain of this local arbiter.
@@ -16,6 +17,9 @@
   - "apb" : Advanced Peripheral Bus clock, It's the clock for setting
 	    the register.
   - "smi" : It's the clock for transfer data and command.
+  and this optional clock name:
+  - "gals": the clock for GALS(Global Async Local Sync).
+  Here is the list which has this GALS: mt8183.
 
 Required property for mt2701, mt2712 and mt7623:
 - mediatek,larb-id :the hardware id of this larb.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/renesas-memory-controllers.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/renesas,dbsc.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/renesas-memory-controllers.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/renesas,dbsc.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/allwinner,sun4i-a10-ts.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/allwinner,sun4i-a10-ts.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b1a09a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/allwinner,sun4i-a10-ts.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/mfd/allwinner,sun4i-a10-ts.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Allwinner A10 Resistive Touchscreen Controller Device Tree Bindings
+
+maintainers:
+  - Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
+  - Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@bootlin.com>
+
+properties:
+  "#thermal-sensor-cells":
+    const: 0
+
+  compatible:
+    enum:
+      - allwinner,sun4i-a10-ts
+      - allwinner,sun5i-a13-ts
+      - allwinner,sun6i-a31-ts
+
+  reg:
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  interrupts:
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  allwinner,ts-attached:
+    $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag
+    description: A touchscreen is attached to the controller
+
+  allwinner,tp-sensitive-adjust:
+    allOf:
+      - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+      - minimum: 0
+        maximum: 15
+        default: 15
+    description: Sensitivity of pen down detection
+
+  allwinner,filter-type:
+    allOf:
+      - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+      - minimum: 0
+        maximum: 3
+        default: 1
+    description: |
+      Select median and averaging filter. Sample used for median /
+      averaging filter:
+        0: 4/2
+        1: 5/3
+        2: 8/4
+        3: 16/8
+
+required:
+  - "#thermal-sensor-cells"
+  - compatible
+  - reg
+  - interrupts
+
+additionalProperties: false
+
+examples:
+  - |
+    rtp: rtp@1c25000 {
+        compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ts";
+        reg = <0x01c25000 0x100>;
+        interrupts = <29>;
+        allwinner,ts-attached;
+        #thermal-sensor-cells = <0>;
+        /* sensitive/noisy touch panel */
+        allwinner,tp-sensitive-adjust = <0>;
+        allwinner,filter-type = <3>;
+    };
+
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/sun4i-gpadc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/sun4i-gpadc.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 86dd819..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/sun4i-gpadc.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-Allwinner SoCs' GPADC Device Tree bindings
-------------------------------------------
-The Allwinner SoCs all have an ADC that can also act as a thermal sensor
-and sometimes as a touchscreen controller.
-
-Required properties:
-  - compatible: "allwinner,sun8i-a33-ths",
-  - reg: mmio address range of the chip,
-  - #thermal-sensor-cells: shall be 0,
-  - #io-channel-cells: shall be 0,
-
-Example:
-	ths: ths@1c25000 {
-		compatible = "allwinner,sun8i-a33-ths";
-		reg = <0x01c25000 0x100>;
-		#thermal-sensor-cells = <0>;
-		#io-channel-cells = <0>;
-	};
-
-sun4i, sun5i and sun6i SoCs are also supported via the older binding:
-
-sun4i resistive touchscreen controller
---------------------------------------
-
-Required properties:
- - compatible: "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ts", "allwinner,sun5i-a13-ts" or
-   "allwinner,sun6i-a31-ts"
- - reg: mmio address range of the chip
- - interrupts: interrupt to which the chip is connected
- - #thermal-sensor-cells: shall be 0
-
-Optional properties:
- - allwinner,ts-attached	 : boolean indicating that an actual touchscreen
-				   is attached to the controller
- - allwinner,tp-sensitive-adjust : integer (4 bits)
-				   adjust sensitivity of pen down detection
-				   between 0 (least sensitive) and 15
-				   (defaults to 15)
- - allwinner,filter-type	 : integer (2 bits)
-				   select median and averaging filter
-				   samples used for median / averaging filter
-				   0: 4/2
-				   1: 5/3
-				   2: 8/4
-				   3: 16/8
-				   (defaults to 1)
-
-Example:
-
-	rtp: rtp@1c25000 {
-		compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ts";
-		reg = <0x01c25000 0x100>;
-		interrupts = <29>;
-		allwinner,ts-attached;
-		#thermal-sensor-cells = <0>;
-		/* sensitive/noisy touch panel */
-		allwinner,tp-sensitive-adjust = <0>;
-		allwinner,filter-type = <3>;
-	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/intel,ixp4xx-ahb-queue-manager.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/intel,ixp4xx-ahb-queue-manager.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ea21a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/intel,ixp4xx-ahb-queue-manager.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause)
+# Copyright 2019 Linaro Ltd.
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: "http://devicetree.org/schemas/misc/intel,ixp4xx-ahb-queue-manager.yaml#"
+$schema: "http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#"
+
+title: Intel IXP4xx AHB Queue Manager
+
+maintainers:
+  - Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
+
+description: |
+  The IXP4xx AHB Queue Manager maintains queues as circular buffers in
+  an 8KB embedded SRAM along with hardware pointers. It is used by both
+  the XScale processor and the NPEs (Network Processing Units) in the
+  IXP4xx for accelerating queues, especially for networking. Clients pick
+  queues from the queue manager with foo-queue = <&qmgr N> where the
+  &qmgr is a phandle to the queue manager and N is the queue resource
+  number. The queue resources available and their specific purpose
+  on a certain IXP4xx system will vary.
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    items:
+      - const: intel,ixp4xx-ahb-queue-manager
+
+  reg:
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  interrupts:
+    items:
+      - description: Interrupt for queues 0-31
+      - description: Interrupt for queues 32-63
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+  - reg
+  - interrupts
+
+examples:
+  - |
+    #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h>
+
+    qmgr: queue-manager@60000000 {
+         compatible = "intel,ixp4xx-ahb-queue-manager";
+         reg = <0x60000000 0x4000>;
+         interrupts = <3 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, <4 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+    };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/intel,ixp4xx-queue-manager.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/intel,ixp4xx-queue-manager.yaml
deleted file mode 100644
index d2313b1..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/intel,ixp4xx-queue-manager.yaml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause)
-# Copyright 2019 Linaro Ltd.
-%YAML 1.2
----
-$id: "http://devicetree.org/schemas/misc/intel-ixp4xx-ahb-queue-manager.yaml#"
-$schema: "http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#"
-
-title: Intel IXP4xx AHB Queue Manager
-
-maintainers:
-  - Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
-
-description: |
-  The IXP4xx AHB Queue Manager maintains queues as circular buffers in
-  an 8KB embedded SRAM along with hardware pointers. It is used by both
-  the XScale processor and the NPEs (Network Processing Units) in the
-  IXP4xx for accelerating queues, especially for networking. Clients pick
-  queues from the queue manager with foo-queue = <&qmgr N> where the
-  &qmgr is a phandle to the queue manager and N is the queue resource
-  number. The queue resources available and their specific purpose
-  on a certain IXP4xx system will vary.
-
-properties:
-  compatible:
-    items:
-      - const: intel,ixp4xx-ahb-queue-manager
-
-  reg:
-    maxItems: 1
-
-  interrupts:
-    items:
-      - description: Interrupt for queues 0-31
-      - description: Interrupt for queues 32-63
-
-required:
-  - compatible
-  - reg
-  - interrupts
-
-examples:
-  - |
-    #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h>
-
-    qmgr: queue-manager@60000000 {
-         compatible = "intel,ixp4xx-ahb-queue-manager";
-         reg = <0x60000000 0x4000>;
-         interrupts = <3 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, <4 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
-    };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-emac.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-emac.yaml
index d4084c1..3fb0714 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-emac.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-emac.yaml
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
 %YAML 1.2
 ---
-$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/net/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-gmac.yaml#
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/net/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-emac.yaml#
 $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
 
 title: Allwinner A83t EMAC Device Tree Bindings
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_can.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_can.txt
index b463e12..19e4a7d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_can.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_can.txt
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@
 - compatible: "renesas,can-r8a7743" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7743 SoC.
 	      "renesas,can-r8a7744" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7744 SoC.
 	      "renesas,can-r8a7745" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7745 SoC.
+	      "renesas,can-r8a77470" if CAN controller is a part of R8A77470 SoC.
 	      "renesas,can-r8a774a1" if CAN controller is a part of R8A774A1 SoC.
 	      "renesas,can-r8a774c0" if CAN controller is a part of R8A774C0 SoC.
 	      "renesas,can-r8a7778" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7778 SoC.
@@ -17,6 +18,8 @@
 	      "renesas,can-r8a7795" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7795 SoC.
 	      "renesas,can-r8a7796" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7796 SoC.
 	      "renesas,can-r8a77965" if CAN controller is a part of R8A77965 SoC.
+	      "renesas,can-r8a77990" if CAN controller is a part of R8A77990 SoC.
+	      "renesas,can-r8a77995" if CAN controller is a part of R8A77995 SoC.
 	      "renesas,rcar-gen1-can" for a generic R-Car Gen1 compatible device.
 	      "renesas,rcar-gen2-can" for a generic R-Car Gen2 or RZ/G1
 	      compatible device.
@@ -33,7 +36,8 @@
 - pinctrl-0: pin control group to be used for this controller.
 - pinctrl-names: must be "default".
 
-Required properties for R8A7795, R8A7796 and R8A77965:
+Required properties for R8A774A1, R8A774C0, R8A7795, R8A7796, R8A77965,
+R8A77990, and R8A77995:
 For the denoted SoCs, "clkp2" can be CANFD clock. This is a div6 clock and can
 be used by both CAN and CAN FD controller at the same time. It needs to be
 scaled to maximum frequency if any of these controllers use it. This is done
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_canfd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_canfd.txt
index 32f051f..a901cd9 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_canfd.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_canfd.txt
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
 Required properties:
 - compatible: Must contain one or more of the following:
   - "renesas,rcar-gen3-canfd" for R-Car Gen3 and RZ/G2 compatible controllers.
+  - "renesas,r8a774a1-canfd" for R8A774A1 (RZ/G2M) compatible controller.
   - "renesas,r8a774c0-canfd" for R8A774C0 (RZ/G2E) compatible controller.
   - "renesas,r8a7795-canfd" for R8A7795 (R-Car H3) compatible controller.
   - "renesas,r8a7796-canfd" for R8A7796 (R-Car M3-W) compatible controller.
@@ -11,6 +12,7 @@
   - "renesas,r8a77970-canfd" for R8A77970 (R-Car V3M) compatible controller.
   - "renesas,r8a77980-canfd" for R8A77980 (R-Car V3H) compatible controller.
   - "renesas,r8a77990-canfd" for R8A77990 (R-Car E3) compatible controller.
+  - "renesas,r8a77995-canfd" for R8A77995 (R-Car D3) compatible controller.
 
   When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the
   SoC-specific version corresponding to the platform first, followed by the
@@ -29,13 +31,12 @@
 child node supports the "status" property only, which is used to
 enable/disable the respective channel.
 
-Required properties for "renesas,r8a774c0-canfd", "renesas,r8a7795-canfd",
-"renesas,r8a7796-canfd", "renesas,r8a77965-canfd", and "renesas,r8a77990-canfd"
-compatible:
-In R8A774C0, R8A7795, R8A7796, R8A77965, and R8A77990 SoCs, canfd clock is a
-div6 clock and can be used by both CAN and CAN FD controller at the same time.
-It needs to be scaled to maximum frequency if any of these controllers use it.
-This is done using the below properties:
+Required properties for R8A774A1, R8A774C0, R8A7795, R8A7796, R8A77965,
+R8A77990, and R8A77995:
+In the denoted SoCs, canfd clock is a div6 clock and can be used by both CAN
+and CAN FD controller at the same time. It needs to be scaled to maximum
+frequency if any of these controllers use it. This is done using the below
+properties:
 
 - assigned-clocks: phandle of canfd clock.
 - assigned-clock-rates: maximum frequency of this clock.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/ksz.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/ksz.txt
index 4ac21ce..113e7ac 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/ksz.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/ksz.txt
@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@
   - "microchip,ksz8565"
   - "microchip,ksz9893"
   - "microchip,ksz9563"
+  - "microchip,ksz8563"
 
 Optional properties:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt
index 2d41fb9..5b88fae0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt
@@ -7,18 +7,6 @@
 - phy-mode : See ethernet.txt file in the same directory
 
 Optional properties:
-- phy-reset-gpios : Should specify the gpio for phy reset
-- phy-reset-duration : Reset duration in milliseconds.  Should present
-  only if property "phy-reset-gpios" is available.  Missing the property
-  will have the duration be 1 millisecond.  Numbers greater than 1000 are
-  invalid and 1 millisecond will be used instead.
-- phy-reset-active-high : If present then the reset sequence using the GPIO
-  specified in the "phy-reset-gpios" property is reversed (H=reset state,
-  L=operation state).
-- phy-reset-post-delay : Post reset delay in milliseconds. If present then
-  a delay of phy-reset-post-delay milliseconds will be observed after the
-  phy-reset-gpios has been toggled. Can be omitted thus no delay is
-  observed. Delay is in range of 1ms to 1000ms. Other delays are invalid.
 - phy-supply : regulator that powers the Ethernet PHY.
 - phy-handle : phandle to the PHY device connected to this device.
 - fixed-link : Assume a fixed link. See fixed-link.txt in the same directory.
@@ -47,11 +35,27 @@
   For imx6sx, "int0" handles all 3 queues and ENET_MII. "pps" is for the pulse
   per second interrupt associated with 1588 precision time protocol(PTP).
 
-
 Optional subnodes:
 - mdio : specifies the mdio bus in the FEC, used as a container for phy nodes
   according to phy.txt in the same directory
 
+Deprecated optional properties:
+	To avoid these, create a phy node according to phy.txt in the same
+	directory, and point the fec's "phy-handle" property to it. Then use
+	the phy's reset binding, again described by phy.txt.
+- phy-reset-gpios : Should specify the gpio for phy reset
+- phy-reset-duration : Reset duration in milliseconds.  Should present
+  only if property "phy-reset-gpios" is available.  Missing the property
+  will have the duration be 1 millisecond.  Numbers greater than 1000 are
+  invalid and 1 millisecond will be used instead.
+- phy-reset-active-high : If present then the reset sequence using the GPIO
+  specified in the "phy-reset-gpios" property is reversed (H=reset state,
+  L=operation state).
+- phy-reset-post-delay : Post reset delay in milliseconds. If present then
+  a delay of phy-reset-post-delay milliseconds will be observed after the
+  phy-reset-gpios has been toggled. Can be omitted thus no delay is
+  observed. Delay is in range of 1ms to 1000ms. Other delays are invalid.
+
 Example:
 
 ethernet@83fec000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt
index 63c73fa..0b61a90 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt
@@ -15,10 +15,10 @@
   Use "atmel,sama5d4-gem" for the GEM IP (10/100) available on Atmel sama5d4 SoCs.
   Use "cdns,zynq-gem" Xilinx Zynq-7xxx SoC.
   Use "cdns,zynqmp-gem" for Zynq Ultrascale+ MPSoC.
-  Use "sifive,fu540-macb" for SiFive FU540-C000 SoC.
+  Use "sifive,fu540-c000-gem" for SiFive FU540-C000 SoC.
   Or the generic form: "cdns,emac".
 - reg: Address and length of the register set for the device
-	For "sifive,fu540-macb", second range is required to specify the
+	For "sifive,fu540-c000-gem", second range is required to specify the
 	address and length of the registers for GEMGXL Management block.
 - interrupts: Should contain macb interrupt
 - phy-mode: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/allwinner,sun4i-a10-sid.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/allwinner,sun4i-a10-sid.yaml
index c9efd6e..1084e9d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/allwinner,sun4i-a10-sid.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/allwinner,sun4i-a10-sid.yaml
@@ -37,13 +37,13 @@
 
 examples:
   - |
-    sid@1c23800 {
+    efuse@1c23800 {
         compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-sid";
         reg = <0x01c23800 0x10>;
     };
 
   - |
-    sid@1c23800 {
+    efuse@1c23800 {
         compatible = "allwinner,sun7i-a20-sid";
         reg = <0x01c23800 0x200>;
     };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/nvmem-consumer.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/nvmem-consumer.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7c00ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/nvmem-consumer.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause)
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/nvmem/nvmem-consumer.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: NVMEM (Non Volatile Memory) Consumer Device Tree Bindings
+
+maintainers:
+  - Srinivas Kandagatla <srinivas.kandagatla@linaro.org>
+
+select: true
+
+properties:
+  nvmem:
+    $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array
+    description:
+      List of phandle to the nvmem providers.
+
+  nvmem-cells:
+    $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array
+    description:
+      List of phandle to the nvmem data cells.
+
+  nvmem-names:
+    $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/string-array
+    description:
+      Names for the each nvmem provider.
+
+  nvmem-cell-names:
+    $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/string-array
+    description:
+      Names for each nvmem-cells specified.
+
+dependencies:
+  nvmem-names: [ nvmem ]
+  nvmem-cell-names: [ nvmem-cells ]
+
+examples:
+  - |
+    tsens {
+        /* ... */
+        nvmem-cells = <&tsens_calibration>;
+        nvmem-cell-names = "calibration";
+    };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/nvmem.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/nvmem.txt
index fd06c09..46a7ef4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/nvmem.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/nvmem.txt
@@ -1,80 +1 @@
-= NVMEM(Non Volatile Memory) Data Device Tree Bindings =
-
-This binding is intended to represent the location of hardware
-configuration data stored in NVMEMs like eeprom, efuses and so on.
-
-On a significant proportion of boards, the manufacturer has stored
-some data on NVMEM, for the OS to be able to retrieve these information
-and act upon it. Obviously, the OS has to know about where to retrieve
-these data from, and where they are stored on the storage device.
-
-This document is here to document this.
-
-= Data providers =
-Contains bindings specific to provider drivers and data cells as children
-of this node.
-
-Optional properties:
- read-only: Mark the provider as read only.
-
-= Data cells =
-These are the child nodes of the provider which contain data cell
-information like offset and size in nvmem provider.
-
-Required properties:
-reg:	specifies the offset in byte within the storage device.
-
-Optional properties:
-
-bits:	Is pair of bit location and number of bits, which specifies offset
-	in bit and number of bits within the address range specified by reg property.
-	Offset takes values from 0-7.
-
-For example:
-
-	/* Provider */
-	qfprom: qfprom@700000 {
-		...
-
-		/* Data cells */
-		tsens_calibration: calib@404 {
-			reg = <0x404 0x10>;
-		};
-
-		tsens_calibration_bckp: calib_bckp@504 {
-			reg = <0x504 0x11>;
-			bits = <6 128>
-		};
-
-		pvs_version: pvs-version@6 {
-			reg = <0x6 0x2>
-			bits = <7 2>
-		};
-
-		speed_bin: speed-bin@c{
-			reg = <0xc 0x1>;
-			bits = <2 3>;
-
-		};
-		...
-	};
-
-= Data consumers =
-Are device nodes which consume nvmem data cells/providers.
-
-Required-properties:
-nvmem-cells: list of phandle to the nvmem data cells.
-nvmem-cell-names: names for the each nvmem-cells specified. Required if
-	nvmem-cells is used.
-
-Optional-properties:
-nvmem	: list of phandles to nvmem providers.
-nvmem-names: names for the each nvmem provider. required if nvmem is used.
-
-For example:
-
-	tsens {
-		...
-		nvmem-cells = <&tsens_calibration>;
-		nvmem-cell-names = "calibration";
-	};
+This file has been moved to nvmem.yaml and nvmem-consumer.yaml.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/nvmem.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/nvmem.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c75a05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/nvmem.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause)
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/nvmem/nvmem.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: NVMEM (Non Volatile Memory) Device Tree Bindings
+
+maintainers:
+  - Srinivas Kandagatla <srinivas.kandagatla@linaro.org>
+
+description: |
+  This binding is intended to represent the location of hardware
+  configuration data stored in NVMEMs like eeprom, efuses and so on.
+
+  On a significant proportion of boards, the manufacturer has stored
+  some data on NVMEM, for the OS to be able to retrieve these
+  information and act upon it. Obviously, the OS has to know about
+  where to retrieve these data from, and where they are stored on the
+  storage device.
+
+properties:
+  $nodename:
+    pattern: "^(eeprom|efuse|nvram)(@.*|-[0-9a-f])*$"
+
+  "#address-cells":
+    const: 1
+
+  "#size-cells":
+    const: 1
+
+  read-only:
+    $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag
+    description:
+      Mark the provider as read only.
+
+patternProperties:
+  "^.*@[0-9a-f]+$":
+    type: object
+
+    properties:
+      reg:
+        maxItems: 1
+        description:
+          Offset and size in bytes within the storage device.
+
+      bits:
+        maxItems: 1
+        items:
+          items:
+            - minimum: 0
+              maximum: 7
+              description:
+                Offset in bit within the address range specified by reg.
+            - minimum: 1
+              description:
+                Size in bit within the address range specified by reg.
+
+    required:
+      - reg
+
+    additionalProperties: false
+
+examples:
+  - |
+      qfprom: eeprom@700000 {
+          #address-cells = <1>;
+          #size-cells = <1>;
+
+          /* ... */
+
+          /* Data cells */
+          tsens_calibration: calib@404 {
+              reg = <0x404 0x10>;
+          };
+
+          tsens_calibration_bckp: calib_bckp@504 {
+              reg = <0x504 0x11>;
+              bits = <6 128>;
+          };
+
+          pvs_version: pvs-version@6 {
+              reg = <0x6 0x2>;
+              bits = <7 2>;
+          };
+
+          speed_bin: speed-bin@c{
+              reg = <0xc 0x1>;
+              bits = <2 3>;
+          };
+      };
+
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun6i-a31-mipi-dphy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun6i-a31-mipi-dphy.yaml
index 250f9d5..fa46670 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun6i-a31-mipi-dphy.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun6i-a31-mipi-dphy.yaml
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
 %YAML 1.2
 ---
-$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/display/allwinner,sun6i-a31-mipi-dphy.yaml#
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/phy/allwinner,sun6i-a31-mipi-dphy.yaml#
 $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
 
 title: Allwinner A31 MIPI D-PHY Controller Device Tree Bindings
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/st,stm32-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/st,stm32-pinctrl.yaml
index 91d3e78..400df2d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/st,stm32-pinctrl.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/st,stm32-pinctrl.yaml
@@ -37,7 +37,8 @@
   hwlocks: true
 
   st,syscfg:
-    $ref: "/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array"
+    allOf:
+      - $ref: "/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array"
     description: Should be phandle/offset/mask
     items:
       - description: Phandle to the syscon node which includes IRQ mux selection.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/amlogic,meson-ee-pwrc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/amlogic,meson-ee-pwrc.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aab70e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/amlogic,meson-ee-pwrc.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause)
+# Copyright 2019 BayLibre, SAS
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: "http://devicetree.org/schemas/power/amlogic,meson-ee-pwrc.yaml#"
+$schema: "http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#"
+
+title: Amlogic Meson Everything-Else Power Domains
+
+maintainers:
+  - Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
+
+description: |+
+  The Everything-Else Power Domains node should be the child of a syscon
+  node with the required property:
+
+  - compatible: Should be the following:
+                "amlogic,meson-gx-hhi-sysctrl", "simple-mfd", "syscon"
+
+  Refer to the the bindings described in
+  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/syscon.txt
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    enum:
+      - amlogic,meson-g12a-pwrc
+      - amlogic,meson-sm1-pwrc
+
+  clocks:
+    minItems: 2
+
+  clock-names:
+    items:
+      - const: vpu
+      - const: vapb
+
+  resets:
+    minItems: 11
+
+  reset-names:
+    items:
+      - const: viu
+      - const: venc
+      - const: vcbus
+      - const: bt656
+      - const: rdma
+      - const: venci
+      - const: vencp
+      - const: vdac
+      - const: vdi6
+      - const: vencl
+      - const: vid_lock
+
+  "#power-domain-cells":
+    const: 1
+
+  amlogic,ao-sysctrl:
+    description: phandle to the AO sysctrl node
+    allOf:
+      - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+  - clocks
+  - clock-names
+  - resets
+  - reset-names
+  - "#power-domain-cells"
+  - amlogic,ao-sysctrl
+
+examples:
+  - |
+    pwrc: power-controller {
+          compatible = "amlogic,meson-sm1-pwrc";
+          #power-domain-cells = <1>;
+          amlogic,ao-sysctrl = <&rti>;
+          resets = <&reset_viu>,
+                   <&reset_venc>,
+                   <&reset_vcbus>,
+                   <&reset_bt656>,
+                   <&reset_rdma>,
+                   <&reset_venci>,
+                   <&reset_vencp>,
+                   <&reset_vdac>,
+                   <&reset_vdi6>,
+                   <&reset_vencl>,
+                   <&reset_vid_lock>;
+          reset-names = "viu", "venc", "vcbus", "bt656",
+                        "rdma", "venci", "vencp", "vdac",
+                        "vdi6", "vencl", "vid_lock";
+          clocks = <&clk_vpu>, <&clk_vapb>;
+          clock-names = "vpu", "vapb";
+    };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8865-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8865-regulator.txt
index 3ae9f10..b9f58e4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8865-regulator.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8865-regulator.txt
@@ -34,6 +34,9 @@
   - inl67-supply: The input supply for LDO_REG3 and LDO_REG4
 
 Any standard regulator properties can be used to configure the single regulator.
+regulator-initial-mode, regulator-allowed-modes and regulator-mode could be specified
+for act8865 using mode values from dt-bindings/regulator/active-semi,8865-regulator.h
+file.
 
 The valid names for regulators are:
 	- for act8846:
@@ -47,6 +50,8 @@
 Example:
 --------
 
+#include <dt-bindings/regulator/active-semi,8865-regulator.h>
+
 		i2c1: i2c@f0018000 {
 			pmic: act8865@5b {
 				compatible = "active-semi,act8865";
@@ -65,9 +70,19 @@
 						regulator-name = "VCC_1V2";
 						regulator-min-microvolt = <1100000>;
 						regulator-max-microvolt = <1300000>;
-						regulator-suspend-mem-microvolt = <1150000>;
-						regulator-suspend-standby-microvolt = <1150000>;
 						regulator-always-on;
+
+						regulator-allowed-modes = <ACT8865_REGULATOR_MODE_FIXED>,
+									  <ACT8865_REGULATOR_MODE_LOWPOWER>;
+						regulator-initial-mode = <ACT8865_REGULATOR_MODE_FIXED>;
+
+						regulator-state-mem {
+							regulator-on-in-suspend;
+							regulator-suspend-min-microvolt = <1150000>;
+							regulator-suspend-max-microvolt = <1150000>;
+							regulator-changeable-in-suspend;
+							regulator-mode = <ACT8865_REGULATOR_MODE_LOWPOWER>;
+						};
 					};
 
 					vcc_3v3_reg: DCDC_REG3 {
@@ -82,6 +97,14 @@
 						regulator-min-microvolt = <3300000>;
 						regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
 						regulator-always-on;
+
+						regulator-allowed-modes = <ACT8865_REGULATOR_MODE_NORMAL>,
+									  <ACT8865_REGULATOR_MODE_LOWPOWER>;
+						regulator-initial-mode = <ACT8865_REGULATOR_MODE_NORMAL>;
+
+						regulator-state-mem {
+							regulator-off-in-suspend;
+						};
 					};
 
 					vddfuse_reg: LDO_REG2 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.yaml
index a650b45..a78150c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.yaml
@@ -19,9 +19,19 @@
 allOf:
   - $ref: "regulator.yaml#"
 
+if:
+  properties:
+    compatible:
+      contains:
+        const: regulator-fixed-clock
+  required:
+    - clocks
+
 properties:
   compatible:
-    const: regulator-fixed
+    enum:
+      - const: regulator-fixed
+      - const: regulator-fixed-clock
 
   regulator-name: true
 
@@ -29,6 +39,13 @@
     description: gpio to use for enable control
     maxItems: 1
 
+  clocks:
+    description:
+      clock to use for enable control. This binding is only available if
+      the compatible is chosen to regulator-fixed-clock. The clock binding
+      is mandatory if compatible is chosen to regulator-fixed-clock.
+    maxItems: 1
+
   startup-delay-us:
     description: startup time in microseconds
     $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mt6358-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mt6358-regulator.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a90a92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mt6358-regulator.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+MediaTek MT6358 Regulator
+
+All voltage regulators provided by the MT6358 PMIC are described as the
+subnodes of the MT6358 regulators node. Each regulator is named according
+to its regulator type, buck_<name> and ldo_<name>. The definition for each
+of these nodes is defined using the standard binding for regulators at
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt.
+
+The valid names for regulators are::
+BUCK:
+  buck_vdram1, buck_vcore, buck_vpa, buck_vproc11, buck_vproc12, buck_vgpu,
+  buck_vs2, buck_vmodem, buck_vs1
+LDO:
+  ldo_vdram2, ldo_vsim1, ldo_vibr, ldo_vrf12, ldo_vio18, ldo_vusb, ldo_vcamio,
+  ldo_vcamd, ldo_vcn18, ldo_vfe28, ldo_vsram_proc11, ldo_vcn28, ldo_vsram_others,
+  ldo_vsram_gpu, ldo_vxo22, ldo_vefuse, ldo_vaux18, ldo_vmch, ldo_vbif28,
+  ldo_vsram_proc12, ldo_vcama1, ldo_vemc, ldo_vio28, ldo_va12, ldo_vrf18,
+  ldo_vcn33_bt, ldo_vcn33_wifi, ldo_vcama2, ldo_vmc, ldo_vldo28, ldo_vaud28,
+  ldo_vsim2
+
+Example:
+
+	pmic {
+		compatible = "mediatek,mt6358";
+
+		mt6358regulator: mt6358regulator {
+			compatible = "mediatek,mt6358-regulator";
+
+			mt6358_vdram1_reg: buck_vdram1 {
+				regulator-compatible = "buck_vdram1";
+				regulator-name = "vdram1";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <2087500>;
+				regulator-ramp-delay = <12500>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <0>;
+				regulator-always-on;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vcore_reg: buck_vcore {
+				regulator-name = "vcore";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <1293750>;
+				regulator-ramp-delay = <6250>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <200>;
+				regulator-always-on;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vpa_reg: buck_vpa {
+				regulator-name = "vpa";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <3650000>;
+				regulator-ramp-delay = <50000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <250>;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vproc11_reg: buck_vproc11 {
+				regulator-name = "vproc11";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <1293750>;
+				regulator-ramp-delay = <6250>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <200>;
+				regulator-always-on;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vproc12_reg: buck_vproc12 {
+				regulator-name = "vproc12";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <1293750>;
+				regulator-ramp-delay = <6250>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <200>;
+				regulator-always-on;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vgpu_reg: buck_vgpu {
+				regulator-name = "vgpu";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <1293750>;
+				regulator-ramp-delay = <6250>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <200>;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vs2_reg: buck_vs2 {
+				regulator-name = "vs2";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <2087500>;
+				regulator-ramp-delay = <12500>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <0>;
+				regulator-always-on;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vmodem_reg: buck_vmodem {
+				regulator-name = "vmodem";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <1293750>;
+				regulator-ramp-delay = <6250>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <900>;
+				regulator-always-on;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vs1_reg: buck_vs1 {
+				regulator-name = "vs1";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <1000000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <2587500>;
+				regulator-ramp-delay = <12500>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <0>;
+				regulator-always-on;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vdram2_reg: ldo_vdram2 {
+				regulator-name = "vdram2";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <600000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <3300>;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vsim1_reg: ldo_vsim1 {
+				regulator-name = "vsim1";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <1700000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <3100000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <540>;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vibr_reg: ldo_vibr {
+				regulator-name = "vibr";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <1200000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <60>;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vrf12_reg: ldo_vrf12 {
+				compatible = "regulator-fixed";
+				regulator-name = "vrf12";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <1200000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <1200000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <120>;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vio18_reg: ldo_vio18 {
+				compatible = "regulator-fixed";
+				regulator-name = "vio18";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <2700>;
+				regulator-always-on;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vusb_reg: ldo_vusb {
+				regulator-name = "vusb";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <3000000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <3100000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>;
+				regulator-always-on;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vcamio_reg: ldo_vcamio {
+				compatible = "regulator-fixed";
+				regulator-name = "vcamio";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vcamd_reg: ldo_vcamd {
+				regulator-name = "vcamd";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <900000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vcn18_reg: ldo_vcn18 {
+				compatible = "regulator-fixed";
+				regulator-name = "vcn18";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vfe28_reg: ldo_vfe28 {
+				compatible = "regulator-fixed";
+				regulator-name = "vfe28";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <2800000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <2800000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vsram_proc11_reg: ldo_vsram_proc11 {
+				regulator-name = "vsram_proc11";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <1293750>;
+				regulator-ramp-delay = <6250>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <240>;
+				regulator-always-on;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vcn28_reg: ldo_vcn28 {
+				compatible = "regulator-fixed";
+				regulator-name = "vcn28";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <2800000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <2800000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vsram_others_reg: ldo_vsram_others {
+				regulator-name = "vsram_others";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <1293750>;
+				regulator-ramp-delay = <6250>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <240>;
+				regulator-always-on;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vsram_gpu_reg: ldo_vsram_gpu {
+				regulator-name = "vsram_gpu";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <1293750>;
+				regulator-ramp-delay = <6250>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <240>;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vxo22_reg: ldo_vxo22 {
+				compatible = "regulator-fixed";
+				regulator-name = "vxo22";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <2200000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <2200000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <120>;
+				regulator-always-on;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vefuse_reg: ldo_vefuse {
+				regulator-name = "vefuse";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <1700000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <1900000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vaux18_reg: ldo_vaux18 {
+				compatible = "regulator-fixed";
+				regulator-name = "vaux18";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vmch_reg: ldo_vmch {
+				regulator-name = "vmch";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <2900000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <60>;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vbif28_reg: ldo_vbif28 {
+				compatible = "regulator-fixed";
+				regulator-name = "vbif28";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <2800000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <2800000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vsram_proc12_reg: ldo_vsram_proc12 {
+				regulator-name = "vsram_proc12";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <1293750>;
+				regulator-ramp-delay = <6250>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <240>;
+				regulator-always-on;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vcama1_reg: ldo_vcama1 {
+				regulator-name = "vcama1";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <3000000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vemc_reg: ldo_vemc {
+				regulator-name = "vemc";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <2900000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <60>;
+				regulator-always-on;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vio28_reg: ldo_vio28 {
+				compatible = "regulator-fixed";
+				regulator-name = "vio28";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <2800000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <2800000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_va12_reg: ldo_va12 {
+				compatible = "regulator-fixed";
+				regulator-name = "va12";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <1200000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <1200000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>;
+				regulator-always-on;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vrf18_reg: ldo_vrf18 {
+				compatible = "regulator-fixed";
+				regulator-name = "vrf18";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <120>;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vcn33_bt_reg: ldo_vcn33_bt {
+				regulator-name = "vcn33_bt";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <3300000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <3500000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vcn33_wifi_reg: ldo_vcn33_wifi {
+				regulator-name = "vcn33_wifi";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <3300000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <3500000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vcama2_reg: ldo_vcama2 {
+				regulator-name = "vcama2";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <3000000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vmc_reg: ldo_vmc {
+				regulator-name = "vmc";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <60>;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vldo28_reg: ldo_vldo28 {
+				regulator-name = "vldo28";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <2800000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <3000000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vaud28_reg: ldo_vaud28 {
+				compatible = "regulator-fixed";
+				regulator-name = "vaud28";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <2800000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <2800000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>;
+			};
+
+			mt6358_vsim2_reg: ldo_vsim2 {
+				regulator-name = "vsim2";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <1700000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <3100000>;
+				regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <540>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,rpmh-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,rpmh-regulator.txt
index 14d2eee..bab9f71 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,rpmh-regulator.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,rpmh-regulator.txt
@@ -22,9 +22,12 @@
 
 The names used for regulator nodes must match those supported by a given PMIC.
 Supported regulator node names:
+	PM8005:		smps1 - smps4
+	PM8009:		smps1 - smps2, ldo1 - ldo7
+	PM8150:		smps1 - smps10, ldo1 - ldo18
+	PM8150L:	smps1 - smps8, ldo1 - ldo11, bob, flash, rgb
 	PM8998:		smps1 - smps13, ldo1 - ldo28, lvs1 - lvs2
 	PMI8998:	bob
-	PM8005:		smps1 - smps4
 
 ========================
 First Level Nodes - PMIC
@@ -33,9 +36,13 @@
 - compatible
 	Usage:      required
 	Value type: <string>
-	Definition: Must be one of: "qcom,pm8998-rpmh-regulators",
-		    "qcom,pmi8998-rpmh-regulators" or
-		    "qcom,pm8005-rpmh-regulators".
+	Definition: Must be one of below:
+		    "qcom,pm8005-rpmh-regulators"
+		    "qcom,pm8009-rpmh-regulators"
+		    "qcom,pm8150-rpmh-regulators"
+		    "qcom,pm8150l-rpmh-regulators"
+		    "qcom,pm8998-rpmh-regulators"
+		    "qcom,pmi8998-rpmh-regulators"
 
 - qcom,pmic-id
 	Usage:      required
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/sy8824x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/sy8824x.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c5e9585
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/sy8824x.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+SY8824C/SY8824E/SY20276 Voltage regulator
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Must be one of the following.
+	"silergy,sy8824c"
+	"silergy,sy8824e"
+	"silergy,sy20276"
+	"silergy,sy20278"
+- reg: I2C slave address
+
+Any property defined as part of the core regulator binding, defined in
+./regulator.txt, can also be used.
+
+Example:
+
+	vcore: regulator@00 {
+		compatible = "silergy,sy8824c";
+		reg = <0x66>;
+		regulator-name = "vcore";
+		regulator-min-microvolt = <800000>;
+		regulator-max-microvolt = <1150000>;
+		regulator-boot-on;
+		regulator-always-on;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/twl-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/twl-regulator.txt
index 74a91c4..549f804 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/twl-regulator.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/twl-regulator.txt
@@ -71,3 +71,10 @@
 		regulator-min-microvolt  = <1000000>;
 		regulator-max-microvolt  = <3000000>;
 	};
+
+For twl6030 regulators/LDOs:
+
+ - ti,retain-on-reset: Does not turn off the supplies during warm
+                       reset. Could be needed for VMMC, as TWL6030
+                       reset sequence for this signal does not comply
+                       with the SD specification.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/uniphier-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/uniphier-regulator.txt
index c9919f4..94fd38b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/uniphier-regulator.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/uniphier-regulator.txt
@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@
 Required properties:
 - compatible: Should be
     "socionext,uniphier-pro4-usb3-regulator" - for Pro4 SoC
+    "socionext,uniphier-pro5-usb3-regulator" - for Pro5 SoC
     "socionext,uniphier-pxs2-usb3-regulator" - for PXs2 SoC
     "socionext,uniphier-ld20-usb3-regulator" - for LD20 SoC
     "socionext,uniphier-pxs3-usb3-regulator" - for PXs3 SoC
@@ -20,12 +21,12 @@
 - clocks: A list of phandles to the clock gate for USB3 glue layer.
 	According to the clock-names, appropriate clocks are required.
 - clock-names: Should contain
-    "gio", "link" - for Pro4 SoC
+    "gio", "link" - for Pro4 and Pro5 SoCs
     "link"        - for others
 - resets: A list of phandles to the reset control for USB3 glue layer.
 	According to the reset-names, appropriate resets are required.
 - reset-names: Should contain
-    "gio", "link" - for Pro4 SoC
+    "gio", "link" - for Pro4 and Pro5 SoCs
     "link"        - for others
 
 See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/fsl,imx7-src.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/fsl,imx7-src.txt
index 13e0951..c2489e4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/fsl,imx7-src.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/fsl,imx7-src.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@
 - compatible:
 	- For i.MX7 SoCs should be "fsl,imx7d-src", "syscon"
 	- For i.MX8MQ SoCs should be "fsl,imx8mq-src", "syscon"
+	- For i.MX8MM SoCs should be "fsl,imx8mm-src", "fsl,imx8mq-src", "syscon"
 - reg: should be register base and length as documented in the
   datasheet
 - interrupts: Should contain SRC interrupt
@@ -46,5 +47,6 @@
 
 
 For list of all valid reset indices see
-<dt-bindings/reset/imx7-reset.h> for i.MX7 and
-<dt-bindings/reset/imx8mq-reset.h> for i.MX8MQ
+<dt-bindings/reset/imx7-reset.h> for i.MX7,
+<dt-bindings/reset/imx8mq-reset.h> for i.MX8MQ and
+<dt-bindings/reset/imx8mq-reset.h> for i.MX8MM
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/snps,dw-reset.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/snps,dw-reset.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f94f911
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/snps,dw-reset.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+Synopsys DesignWare Reset controller
+=======================================
+
+Please also refer to reset.txt in this directory for common reset
+controller binding usage.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: should be one of the following.
+	"snps,dw-high-reset" - for active high configuration
+	"snps,dw-low-reset" - for active low configuration
+
+- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+	region.
+
+- #reset-cells: must be 1.
+
+example:
+
+	dw_rst_1: reset-controller@0000 {
+		compatible = "snps,dw-high-reset";
+		reg = <0x0000 0x4>;
+		#reset-cells = <1>;
+	};
+
+	dw_rst_2: reset-controller@1000 {i
+		compatible = "snps,dw-low-reset";
+		reg = <0x1000 0x8>;
+		#reset-cells = <1>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/cpus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/cpus.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index adf7b7a..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/cpus.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,162 +0,0 @@
-===================
-RISC-V CPU Bindings
-===================
-
-The device tree allows to describe the layout of CPUs in a system through
-the "cpus" node, which in turn contains a number of subnodes (ie "cpu")
-defining properties for every cpu.
-
-Bindings for CPU nodes follow the Devicetree Specification, available from:
-
-https://www.devicetree.org/specifications/
-
-with updates for 32-bit and 64-bit RISC-V systems provided in this document.
-
-===========
-Terminology
-===========
-
-This document uses some terminology common to the RISC-V community that is not
-widely used, the definitions of which are listed here:
-
-* hart: A hardware execution context, which contains all the state mandated by
-  the RISC-V ISA: a PC and some registers.  This terminology is designed to
-  disambiguate software's view of execution contexts from any particular
-  microarchitectural implementation strategy.  For example, my Intel laptop is
-  described as having one socket with two cores, each of which has two hyper
-  threads.  Therefore this system has four harts.
-
-=====================================
-cpus and cpu node bindings definition
-=====================================
-
-The RISC-V architecture, in accordance with the Devicetree Specification,
-requires the cpus and cpu nodes to be present and contain the properties
-described below.
-
-- cpus node
-
-        Description: Container of cpu nodes
-
-        The node name must be "cpus".
-
-        A cpus node must define the following properties:
-
-        - #address-cells
-                Usage: required
-                Value type: <u32>
-                Definition: must be set to 1
-        - #size-cells
-                Usage: required
-                Value type: <u32>
-                Definition: must be set to 0
-
-- cpu node
-
-        Description: Describes a hart context
-
-        PROPERTIES
-
-        - device_type
-                Usage: required
-                Value type: <string>
-                Definition: must be "cpu"
-        - reg
-                Usage: required
-                Value type: <u32>
-                Definition: The hart ID of this CPU node
-        - compatible:
-                Usage: required
-                Value type: <stringlist>
-                Definition: must contain "riscv", may contain one of
-                            "sifive,rocket0"
-        - mmu-type:
-                Usage: optional
-                Value type: <string>
-                Definition: Specifies the CPU's MMU type.  Possible values are
-                            "riscv,sv32"
-                            "riscv,sv39"
-                            "riscv,sv48"
-        - riscv,isa:
-                Usage: required
-                Value type: <string>
-                Definition: Contains the RISC-V ISA string of this hart.  These
-                            ISA strings are defined by the RISC-V ISA manual.
-
-Example: SiFive Freedom U540G Development Kit
----------------------------------------------
-
-This system contains two harts: a hart marked as disabled that's used for
-low-level system tasks and should be ignored by Linux, and a second hart that
-Linux is allowed to run on.
-
-        cpus {
-                #address-cells = <1>;
-                #size-cells = <0>;
-                timebase-frequency = <1000000>;
-                cpu@0 {
-                        clock-frequency = <1600000000>;
-                        compatible = "sifive,rocket0", "riscv";
-                        device_type = "cpu";
-                        i-cache-block-size = <64>;
-                        i-cache-sets = <128>;
-                        i-cache-size = <16384>;
-                        next-level-cache = <&L15 &L0>;
-                        reg = <0>;
-                        riscv,isa = "rv64imac";
-                        status = "disabled";
-                        L10: interrupt-controller {
-                                #interrupt-cells = <1>;
-                                compatible = "riscv,cpu-intc";
-                                interrupt-controller;
-                        };
-                };
-                cpu@1 {
-                        clock-frequency = <1600000000>;
-                        compatible = "sifive,rocket0", "riscv";
-                        d-cache-block-size = <64>;
-                        d-cache-sets = <64>;
-                        d-cache-size = <32768>;
-                        d-tlb-sets = <1>;
-                        d-tlb-size = <32>;
-                        device_type = "cpu";
-                        i-cache-block-size = <64>;
-                        i-cache-sets = <64>;
-                        i-cache-size = <32768>;
-                        i-tlb-sets = <1>;
-                        i-tlb-size = <32>;
-                        mmu-type = "riscv,sv39";
-                        next-level-cache = <&L15 &L0>;
-                        reg = <1>;
-                        riscv,isa = "rv64imafdc";
-                        status = "okay";
-                        tlb-split;
-                        L13: interrupt-controller {
-                                #interrupt-cells = <1>;
-                                compatible = "riscv,cpu-intc";
-                                interrupt-controller;
-                        };
-                };
-        };
-
-Example: Spike ISA Simulator with 1 Hart
-----------------------------------------
-
-This device tree matches the Spike ISA golden model as run with `spike -p1`.
-
-        cpus {
-                cpu@0 {
-                        device_type = "cpu";
-                        reg = <0x00000000>;
-                        status = "okay";
-                        compatible = "riscv";
-                        riscv,isa = "rv64imafdc";
-                        mmu-type = "riscv,sv48";
-                        clock-frequency = <0x3b9aca00>;
-                        interrupt-controller {
-                                #interrupt-cells = <0x00000001>;
-                                interrupt-controller;
-                                compatible = "riscv,cpu-intc";
-                        }
-                }
-        }
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/cpus.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/cpus.yaml
index c899111..b261a30 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/cpus.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/cpus.yaml
@@ -10,6 +10,18 @@
   - Paul Walmsley <paul.walmsley@sifive.com>
   - Palmer Dabbelt <palmer@sifive.com>
 
+description: |
+  This document uses some terminology common to the RISC-V community
+  that is not widely used, the definitions of which are listed here:
+
+  hart: A hardware execution context, which contains all the state
+  mandated by the RISC-V ISA: a PC and some registers.  This
+  terminology is designed to disambiguate software's view of execution
+  contexts from any particular microarchitectural implementation
+  strategy.  For example, an Intel laptop containing one socket with
+  two cores, each of which has two hyperthreads, could be described as
+  having four harts.
+
 properties:
   compatible:
     items:
@@ -50,6 +62,10 @@
       User-Level ISA document, available from
       https://riscv.org/specifications/
 
+      While the isa strings in ISA specification are case
+      insensitive, letters in the riscv,isa string must be all
+      lowercase to simplify parsing.
+
   timebase-frequency:
     type: integer
     minimum: 1
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/sifive.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/sifive.yaml
index 9d17dc2..3ab5327 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/sifive.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/sifive.yaml
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
   compatible:
     items:
       - enum:
-          - sifive,freedom-unleashed-a00
+          - sifive,hifive-unleashed-a00
       - const: sifive,fu540-c000
       - const: sifive,fu540
 ...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-lpuart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-lpuart.txt
index 21483ba..3495eee 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-lpuart.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-lpuart.txt
@@ -13,7 +13,10 @@
 - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device
 - interrupts : Should contain uart interrupt
 - clocks : phandle + clock specifier pairs, one for each entry in clock-names
-- clock-names : should contain: "ipg" - the uart clock
+- clock-names : For vf610/ls1021a/imx7ulp, "ipg" clock is for uart bus/baud
+  clock. For imx8qxp lpuart, "ipg" clock is bus clock that is used to access
+  lpuart controller registers, it also requires "baud" clock for module to
+  receive/transmit data.
 
 Optional properties:
 - dmas: A list of two dma specifiers, one for each entry in dma-names.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt
index 6fdffb7..3a3b570 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
   * "mediatek,mt6589-uart" for MT6589 compatible UARTS
   * "mediatek,mt6755-uart" for MT6755 compatible UARTS
   * "mediatek,mt6765-uart" for MT6765 compatible UARTS
+  * "mediatek,mt6779-uart" for MT6779 compatible UARTS
   * "mediatek,mt6795-uart" for MT6795 compatible UARTS
   * "mediatek,mt6797-uart" for MT6797 compatible UARTS
   * "mediatek,mt7622-uart" for MT7622 compatible UARTS
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/amlogic/clk-measure.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/amlogic/clk-measure.txt
index 6bf6b43..3dd563c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/amlogic/clk-measure.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/amlogic/clk-measure.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
 			"amlogic,meson8b-clk-measure" for Meson8b SoCs
 			"amlogic,meson-axg-clk-measure" for AXG SoCs
 			"amlogic,meson-g12a-clk-measure" for G12a SoCs
+			"amlogic,meson-sm1-clk-measure" for SM1 SoCs
 - reg: base address and size of the Clock Measurer register space.
 
 Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe.txt
index d7afaff..05ec2a8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe.txt
@@ -18,7 +18,8 @@
 - reg : offset and length of the device registers.
 - bus-frequency : the clock frequency for QUICC Engine.
 - fsl,qe-num-riscs: define how many RISC engines the QE has.
-- fsl,qe-num-snums: define how many serial number(SNUM) the QE can use for the
+- fsl,qe-snums: This property has to be specified as '/bits/ 8' value,
+  defining the array of serial number (SNUM) values for the virtual
   threads.
 
 Optional properties:
@@ -34,6 +35,11 @@
 - brg-frequency : the internal clock source frequency for baud-rate
   generators in Hz.
 
+Deprecated properties
+- fsl,qe-num-snums: define how many serial number(SNUM) the QE can use
+  for the threads. Use fsl,qe-snums instead to not only specify the
+  number of snums, but also their values.
+
 Example:
      qe@e0100000 {
 	#address-cells = <1>;
@@ -44,6 +50,11 @@
 	reg = <e0100000 480>;
 	brg-frequency = <0>;
 	bus-frequency = <179A7B00>;
+	fsl,qe-snums = /bits/ 8 <
+		0x04 0x05 0x0C 0x0D 0x14 0x15 0x1C 0x1D
+		0x24 0x25 0x2C 0x2D 0x34 0x35 0x88 0x89
+		0x98 0x99 0xA8 0xA9 0xB8 0xB9 0xC8 0xC9
+		0xD8 0xD9 0xE8 0xE9>;
      }
 
 * Multi-User RAM (MURAM)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,aoss-qmp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,aoss-qmp.txt
index 954ffee..4fc571e7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,aoss-qmp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,aoss-qmp.txt
@@ -15,7 +15,10 @@
 - compatible:
 	Usage: required
 	Value type: <string>
-	Definition: must be "qcom,sdm845-aoss-qmp"
+	Definition: must be one of:
+		    "qcom,sc7180-aoss-qmp"
+		    "qcom,sdm845-aoss-qmp"
+		    "qcom,sm8150-aoss-qmp"
 
 - reg:
 	Usage: required
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/ti/sci-pm-domain.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/ti/sci-pm-domain.txt
index f7b00a7..f541d1f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/ti/sci-pm-domain.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/ti/sci-pm-domain.txt
@@ -19,8 +19,15 @@
 Required Properties:
 --------------------
 - compatible: should be "ti,sci-pm-domain"
-- #power-domain-cells: Must be 1 so that an id can be provided in each
-		       device node.
+- #power-domain-cells: Can be one of the following:
+			1: Containing the device id of each node
+			2: First entry should be device id
+			   Second entry should be one of the floowing:
+			   TI_SCI_PD_EXCLUSIVE: To allow device to be
+						exclusively controlled by
+						the requesting hosts.
+			   TI_SCI_PD_SHARED: To allow device to be shared
+					     by multiple hosts.
 
 Example (K2G):
 -------------
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nuvoton,npcm-fiu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nuvoton,npcm-fiu.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a388005
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nuvoton,npcm-fiu.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+* Nuvoton FLASH Interface Unit (FIU) SPI Controller
+
+NPCM FIU supports single, dual and quad communication interface.
+
+The NPCM7XX supports three FIU modules,
+FIU0 and FIUx supports two chip selects,
+FIU3 support four chip select.
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible : "nuvoton,npcm750-fiu" for the NPCM7XX BMC
+  - #address-cells : should be 1.
+  - #size-cells : should be 0.
+  - reg : the first contains the register location and length,
+          the second contains the memory mapping address and length
+  - reg-names: Should contain the reg names "control" and "memory"
+  - clocks : phandle of FIU reference clock.
+
+Required properties in case the pins can be muxed:
+  - pinctrl-names : a pinctrl state named "default" must be defined.
+  - pinctrl-0 : phandle referencing pin configuration of the device.
+
+Optional property:
+  - nuvoton,spix-mode: enable spix-mode for an expansion bus to an ASIC or CPLD.
+
+Aliases:
+- All the FIU controller nodes should be represented in the aliases node using
+  the following format 'fiu{n}' where n is a unique number for the alias.
+  In the NPCM7XX BMC:
+  		fiu0 represent fiu 0 controller
+  		fiu1 represent fiu 3 controller
+  		fiu2 represent fiu x controller
+
+Example:
+fiu3: spi@c00000000 {
+	compatible = "nuvoton,npcm750-fiu";
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+	reg = <0xfb000000 0x1000>, <0x80000000 0x10000000>;
+	reg-names = "control", "memory";
+	clocks = <&clk NPCM7XX_CLK_AHB>;
+	pinctrl-names = "default";
+	pinctrl-0 = <&spi3_pins>;
+	spi-nor@0 {
+			...
+	};
+};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-controller.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-controller.yaml
index 876c062..7323392 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-controller.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-controller.yaml
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
       If that property is used, the number of chip selects will be
       increased automatically with max(cs-gpios, hardware chip selects).
 
-      So if, for example, the controller has 2 CS lines, and the
+      So if, for example, the controller has 4 CS lines, and the
       cs-gpios looks like this
         cs-gpios = <&gpio1 0 0>, <0>, <&gpio1 1 0>, <&gpio1 2 0>;
 
@@ -73,7 +73,6 @@
           Compatible of the SPI device.
 
       reg:
-        maxItems: 1
         minimum: 0
         maximum: 256
         description:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-dspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-dspi.txt
index dcc7eaa..162e024 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-dspi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-dspi.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
 		or
 		"fsl,ls2080a-dspi" followed by "fsl,ls2085a-dspi"
 		"fsl,ls1012a-dspi" followed by "fsl,ls1021a-v1.0-dspi"
+		"fsl,ls1088a-dspi" followed by "fsl,ls1021a-v1.0-dspi"
 - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
 - interrupts : Should contain SPI controller interrupt
 - clocks: from common clock binding: handle to dspi clock.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-qspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-qspi.txt
index e8f1d62..69dc5d5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-qspi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-qspi.txt
@@ -3,9 +3,8 @@
 Required properties:
   - compatible : Should be "fsl,vf610-qspi", "fsl,imx6sx-qspi",
 		 "fsl,imx7d-qspi", "fsl,imx6ul-qspi",
-		 "fsl,ls1021a-qspi"
+		 "fsl,ls1021a-qspi", "fsl,ls2080a-qspi"
 		 or
-		 "fsl,ls2080a-qspi" followed by "fsl,ls1021a-qspi",
 		 "fsl,ls1043a-qspi" followed by "fsl,ls1021a-qspi"
   - reg : the first contains the register location and length,
           the second contains the memory mapping address and length
@@ -34,7 +33,11 @@
 	clock-names = "qspi_en", "qspi";
 
 	flash0: s25fl128s@0 {
-		....
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		compatible = "spansion,s25fl128s", "jedec,spi-nor";
+		spi-max-frequency = <50000000>;
+		reg = <0>;
 	};
 };
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-mt65xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-mt65xx.txt
index c0f6c8e..3a8079e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-mt65xx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-mt65xx.txt
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@
     - mediatek,mt2701-spi: for mt2701 platforms
     - mediatek,mt2712-spi: for mt2712 platforms
     - mediatek,mt6589-spi: for mt6589 platforms
+    - mediatek,mt6765-spi: for mt6765 platforms
     - mediatek,mt7622-spi: for mt7622 platforms
     - "mediatek,mt7629-spi", "mediatek,mt7622-spi": for mt7629 platforms
     - mediatek,mt8135-spi: for mt8135 platforms
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sprd-adi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sprd-adi.txt
index 8de589b..2567c82 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sprd-adi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sprd-adi.txt
@@ -25,18 +25,23 @@
 ADI registers will make ADI controller registers chaos to lead incorrect results.
 Then we need one hardware spinlock to synchronize between the multiple subsystems.
 
+The new version ADI controller supplies multiple master channels for different
+subsystem accessing, that means no need to add hardware spinlock to synchronize,
+thus change the hardware spinlock support to be optional to keep backward
+compatibility.
+
 Required properties:
 - compatible: Should be "sprd,sc9860-adi".
 - reg: Offset and length of ADI-SPI controller register space.
-- hwlocks: Reference to a phandle of a hwlock provider node.
-- hwlock-names: Reference to hwlock name strings defined in the same order
-	as the hwlocks, should be "adi".
 - #address-cells: Number of cells required to define a chip select address
 	on the ADI-SPI bus. Should be set to 1.
 - #size-cells: Size of cells required to define a chip select address size
 	on the ADI-SPI bus. Should be set to 0.
 
 Optional properties:
+- hwlocks: Reference to a phandle of a hwlock provider node.
+- hwlock-names: Reference to hwlock name strings defined in the same order
+	as the hwlocks, should be "adi".
 - sprd,hw-channels: This is an array of channel values up to 49 channels.
 	The first value specifies the hardware channel id which is used to
 	transfer data triggered by hardware automatically, and the second
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/intel,ixp4xx-timer.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/intel,ixp4xx-timer.yaml
index a36a074..2807225 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/intel,ixp4xx-timer.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/intel,ixp4xx-timer.yaml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 # Copyright 2018 Linaro Ltd.
 %YAML 1.2
 ---
-$id: "http://devicetree.org/schemas/timer/intel-ixp4xx-timer.yaml#"
+$id: "http://devicetree.org/schemas/timer/intel,ixp4xx-timer.yaml#"
 $schema: "http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#"
 
 title: Intel IXP4xx XScale Networking Processors Timers
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.yaml
index 2e742d3..870ac52 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.yaml
@@ -104,6 +104,8 @@
           - infineon,slb9645tt
             # Infineon TLV493D-A1B6 I2C 3D Magnetic Sensor
           - infineon,tlv493d-a1b6
+            # Inspur Power System power supply unit version 1
+          - inspur,ipsps1
             # Intersil ISL29028 Ambient Light and Proximity Sensor
           - isil,isl29028
             # Intersil ISL29030 Ambient Light and Proximity Sensor
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb251xb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb251xb.txt
index bc7945e..17915f6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb251xb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb251xb.txt
@@ -64,10 +64,8 @@
  - power-on-time-ms : Specifies the time it takes from the time the host
 	initiates the power-on sequence to a port until the port has adequate
 	power. The value is given in ms in a 0 - 510 range (default is 100ms).
- - swap-dx-lanes : Specifies the downstream ports which will swap the
-	differential-pair (D+/D-), default is not-swapped.
- - swap-us-lanes : Selects the upstream port differential-pair (D+/D-)
-	swapping (boolean, default is not-swapped)
+ - swap-dx-lanes : Specifies the ports which will swap the differential-pair
+	(D+/D-), default is not-swapped.
 
 Examples:
 	usb2512b@2c {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.yaml
index 6992bbb..de4240e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.yaml
@@ -27,6 +27,8 @@
     description: Abilis Systems
   "^abracon,.*":
     description: Abracon Corporation
+  "^acme,.*":
+    description: Acme Systems srl
   "^actions,.*":
     description: Actions Semiconductor Co., Ltd.
   "^active-semi,.*":
@@ -81,6 +83,8 @@
     description: Analogix Semiconductor, Inc.
   "^andestech,.*":
     description: Andes Technology Corporation
+  "^anvo,.*":
+    description: Anvo-Systems Dresden GmbH
   "^apm,.*":
     description: Applied Micro Circuits Corporation (APM)
   "^aptina,.*":
@@ -269,6 +273,8 @@
     description: Emerging Display Technologies
   "^eeti,.*":
     description: eGalax_eMPIA Technology Inc
+  "^einfochips,.*":
+    description: Einfochips
   "^elan,.*":
     description: Elan Microelectronic Corp.
   "^elgin,.*":
@@ -503,6 +509,8 @@
     description: Lantiq Semiconductor
   "^lattice,.*":
     description: Lattice Semiconductor
+  "^leez,.*":
+    description: Leez
   "^lego,.*":
     description: LEGO Systems A/S
   "^lemaker,.*":
@@ -529,6 +537,8 @@
     description: Linear Technology Corporation
   "^logicpd,.*":
     description: Logic PD, Inc.
+  "^longcheer,.*":
+    description: Longcheer Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
   "^lsi,.*":
     description: LSI Corp. (LSI Logic)
   "^lwn,.*":
@@ -549,6 +559,8 @@
     description: mCube
   "^meas,.*":
     description: Measurement Specialties
+  "^mecer,.*":
+    description: Mustek Limited
   "^mediatek,.*":
     description: MediaTek Inc.
   "^megachips,.*":
@@ -575,6 +587,8 @@
     description: Micro Crystal AG
   "^micron,.*":
     description: Micron Technology Inc.
+  "^microsoft,.*":
+    description: Microsoft Corporation
   "^mikroe,.*":
     description: MikroElektronika d.o.o.
   "^miniand,.*":
diff --git a/Documentation/doc-guide/conf.py b/Documentation/doc-guide/conf.py
deleted file mode 100644
index fd37311..0000000
--- a/Documentation/doc-guide/conf.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-# -*- coding: utf-8; mode: python -*-
-
-project = 'Linux Kernel Documentation Guide'
-
-tags.add("subproject")
-
-latex_documents = [
-    ('index', 'kernel-doc-guide.tex', 'Linux Kernel Documentation Guide',
-     'The kernel development community', 'manual'),
-]
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/80211/conf.py b/Documentation/driver-api/80211/conf.py
deleted file mode 100644
index 4424b4b..0000000
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/80211/conf.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-# -*- coding: utf-8; mode: python -*-
-
-project = "Linux 802.11 Driver Developer's Guide"
-
-tags.add("subproject")
-
-latex_documents = [
-    ('index', '80211.tex', project,
-     'The kernel development community', 'manual'),
-]
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/conf.py b/Documentation/driver-api/conf.py
deleted file mode 100644
index 202726d..0000000
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/conf.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-# -*- coding: utf-8; mode: python -*-
-
-project = "The Linux driver implementer's API guide"
-
-tags.add("subproject")
-
-latex_documents = [
-    ('index', 'driver-api.tex', project,
-     'The kernel development community', 'manual'),
-]
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/generic-counter.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/generic-counter.rst
index 0c161b1..8382f01a5 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/generic-counter.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/generic-counter.rst
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@
 Several sysfs attributes are generated by the Generic Counter interface,
 and reside under the /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX directory, where
 counterX refers to the respective counter device. Please see
-Documentation/ABI/testing/sys-bus-counter-generic-sysfs for detailed
+Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter for detailed
 information on each Generic Counter interface sysfs attribute.
 
 Through these sysfs attributes, programs and scripts may interact with
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@
 
 For a more detailed breakdown of the available Generic Counter interface
 sysfs attributes, please refer to the
-Documentation/ABI/testing/sys-bus-counter file.
+Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter file.
 
 The Signals and Counts associated with the Counter device are registered
 to the system as well by the counter_register function. The
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/driver.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/driver.rst
index 921c71a..3fdb324 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/driver.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/driver.rst
@@ -69,9 +69,9 @@
 
 The code implementing a gpio_chip should support multiple instances of the
 controller, preferably using the driver model. That code will configure each
-gpio_chip and issue ``gpiochip_add[_data]()`` or ``devm_gpiochip_add_data()``.
-Removing a GPIO controller should be rare; use ``[devm_]gpiochip_remove()``
-when it is unavoidable.
+gpio_chip and issue gpiochip_add(), gpiochip_add_data(), or
+devm_gpiochip_add_data().  Removing a GPIO controller should be rare; use
+gpiochip_remove() when it is unavoidable.
 
 Often a gpio_chip is part of an instance-specific structure with states not
 exposed by the GPIO interfaces, such as addressing, power management, and more.
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@
 cases the GPIO logic is melded with a SoC's primary interrupt controller.
 
 The IRQ portions of the GPIO block are implemented using an irq_chip, using
-the header <linux/irq.h>. So basically such a driver is utilizing two sub-
+the header <linux/irq.h>. So this combined driver is utilizing two sub-
 systems simultaneously: gpio and irq.
 
 It is legal for any IRQ consumer to request an IRQ from any irqchip even if it
@@ -391,25 +391,119 @@
 ----------------------------------------
 
 To help out in handling the set-up and management of GPIO irqchips and the
-associated irqdomain and resource allocation callbacks, the gpiolib has
-some helpers that can be enabled by selecting the GPIOLIB_IRQCHIP Kconfig
-symbol:
+associated irqdomain and resource allocation callbacks. These are activated
+by selecting the Kconfig symbol GPIOLIB_IRQCHIP. If the symbol
+IRQ_DOMAIN_HIERARCHY is also selected, hierarchical helpers will also be
+provided. A big portion of overhead code will be managed by gpiolib,
+under the assumption that your interrupts are 1-to-1-mapped to the
+GPIO line index:
 
-- gpiochip_irqchip_add(): adds a chained cascaded irqchip to a gpiochip. It
-  will pass the struct gpio_chip* for the chip to all IRQ callbacks, so the
-  callbacks need to embed the gpio_chip in its state container and obtain a
-  pointer to the container using container_of().
-  (See Documentation/driver-api/driver-model/design-patterns.rst)
+  GPIO line offset   Hardware IRQ
+  0                  0
+  1                  1
+  2                  2
+  ...                ...
+  ngpio-1            ngpio-1
+
+If some GPIO lines do not have corresponding IRQs, the bitmask valid_mask
+and the flag need_valid_mask in gpio_irq_chip can be used to mask off some
+lines as invalid for associating with IRQs.
+
+The preferred way to set up the helpers is to fill in the
+struct gpio_irq_chip inside struct gpio_chip before adding the gpio_chip.
+If you do this, the additional irq_chip will be set up by gpiolib at the
+same time as setting up the rest of the GPIO functionality. The following
+is a typical example of a cascaded interrupt handler using gpio_irq_chip:
+
+  /* Typical state container with dynamic irqchip */
+  struct my_gpio {
+      struct gpio_chip gc;
+      struct irq_chip irq;
+  };
+
+  int irq; /* from platform etc */
+  struct my_gpio *g;
+  struct gpio_irq_chip *girq;
+
+  /* Set up the irqchip dynamically */
+  g->irq.name = "my_gpio_irq";
+  g->irq.irq_ack = my_gpio_ack_irq;
+  g->irq.irq_mask = my_gpio_mask_irq;
+  g->irq.irq_unmask = my_gpio_unmask_irq;
+  g->irq.irq_set_type = my_gpio_set_irq_type;
+
+  /* Get a pointer to the gpio_irq_chip */
+  girq = &g->gc.irq;
+  girq->chip = &g->irq;
+  girq->parent_handler = ftgpio_gpio_irq_handler;
+  girq->num_parents = 1;
+  girq->parents = devm_kcalloc(dev, 1, sizeof(*girq->parents),
+                               GFP_KERNEL);
+  if (!girq->parents)
+      return -ENOMEM;
+  girq->default_type = IRQ_TYPE_NONE;
+  girq->handler = handle_bad_irq;
+  girq->parents[0] = irq;
+
+  return devm_gpiochip_add_data(dev, &g->gc, g);
+
+The helper support using hierarchical interrupt controllers as well.
+In this case the typical set-up will look like this:
+
+  /* Typical state container with dynamic irqchip */
+  struct my_gpio {
+      struct gpio_chip gc;
+      struct irq_chip irq;
+      struct fwnode_handle *fwnode;
+  };
+
+  int irq; /* from platform etc */
+  struct my_gpio *g;
+  struct gpio_irq_chip *girq;
+
+  /* Set up the irqchip dynamically */
+  g->irq.name = "my_gpio_irq";
+  g->irq.irq_ack = my_gpio_ack_irq;
+  g->irq.irq_mask = my_gpio_mask_irq;
+  g->irq.irq_unmask = my_gpio_unmask_irq;
+  g->irq.irq_set_type = my_gpio_set_irq_type;
+
+  /* Get a pointer to the gpio_irq_chip */
+  girq = &g->gc.irq;
+  girq->chip = &g->irq;
+  girq->default_type = IRQ_TYPE_NONE;
+  girq->handler = handle_bad_irq;
+  girq->fwnode = g->fwnode;
+  girq->parent_domain = parent;
+  girq->child_to_parent_hwirq = my_gpio_child_to_parent_hwirq;
+
+  return devm_gpiochip_add_data(dev, &g->gc, g);
+
+As you can see pretty similar, but you do not supply a parent handler for
+the IRQ, instead a parent irqdomain, an fwnode for the hardware and
+a funcion .child_to_parent_hwirq() that has the purpose of looking up
+the parent hardware irq from a child (i.e. this gpio chip) hardware irq.
+As always it is good to look at examples in the kernel tree for advice
+on how to find the required pieces.
+
+The old way of adding irqchips to gpiochips after registration is also still
+available but we try to move away from this:
+
+- DEPRECATED: gpiochip_irqchip_add(): adds a chained cascaded irqchip to a
+  gpiochip. It will pass the struct gpio_chip* for the chip to all IRQ
+  callbacks, so the callbacks need to embed the gpio_chip in its state
+  container and obtain a pointer to the container using container_of().
+  (See Documentation/driver-model/design-patterns.txt)
 
 - gpiochip_irqchip_add_nested(): adds a nested cascaded irqchip to a gpiochip,
   as discussed above regarding different types of cascaded irqchips. The
   cascaded irq has to be handled by a threaded interrupt handler.
   Apart from that it works exactly like the chained irqchip.
 
-- gpiochip_set_chained_irqchip(): sets up a chained cascaded irq handler for a
-  gpio_chip from a parent IRQ and passes the struct gpio_chip* as handler
-  data. Notice that we pass is as the handler data, since the irqchip data is
-  likely used by the parent irqchip.
+- DEPRECATED: gpiochip_set_chained_irqchip(): sets up a chained cascaded irq
+  handler for a gpio_chip from a parent IRQ and passes the struct gpio_chip*
+  as handler data. Notice that we pass is as the handler data, since the
+  irqchip data is likely used by the parent irqchip.
 
 - gpiochip_set_nested_irqchip(): sets up a nested cascaded irq handler for a
   gpio_chip from a parent IRQ. As the parent IRQ has usually been
@@ -418,11 +512,11 @@
 
 If there is a need to exclude certain GPIO lines from the IRQ domain handled by
 these helpers, we can set .irq.need_valid_mask of the gpiochip before
-``[devm_]gpiochip_add_data()`` is called. This allocates an .irq.valid_mask with as
-many bits set as there are GPIO lines in the chip, each bit representing line
-0..n-1. Drivers can exclude GPIO lines by clearing bits from this mask. The mask
-must be filled in before gpiochip_irqchip_add() or gpiochip_irqchip_add_nested()
-is called.
+devm_gpiochip_add_data() or gpiochip_add_data() is called. This allocates an
+.irq.valid_mask with as many bits set as there are GPIO lines in the chip, each
+bit representing line 0..n-1. Drivers can exclude GPIO lines by clearing bits
+from this mask. The mask must be filled in before gpiochip_irqchip_add() or
+gpiochip_irqchip_add_nested() is called.
 
 To use the helpers please keep the following in mind:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/phy/phy.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/phy/phy.rst
index 457c3e0..8fc1ce0 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/phy/phy.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/phy/phy.rst
@@ -179,8 +179,8 @@
 
 In order to get reference to a PHY without help from DeviceTree, the framework
 offers lookups which can be compared to clkdev that allow clk structures to be
-bound to devices. A lookup can be made be made during runtime when a handle to
-the struct phy already exists.
+bound to devices. A lookup can be made during runtime when a handle to the
+struct phy already exists.
 
 The framework offers the following API for registering and unregistering the
 lookups::
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/pm/conf.py b/Documentation/driver-api/pm/conf.py
deleted file mode 100644
index a89fac1..0000000
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/pm/conf.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-# -*- coding: utf-8; mode: python -*-
-
-project = "Device Power Management"
-
-tags.add("subproject")
-
-latex_documents = [
-    ('index', 'pm.tex', project,
-     'The kernel development community', 'manual'),
-]
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/sgi-ioc4.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/sgi-ioc4.rst
deleted file mode 100644
index 7270922..0000000
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/sgi-ioc4.rst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-====================================
-SGI IOC4 PCI (multi function) device
-====================================
-
-The SGI IOC4 PCI device is a bit of a strange beast, so some notes on
-it are in order.
-
-First, even though the IOC4 performs multiple functions, such as an
-IDE controller, a serial controller, a PS/2 keyboard/mouse controller,
-and an external interrupt mechanism, it's not implemented as a
-multifunction device.  The consequence of this from a software
-standpoint is that all these functions share a single IRQ, and
-they can't all register to own the same PCI device ID.  To make
-matters a bit worse, some of the register blocks (and even registers
-themselves) present in IOC4 are mixed-purpose between these several
-functions, meaning that there's no clear "owning" device driver.
-
-The solution is to organize the IOC4 driver into several independent
-drivers, "ioc4", "sgiioc4", and "ioc4_serial".  Note that there is no
-PS/2 controller driver as this functionality has never been wired up
-on a shipping IO card.
-
-ioc4
-====
-This is the core (or shim) driver for IOC4.  It is responsible for
-initializing the basic functionality of the chip, and allocating
-the PCI resources that are shared between the IOC4 functions.
-
-This driver also provides registration functions that the other
-IOC4 drivers can call to make their presence known.  Each driver
-needs to provide a probe and remove function, which are invoked
-by the core driver at appropriate times.  The interface of these
-IOC4 function probe and remove operations isn't precisely the same
-as PCI device probe and remove operations, but is logically the
-same operation.
-
-sgiioc4
-=======
-This is the IDE driver for IOC4.  Its name isn't very descriptive
-simply for historical reasons (it used to be the only IOC4 driver
-component).  There's not much to say about it other than it hooks
-up to the ioc4 driver via the appropriate registration, probe, and
-remove functions.
-
-ioc4_serial
-===========
-This is the serial driver for IOC4.  There's not much to say about it
-other than it hooks up to the ioc4 driver via the appropriate registration,
-probe, and remove functions.
diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt
index 7fc2e24..cae7be2 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
     |       nds32: | TODO |
     |       nios2: | TODO |
     |    openrisc: | TODO |
-    |      parisc: | TODO |
+    |      parisc: |  ok  |
     |     powerpc: |  ok  |
     |       riscv: | TODO |
     |        s390: |  ok  |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt
index 68f2669..4fae046 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
     |       nds32: | TODO |
     |       nios2: | TODO |
     |    openrisc: | TODO |
-    |      parisc: | TODO |
+    |      parisc: |  ok  |
     |     powerpc: |  ok  |
     |       riscv: | TODO |
     |        s390: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/TODO b/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/TODO
index 9267f3f..edbbccd 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/TODO
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/TODO
@@ -13,7 +13,8 @@
    - T10 copy offload ie "ODX" (copy chunk, and "Duplicate Extents" ioctl
      currently the only two server side copy mechanisms supported)
 
-b) improved sparse file support
+b) improved sparse file support (fiemap and SEEK_HOLE are implemented
+but additional features would be supportable by the protocol).
 
 c) Directory entry caching relies on a 1 second timer, rather than
 using Directory Leases, currently only the root file handle is cached longer
@@ -21,9 +22,13 @@
 d) quota support (needs minor kernel change since quota calls
 to make it to network filesystems or deviceless filesystems)
 
-e) Additional use cases where we use "compoounding" (e.g. open/query/close
-and open/setinfo/close) to reduce the number of roundtrips, and also
-open to reduce redundant opens (using deferred close and reference counts more).
+e) Additional use cases can be optimized to use "compounding"
+(e.g. open/query/close and open/setinfo/close) to reduce the number
+of roundtrips to the server and improve performance. Various cases
+(stat, statfs, create, unlink, mkdir) already have been improved by
+using compounding but more can be done.  In addition we could significantly
+reduce redundant opens by using deferred close (with handle caching leases)
+and better using reference counters on file handles.
 
 f) Finish inotify support so kde and gnome file list windows
 will autorefresh (partially complete by Asser). Needs minor kernel
@@ -43,18 +48,17 @@
 exists. Also better integration with winbind for resolving SID owners
 
 k) Add tools to take advantage of more smb3 specific ioctls and features
-(passthrough ioctl/fsctl for sending various SMB3 fsctls to the server
-is in progress, and a passthrough query_info call is already implemented
-in cifs.ko to allow smb3 info levels queries to be sent from userspace)
+(passthrough ioctl/fsctl is now implemented in cifs.ko to allow sending
+various SMB3 fsctls and query info and set info calls directly from user space)
+Add tools to make setting various non-POSIX metadata attributes easier
+from tools (e.g. extending what was done in smb-info tool).
 
 l) encrypted file support
 
 m) improved stats gathering tools (perhaps integration with nfsometer?)
 to extend and make easier to use what is currently in /proc/fs/cifs/Stats
 
-n) allow setting more NTFS/SMB3 file attributes remotely (currently limited to compressed
-file attribute via chflags) and improve user space tools for managing and
-viewing them.
+n) Add support for claims based ACLs ("DAC")
 
 o) mount helper GUI (to simplify the various configuration options on mount)
 
@@ -82,6 +86,8 @@
 w) Add support for additional strong encryption types, and additional spnego
 authentication mechanisms (see MS-SMB2)
 
+x) Finish support for SMB3.1.1 compression
+
 KNOWN BUGS
 ====================================
 See http://bugzilla.samba.org - search on product "CifsVFS" for
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/conf.py b/Documentation/filesystems/conf.py
deleted file mode 100644
index ea44172..0000000
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/conf.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-# -*- coding: utf-8; mode: python -*-
-
-project = "Linux Filesystems API"
-
-tags.add("subproject")
-
-latex_documents = [
-    ('index', 'filesystems.tex', project,
-     'The kernel development community', 'manual'),
-]
diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/conf.py b/Documentation/gpu/conf.py
deleted file mode 100644
index 1757b04..0000000
--- a/Documentation/gpu/conf.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-# -*- coding: utf-8; mode: python -*-
-
-project = "Linux GPU Driver Developer's Guide"
-
-tags.add("subproject")
-
-latex_documents = [
-    ('index', 'gpu.tex', project,
-     'The kernel development community', 'manual'),
-]
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ads1015.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/ads1015.rst
deleted file mode 100644
index e0951c4..0000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/ads1015.rst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver ads1015
-=====================
-
-Supported chips:
-
-  * Texas Instruments ADS1015
-
-    Prefix: 'ads1015'
-
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Texas Instruments website:
-
-	       http://focus.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/ads1015.pdf
-
-  * Texas Instruments ADS1115
-
-    Prefix: 'ads1115'
-
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Texas Instruments website:
-
-	       http://focus.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/ads1115.pdf
-
-Authors:
-	Dirk Eibach, Guntermann & Drunck GmbH <eibach@gdsys.de>
-
-Description
------------
-
-This driver implements support for the Texas Instruments ADS1015/ADS1115.
-
-This device is a 12/16-bit A-D converter with 4 inputs.
-
-The inputs can be used single ended or in certain differential combinations.
-
-The inputs can be made available by 8 sysfs input files in0_input - in7_input:
-
-  - in0: Voltage over AIN0 and AIN1.
-  - in1: Voltage over AIN0 and AIN3.
-  - in2: Voltage over AIN1 and AIN3.
-  - in3: Voltage over AIN2 and AIN3.
-  - in4: Voltage over AIN0 and GND.
-  - in5: Voltage over AIN1 and GND.
-  - in6: Voltage over AIN2 and GND.
-  - in7: Voltage over AIN3 and GND.
-
-Which inputs are available can be configured using platform data or devicetree.
-
-By default all inputs are exported.
-
-Platform Data
--------------
-
-In linux/platform_data/ads1015.h platform data is defined, channel_data contains
-configuration data for the used input combinations:
-
-- pga is the programmable gain amplifier (values are full scale)
-
-    - 0: +/- 6.144 V
-    - 1: +/- 4.096 V
-    - 2: +/- 2.048 V
-    - 3: +/- 1.024 V
-    - 4: +/- 0.512 V
-    - 5: +/- 0.256 V
-
-- data_rate in samples per second
-
-    - 0: 128
-    - 1: 250
-    - 2: 490
-    - 3: 920
-    - 4: 1600
-    - 5: 2400
-    - 6: 3300
-
-Example::
-
-  struct ads1015_platform_data data = {
-	.channel_data = {
-		[2] = { .enabled = true, .pga = 1, .data_rate = 0 },
-		[4] = { .enabled = true, .pga = 4, .data_rate = 5 },
-	}
-  };
-
-In this case only in2_input (FS +/- 4.096 V, 128 SPS) and in4_input
-(FS +/- 0.512 V, 2400 SPS) would be created.
-
-Devicetree
-----------
-
-Configuration is also possible via devicetree:
-Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ads1015.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/index.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/index.rst
index ee090e5..8147c3f 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/index.rst
@@ -30,7 +30,6 @@
    adm1031
    adm1275
    adm9240
-   ads1015
    ads7828
    adt7410
    adt7411
@@ -130,6 +129,7 @@
    pcf8591
    pmbus
    powr1220
+   pxe1610
    pwm-fan
    raspberrypi-hwmon
    sch5627
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/inspur-ipsps1.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/inspur-ipsps1.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b871ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/inspur-ipsps1.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+Kernel driver inspur-ipsps1
+=======================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * Inspur Power System power supply unit
+
+Author: John Wang <wangzqbj@inspur.com>
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver supports Inspur Power System power supplies. This driver
+is a client to the core PMBus driver.
+
+Usage Notes
+-----------
+
+This driver does not auto-detect devices. You will have to instantiate the
+devices explicitly. Please see Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices for
+details.
+
+Sysfs entries
+-------------
+
+The following attributes are supported:
+
+======================= ======================================================
+curr1_input		Measured input current
+curr1_label		"iin"
+curr1_max		Maximum current
+curr1_max_alarm		Current high alarm
+curr2_input		Measured output current in mA.
+curr2_label		"iout1"
+curr2_crit		Critical maximum current
+curr2_crit_alarm	Current critical high alarm
+curr2_max		Maximum current
+curr2_max_alarm		Current high alarm
+
+fan1_alarm		Fan 1 warning.
+fan1_fault		Fan 1 fault.
+fan1_input		Fan 1 speed in RPM.
+
+in1_alarm		Input voltage under-voltage alarm.
+in1_input		Measured input voltage in mV.
+in1_label		"vin"
+in2_input		Measured output voltage in mV.
+in2_label		"vout1"
+in2_lcrit		Critical minimum output voltage
+in2_lcrit_alarm		Output voltage critical low alarm
+in2_max			Maximum output voltage
+in2_max_alarm		Output voltage high alarm
+in2_min			Minimum output voltage
+in2_min_alarm		Output voltage low alarm
+
+power1_alarm		Input fault or alarm.
+power1_input		Measured input power in uW.
+power1_label		"pin"
+power1_max		Input power limit
+power2_max_alarm	Output power high alarm
+power2_max		Output power limit
+power2_input		Measured output power in uW.
+power2_label		"pout"
+
+temp[1-3]_input		Measured temperature
+temp[1-2]_max		Maximum temperature
+temp[1-3]_max_alarm	Temperature high alarm
+
+vendor			Manufacturer name
+model			Product model
+part_number		Product part number
+serial_number		Product serial number
+fw_version		Firmware version
+hw_version		Hardware version
+mode			Work mode. Can be set to active or
+			standby, when set to standby, PSU will
+			automatically switch between standby
+			and redundancy mode.
+======================= ======================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/k8temp.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/k8temp.rst
index 72da12a..fe91095 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/k8temp.rst
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/k8temp.rst
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 
     Addresses scanned: PCI space
 
-    Datasheet: http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/32559.pdf
+    Datasheet: http://www.amd.com/system/files/TechDocs/32559.pdf
 
 Author: Rudolf Marek
 
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm75.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/lm75.rst
index ba8acbd..e749f827 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm75.rst
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm75.rst
@@ -119,9 +119,9 @@
 
 	       http://www.ti.com/product/tmp275
 
-  * NXP LM75B
+  * NXP LM75B, PCT2075
 
-    Prefix: 'lm75b'
+    Prefix: 'lm75b', 'pct2075'
 
     Addresses scanned: none
 
@@ -129,6 +129,8 @@
 
 	       http://www.nxp.com/documents/data_sheet/LM75B.pdf
 
+               http://www.nxp.com/docs/en/data-sheet/PCT2075.pdf
+
 Author: Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>
 
 Description
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/pxe1610 b/Documentation/hwmon/pxe1610
deleted file mode 100644
index 211cede..0000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/pxe1610
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver pxe1610
-=====================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * Infineon PXE1610
-    Prefix: 'pxe1610'
-    Addresses scanned: -
-    Datasheet: Datasheet is not publicly available.
-
-  * Infineon PXE1110
-    Prefix: 'pxe1110'
-    Addresses scanned: -
-    Datasheet: Datasheet is not publicly available.
-
-  * Infineon PXM1310
-    Prefix: 'pxm1310'
-    Addresses scanned: -
-    Datasheet: Datasheet is not publicly available.
-
-Author: Vijay Khemka <vijaykhemka@fb.com>
-
-
-Description
------------
-
-PXE1610/PXE1110 are Multi-rail/Multiphase Digital Controllers
-and compliant to
-	-- Intel VR13 DC-DC converter specifications.
-	-- Intel SVID protocol.
-Used for Vcore power regulation for Intel VR13 based microprocessors
-	-- Servers, Workstations, and High-end desktops
-
-PXM1310 is a Multi-rail Controller and it is compliant to
-	-- Intel VR13 DC-DC converter specifications.
-	-- Intel SVID protocol.
-Used for DDR3/DDR4 Memory power regulation for Intel VR13 and
-IMVP8 based systems
-
-
-Usage Notes
------------
-
-This driver does not probe for PMBus devices. You will have
-to instantiate devices explicitly.
-
-Example: the following commands will load the driver for an PXE1610
-at address 0x70 on I2C bus #4:
-
-# modprobe pxe1610
-# echo pxe1610 0x70 > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/i2c-4/new_device
-
-It can also be instantiated by declaring in device tree
-
-
-Sysfs attributes
-----------------
-
-curr1_label		"iin"
-curr1_input		Measured input current
-curr1_alarm		Current high alarm
-
-curr[2-4]_label		"iout[1-3]"
-curr[2-4]_input		Measured output current
-curr[2-4]_crit		Critical maximum current
-curr[2-4]_crit_alarm	Current critical high alarm
-
-in1_label		"vin"
-in1_input		Measured input voltage
-in1_crit		Critical maximum input voltage
-in1_crit_alarm		Input voltage critical high alarm
-
-in[2-4]_label		"vout[1-3]"
-in[2-4]_input		Measured output voltage
-in[2-4]_lcrit		Critical minimum output voltage
-in[2-4]_lcrit_alarm	Output voltage critical low alarm
-in[2-4]_crit		Critical maximum output voltage
-in[2-4]_crit_alarm	Output voltage critical high alarm
-
-power1_label		"pin"
-power1_input		Measured input power
-power1_alarm		Input power high alarm
-
-power[2-4]_label	"pout[1-3]"
-power[2-4]_input	Measured output power
-
-temp[1-3]_input		Measured temperature
-temp[1-3]_crit		Critical high temperature
-temp[1-3]_crit_alarm	Chip temperature critical high alarm
-temp[1-3]_max		Maximum temperature
-temp[1-3]_max_alarm	Chip temperature high alarm
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/pxe1610.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/pxe1610.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f23888
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/pxe1610.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+Kernel driver pxe1610
+=====================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * Infineon PXE1610
+
+    Prefix: 'pxe1610'
+
+    Addresses scanned: -
+
+    Datasheet: Datasheet is not publicly available.
+
+  * Infineon PXE1110
+
+    Prefix: 'pxe1110'
+
+    Addresses scanned: -
+
+    Datasheet: Datasheet is not publicly available.
+
+  * Infineon PXM1310
+
+    Prefix: 'pxm1310'
+
+    Addresses scanned: -
+
+    Datasheet: Datasheet is not publicly available.
+
+Author: Vijay Khemka <vijaykhemka@fb.com>
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+PXE1610/PXE1110 are Multi-rail/Multiphase Digital Controllers
+and compliant to
+
+	- Intel VR13 DC-DC converter specifications.
+	- Intel SVID protocol.
+
+Used for Vcore power regulation for Intel VR13 based microprocessors
+
+	- Servers, Workstations, and High-end desktops
+
+PXM1310 is a Multi-rail Controller and it is compliant to
+
+	- Intel VR13 DC-DC converter specifications.
+	- Intel SVID protocol.
+
+Used for DDR3/DDR4 Memory power regulation for Intel VR13 and
+IMVP8 based systems
+
+
+Usage Notes
+-----------
+
+This driver does not probe for PMBus devices. You will have
+to instantiate devices explicitly.
+
+Example: the following commands will load the driver for an PXE1610
+at address 0x70 on I2C bus #4::
+
+    # modprobe pxe1610
+    # echo pxe1610 0x70 > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/i2c-4/new_device
+
+It can also be instantiated by declaring in device tree
+
+
+Sysfs attributes
+----------------
+
+======================  ====================================
+curr1_label		"iin"
+curr1_input		Measured input current
+curr1_alarm		Current high alarm
+
+curr[2-4]_label		"iout[1-3]"
+curr[2-4]_input		Measured output current
+curr[2-4]_crit		Critical maximum current
+curr[2-4]_crit_alarm	Current critical high alarm
+
+in1_label		"vin"
+in1_input		Measured input voltage
+in1_crit		Critical maximum input voltage
+in1_crit_alarm		Input voltage critical high alarm
+
+in[2-4]_label		"vout[1-3]"
+in[2-4]_input		Measured output voltage
+in[2-4]_lcrit		Critical minimum output voltage
+in[2-4]_lcrit_alarm	Output voltage critical low alarm
+in[2-4]_crit		Critical maximum output voltage
+in[2-4]_crit_alarm	Output voltage critical high alarm
+
+power1_label		"pin"
+power1_input		Measured input power
+power1_alarm		Input power high alarm
+
+power[2-4]_label	"pout[1-3]"
+power[2-4]_input	Measured output power
+
+temp[1-3]_input		Measured temperature
+temp[1-3]_crit		Critical high temperature
+temp[1-3]_crit_alarm	Chip temperature critical high alarm
+temp[1-3]_max		Maximum temperature
+temp[1-3]_max_alarm	Chip temperature high alarm
+======================  ====================================
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/shtc1.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/shtc1.rst
index aa11633..9b0f1ee 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/shtc1.rst
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/shtc1.rst
@@ -19,7 +19,17 @@
 
     Addresses scanned: none
 
-    Datasheet: Not publicly available
+    Datasheet: http://www.sensirion.com/file/datasheet_shtw1
+
+
+
+  * Sensirion SHTC3
+
+    Prefix: 'shtc3'
+
+    Addresses scanned: none
+
+    Datasheet: http://www.sensirion.com/file/datasheet_shtc3
 
 
 
@@ -30,10 +40,9 @@
 Description
 -----------
 
-This driver implements support for the Sensirion SHTC1 chip, a humidity and
-temperature sensor. Temperature is measured in degrees celsius, relative
-humidity is expressed as a percentage. Driver can be used as well for SHTW1
-chip, which has the same electrical interface.
+This driver implements support for the Sensirion SHTC1, SHTW1, and SHTC3
+chips, a humidity and temperature sensor. Temperature is measured in degrees
+celsius, relative humidity is expressed as a percentage.
 
 The device communicates with the I2C protocol. All sensors are set to I2C
 address 0x70. See Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices for methods to
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/submitting-patches.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/submitting-patches.rst
index 452fc28..9a218ea 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/submitting-patches.rst
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/submitting-patches.rst
@@ -20,6 +20,10 @@
   errors, no warnings, and few if any check messages. If there are any
   messages, please be prepared to explain.
 
+* Please use the standard multi-line comment style. Do not mix C and C++
+  style comments in a single driver (with the exception of the SPDX license
+  identifier).
+
 * If your patch generates checkpatch errors, warnings, or check messages,
   please refrain from explanations such as "I prefer that coding style".
   Keep in mind that each unnecessary message helps hiding a real problem,
@@ -120,8 +124,8 @@
   completely initialize your chip and your driver first, then register with
   the hwmon subsystem.
 
-* Use devm_hwmon_device_register_with_groups() or, if your driver needs a remove
-  function, hwmon_device_register_with_groups() to register your driver with the
+* Use devm_hwmon_device_register_with_info() or, if your driver needs a remove
+  function, hwmon_device_register_with_info() to register your driver with the
   hwmon subsystem. Try using devm_add_action() instead of a remove function if
   possible. Do not use hwmon_device_register().
 
diff --git a/Documentation/index.rst b/Documentation/index.rst
index 70ae148..2df5a3d 100644
--- a/Documentation/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/index.rst
@@ -111,9 +111,11 @@
    netlabel/index
    networking/index
    pcmcia/index
+   power/index
    target/index
    timers/index
    watchdog/index
+   virtual/index
    input/index
    hwmon/index
    gpu/index
@@ -143,6 +145,7 @@
    arm64/index
    ia64/index
    m68k/index
+   powerpc/index
    riscv/index
    s390/index
    sh/index
diff --git a/Documentation/input/conf.py b/Documentation/input/conf.py
deleted file mode 100644
index d2352fdc..0000000
--- a/Documentation/input/conf.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-# -*- coding: utf-8; mode: python -*-
-
-project = "The Linux input driver subsystem"
-
-tags.add("subproject")
-
-latex_documents = [
-    ('index', 'linux-input.tex', project,
-     'The kernel development community', 'manual'),
-]
diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-hacking/conf.py b/Documentation/kernel-hacking/conf.py
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d8acf0..0000000
--- a/Documentation/kernel-hacking/conf.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-# -*- coding: utf-8; mode: python -*-
-
-project = "Kernel Hacking Guides"
-
-tags.add("subproject")
-
-latex_documents = [
-    ('index', 'kernel-hacking.tex', project,
-     'The kernel development community', 'manual'),
-]
diff --git a/Documentation/locking/spinlocks.rst b/Documentation/locking/spinlocks.rst
index 098107f..e93ec66 100644
--- a/Documentation/locking/spinlocks.rst
+++ b/Documentation/locking/spinlocks.rst
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 **changes** the list will have to get the write lock.
 
    NOTE! RCU is better for list traversal, but requires careful
-   attention to design detail (see Documentation/RCU/listRCU.txt).
+   attention to design detail (see Documentation/RCU/listRCU.rst).
 
 Also, you cannot "upgrade" a read-lock to a write-lock, so if you at _any_
 time need to do any changes (even if you don't do it every time), you have
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 
    NOTE! We are working hard to remove reader-writer spinlocks in most
    cases, so please don't add a new one without consensus.  (Instead, see
-   Documentation/RCU/rcu.txt for complete information.)
+   Documentation/RCU/rcu.rst for complete information.)
 
 ----
 
diff --git a/Documentation/maintainer/conf.py b/Documentation/maintainer/conf.py
deleted file mode 100644
index 81e9eb7..0000000
--- a/Documentation/maintainer/conf.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-# -*- coding: utf-8; mode: python -*-
-
-project = 'Linux Kernel Development Documentation'
-
-tags.add("subproject")
-
-latex_documents = [
-    ('index', 'maintainer.tex', 'Linux Kernel Development Documentation',
-     'The kernel development community', 'manual'),
-]
diff --git a/Documentation/media/conf.py b/Documentation/media/conf.py
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f194fc..0000000
--- a/Documentation/media/conf.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# -*- coding: utf-8; mode: python -*-
-
-# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
-
-project = 'Linux Media Subsystem Documentation'
-
-tags.add("subproject")
-
-latex_documents = [
-    ('index', 'media.tex', 'Linux Media Subsystem Documentation',
-     'The kernel development community', 'manual'),
-]
diff --git a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt
index 045bb81..1adbb8a 100644
--- a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt
+++ b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt
@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@
 
 	[*] For information on bus mastering DMA and coherency please read:
 
-	    Documentation/PCI/pci.rst
+	    Documentation/driver-api/pci/pci.rst
 	    Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt
 	    Documentation/DMA-API.txt
 
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/conf.py b/Documentation/networking/conf.py
deleted file mode 100644
index 40f69e6..0000000
--- a/Documentation/networking/conf.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-# -*- coding: utf-8; mode: python -*-
-
-project = "Linux Networking Documentation"
-
-tags.add("subproject")
-
-latex_documents = [
-    ('index', 'networking.tex', project,
-     'The kernel development community', 'manual'),
-]
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/tls-offload.rst b/Documentation/networking/tls-offload.rst
index 048e5ca..0dd3f74 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/tls-offload.rst
+++ b/Documentation/networking/tls-offload.rst
@@ -424,13 +424,24 @@
 Following minimum set of TLS-related statistics should be reported
 by the driver:
 
- * ``rx_tls_decrypted`` - number of successfully decrypted TLS segments
- * ``tx_tls_encrypted`` - number of in-order TLS segments passed to device
-   for encryption
+ * ``rx_tls_decrypted_packets`` - number of successfully decrypted RX packets
+   which were part of a TLS stream.
+ * ``rx_tls_decrypted_bytes`` - number of TLS payload bytes in RX packets
+   which were successfully decrypted.
+ * ``tx_tls_encrypted_packets`` - number of TX packets passed to the device
+   for encryption of their TLS payload.
+ * ``tx_tls_encrypted_bytes`` - number of TLS payload bytes in TX packets
+   passed to the device for encryption.
+ * ``tx_tls_ctx`` - number of TLS TX HW offload contexts added to device for
+   encryption.
  * ``tx_tls_ooo`` - number of TX packets which were part of a TLS stream
-   but did not arrive in the expected order
- * ``tx_tls_drop_no_sync_data`` - number of TX packets dropped because
-   they arrived out of order and associated record could not be found
+   but did not arrive in the expected order.
+ * ``tx_tls_drop_no_sync_data`` - number of TX packets which were part of
+   a TLS stream dropped, because they arrived out of order and associated
+   record could not be found.
+ * ``tx_tls_drop_bypass_req`` - number of TX packets which were part of a TLS
+   stream dropped, because they contain both data that has been encrypted by
+   software and data that expects hardware crypto offload.
 
 Notable corner cases, exceptions and additional requirements
 ============================================================
@@ -495,21 +506,3 @@
 These flags will be acted upon accordingly by the core ``ktls`` code.
 TLS device feature flags only control adding of new TLS connection
 offloads, old connections will remain active after flags are cleared.
-
-Known bugs
-==========
-
-skb_orphan() leaks clear text
------------------------------
-
-Currently drivers depend on the :c:member:`sk` member of
-:c:type:`struct sk_buff <sk_buff>` to identify segments requiring
-encryption. Any operation which removes or does not preserve the socket
-association such as :c:func:`skb_orphan` or :c:func:`skb_clone`
-will cause the driver to miss the packets and lead to clear text leaks.
-
-Redirects leak clear text
--------------------------
-
-In the RX direction, if segment has already been decrypted by the device
-and it gets redirected or mirrored - clear text will be transmitted out.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/tuntap.txt b/Documentation/networking/tuntap.txt
index 949d5dc..0104830 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/tuntap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/tuntap.txt
@@ -204,8 +204,8 @@
 media, receives them from user space program and instead of sending 
 packets via physical media sends them to the user space program. 
 
-Let's say that you configured IPX on the tap0, then whenever 
-the kernel sends an IPX packet to tap0, it is passed to the application
+Let's say that you configured IPv6 on the tap0, then whenever
+the kernel sends an IPv6 packet to tap0, it is passed to the application
 (VTun for example). The application encrypts, compresses and sends it to 
 the other side over TCP or UDP. The application on the other side decompresses
 and decrypts the data received and writes the packet to the TAP device, 
diff --git a/Documentation/power/index.rst b/Documentation/power/index.rst
index 20415f2..002e427 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/power/index.rst
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-:orphan:
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
 
 ================
 Power Management
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/DAWR-POWER9.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/DAWR-POWER9.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index ecdbb07..0000000
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/DAWR-POWER9.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-DAWR issues on POWER9
-============================
-
-On POWER9 the Data Address Watchpoint Register (DAWR) can cause a checkstop
-if it points to cache inhibited (CI) memory. Currently Linux has no way to
-disinguish CI memory when configuring the DAWR, so (for now) the DAWR is
-disabled by this commit:
-
-    commit 9654153158d3e0684a1bdb76dbababdb7111d5a0
-    Author: Michael Neuling <mikey@neuling.org>
-    Date:   Tue Mar 27 15:37:24 2018 +1100
-    powerpc: Disable DAWR in the base POWER9 CPU features
-
-Technical Details:
-============================
-
-DAWR has 6 different ways of being set.
-1) ptrace
-2) h_set_mode(DAWR)
-3) h_set_dabr()
-4) kvmppc_set_one_reg()
-5) xmon
-
-For ptrace, we now advertise zero breakpoints on POWER9 via the
-PPC_PTRACE_GETHWDBGINFO call. This results in GDB falling back to
-software emulation of the watchpoint (which is slow).
-
-h_set_mode(DAWR) and h_set_dabr() will now return an error to the
-guest on a POWER9 host. Current Linux guests ignore this error, so
-they will silently not get the DAWR.
-
-kvmppc_set_one_reg() will store the value in the vcpu but won't
-actually set it on POWER9 hardware. This is done so we don't break
-migration from POWER8 to POWER9, at the cost of silently losing the
-DAWR on the migration.
-
-For xmon, the 'bd' command will return an error on P9.
-
-Consequences for users
-============================
-
-For GDB watchpoints (ie 'watch' command) on POWER9 bare metal , GDB
-will accept the command. Unfortunately since there is no hardware
-support for the watchpoint, GDB will software emulate the watchpoint
-making it run very slowly.
-
-The same will also be true for any guests started on a POWER9
-host. The watchpoint will fail and GDB will fall back to software
-emulation.
-
-If a guest is started on a POWER8 host, GDB will accept the watchpoint
-and configure the hardware to use the DAWR. This will run at full
-speed since it can use the hardware emulation. Unfortunately if this
-guest is migrated to a POWER9 host, the watchpoint will be lost on the
-POWER9. Loads and stores to the watchpoint locations will not be
-trapped in GDB. The watchpoint is remembered, so if the guest is
-migrated back to the POWER8 host, it will start working again.
-
-Force enabling the DAWR
-=============================
-Kernels (since ~v5.2) have an option to force enable the DAWR via:
-
-  echo Y > /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/dawr_enable_dangerous
-
-This enables the DAWR even on POWER9.
-
-This is a dangerous setting, USE AT YOUR OWN RISK.
-
-Some users may not care about a bad user crashing their box
-(ie. single user/desktop systems) and really want the DAWR.  This
-allows them to force enable DAWR.
-
-This flag can also be used to disable DAWR access. Once this is
-cleared, all DAWR access should be cleared immediately and your
-machine once again safe from crashing.
-
-Userspace may get confused by toggling this. If DAWR is force
-enabled/disabled between getting the number of breakpoints (via
-PTRACE_GETHWDBGINFO) and setting the breakpoint, userspace will get an
-inconsistent view of what's available. Similarly for guests.
-
-For the DAWR to be enabled in a KVM guest, the DAWR needs to be force
-enabled in the host AND the guest. For this reason, this won't work on
-POWERVM as it doesn't allow the HCALL to work. Writes of 'Y' to the
-dawr_enable_dangerous file will fail if the hypervisor doesn't support
-writing the DAWR.
-
-To double check the DAWR is working, run this kernel selftest:
-  tools/testing/selftests/powerpc/ptrace/ptrace-hwbreak.c
-Any errors/failures/skips mean something is wrong.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/bootwrapper.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/bootwrapper.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6292af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/bootwrapper.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+========================
+The PowerPC boot wrapper
+========================
+
+Copyright (C) Secret Lab Technologies Ltd.
+
+PowerPC image targets compresses and wraps the kernel image (vmlinux) with
+a boot wrapper to make it usable by the system firmware.  There is no
+standard PowerPC firmware interface, so the boot wrapper is designed to
+be adaptable for each kind of image that needs to be built.
+
+The boot wrapper can be found in the arch/powerpc/boot/ directory.  The
+Makefile in that directory has targets for all the available image types.
+The different image types are used to support all of the various firmware
+interfaces found on PowerPC platforms.  OpenFirmware is the most commonly
+used firmware type on general purpose PowerPC systems from Apple, IBM and
+others.  U-Boot is typically found on embedded PowerPC hardware, but there
+are a handful of other firmware implementations which are also popular.  Each
+firmware interface requires a different image format.
+
+The boot wrapper is built from the makefile in arch/powerpc/boot/Makefile and
+it uses the wrapper script (arch/powerpc/boot/wrapper) to generate target
+image.  The details of the build system is discussed in the next section.
+Currently, the following image format targets exist:
+
+   ==================== ========================================================
+   cuImage.%:		Backwards compatible uImage for older version of
+			U-Boot (for versions that don't understand the device
+			tree).  This image embeds a device tree blob inside
+			the image.  The boot wrapper, kernel and device tree
+			are all embedded inside the U-Boot uImage file format
+			with boot wrapper code that extracts data from the old
+			bd_info structure and loads the data into the device
+			tree before jumping into the kernel.
+
+			Because of the series of #ifdefs found in the
+			bd_info structure used in the old U-Boot interfaces,
+			cuImages are platform specific.  Each specific
+			U-Boot platform has a different platform init file
+			which populates the embedded device tree with data
+			from the platform specific bd_info file.  The platform
+			specific cuImage platform init code can be found in
+			`arch/powerpc/boot/cuboot.*.c`. Selection of the correct
+			cuImage init code for a specific board can be found in
+			the wrapper structure.
+
+   dtbImage.%:		Similar to zImage, except device tree blob is embedded
+			inside the image instead of provided by firmware.  The
+			output image file can be either an elf file or a flat
+			binary depending on the platform.
+
+			dtbImages are used on systems which do not have an
+			interface for passing a device tree directly.
+			dtbImages are similar to simpleImages except that
+			dtbImages have platform specific code for extracting
+			data from the board firmware, but simpleImages do not
+			talk to the firmware at all.
+
+			PlayStation 3 support uses dtbImage.  So do Embedded
+			Planet boards using the PlanetCore firmware.  Board
+			specific initialization code is typically found in a
+			file named arch/powerpc/boot/<platform>.c; but this
+			can be overridden by the wrapper script.
+
+   simpleImage.%:	Firmware independent compressed image that does not
+			depend on any particular firmware interface and embeds
+			a device tree blob.  This image is a flat binary that
+			can be loaded to any location in RAM and jumped to.
+			Firmware cannot pass any configuration data to the
+			kernel with this image type and it depends entirely on
+			the embedded device tree for all information.
+
+			The simpleImage is useful for booting systems with
+			an unknown firmware interface or for booting from
+			a debugger when no firmware is present (such as on
+			the Xilinx Virtex platform).  The only assumption that
+			simpleImage makes is that RAM is correctly initialized
+			and that the MMU is either off or has RAM mapped to
+			base address 0.
+
+			simpleImage also supports inserting special platform
+			specific initialization code to the start of the bootup
+			sequence.  The virtex405 platform uses this feature to
+			ensure that the cache is invalidated before caching
+			is enabled.  Platform specific initialization code is
+			added as part of the wrapper script and is keyed on
+			the image target name.  For example, all
+			simpleImage.virtex405-* targets will add the
+			virtex405-head.S initialization code (This also means
+			that the dts file for virtex405 targets should be
+			named (virtex405-<board>.dts).  Search the wrapper
+			script for 'virtex405' and see the file
+			arch/powerpc/boot/virtex405-head.S for details.
+
+   treeImage.%;		Image format for used with OpenBIOS firmware found
+			on some ppc4xx hardware.  This image embeds a device
+			tree blob inside the image.
+
+   uImage:		Native image format used by U-Boot.  The uImage target
+			does not add any boot code.  It just wraps a compressed
+			vmlinux in the uImage data structure.  This image
+			requires a version of U-Boot that is able to pass
+			a device tree to the kernel at boot.  If using an older
+			version of U-Boot, then you need to use a cuImage
+			instead.
+
+   zImage.%:		Image format which does not embed a device tree.
+			Used by OpenFirmware and other firmware interfaces
+			which are able to supply a device tree.  This image
+			expects firmware to provide the device tree at boot.
+			Typically, if you have general purpose PowerPC
+			hardware then you want this image format.
+   ==================== ========================================================
+
+Image types which embed a device tree blob (simpleImage, dtbImage, treeImage,
+and cuImage) all generate the device tree blob from a file in the
+arch/powerpc/boot/dts/ directory.  The Makefile selects the correct device
+tree source based on the name of the target.  Therefore, if the kernel is
+built with 'make treeImage.walnut simpleImage.virtex405-ml403', then the
+build system will use arch/powerpc/boot/dts/walnut.dts to build
+treeImage.walnut and arch/powerpc/boot/dts/virtex405-ml403.dts to build
+the simpleImage.virtex405-ml403.
+
+Two special targets called 'zImage' and 'zImage.initrd' also exist.  These
+targets build all the default images as selected by the kernel configuration.
+Default images are selected by the boot wrapper Makefile
+(arch/powerpc/boot/Makefile) by adding targets to the $image-y variable.  Look
+at the Makefile to see which default image targets are available.
+
+How it is built
+---------------
+arch/powerpc is designed to support multiplatform kernels, which means
+that a single vmlinux image can be booted on many different target boards.
+It also means that the boot wrapper must be able to wrap for many kinds of
+images on a single build.  The design decision was made to not use any
+conditional compilation code (#ifdef, etc) in the boot wrapper source code.
+All of the boot wrapper pieces are buildable at any time regardless of the
+kernel configuration.  Building all the wrapper bits on every kernel build
+also ensures that obscure parts of the wrapper are at the very least compile
+tested in a large variety of environments.
+
+The wrapper is adapted for different image types at link time by linking in
+just the wrapper bits that are appropriate for the image type.  The 'wrapper
+script' (found in arch/powerpc/boot/wrapper) is called by the Makefile and
+is responsible for selecting the correct wrapper bits for the image type.
+The arguments are well documented in the script's comment block, so they
+are not repeated here.  However, it is worth mentioning that the script
+uses the -p (platform) argument as the main method of deciding which wrapper
+bits to compile in.  Look for the large 'case "$platform" in' block in the
+middle of the script.  This is also the place where platform specific fixups
+can be selected by changing the link order.
+
+In particular, care should be taken when working with cuImages.  cuImage
+wrapper bits are very board specific and care should be taken to make sure
+the target you are trying to build is supported by the wrapper bits.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/bootwrapper.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/bootwrapper.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index d60fced..0000000
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/bootwrapper.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
-The PowerPC boot wrapper
-------------------------
-Copyright (C) Secret Lab Technologies Ltd.
-
-PowerPC image targets compresses and wraps the kernel image (vmlinux) with
-a boot wrapper to make it usable by the system firmware.  There is no
-standard PowerPC firmware interface, so the boot wrapper is designed to
-be adaptable for each kind of image that needs to be built.
-
-The boot wrapper can be found in the arch/powerpc/boot/ directory.  The
-Makefile in that directory has targets for all the available image types.
-The different image types are used to support all of the various firmware
-interfaces found on PowerPC platforms.  OpenFirmware is the most commonly
-used firmware type on general purpose PowerPC systems from Apple, IBM and
-others.  U-Boot is typically found on embedded PowerPC hardware, but there
-are a handful of other firmware implementations which are also popular.  Each
-firmware interface requires a different image format.
-
-The boot wrapper is built from the makefile in arch/powerpc/boot/Makefile and
-it uses the wrapper script (arch/powerpc/boot/wrapper) to generate target
-image.  The details of the build system is discussed in the next section.
-Currently, the following image format targets exist:
-
-   cuImage.%:		Backwards compatible uImage for older version of
-			U-Boot (for versions that don't understand the device
-			tree).  This image embeds a device tree blob inside
-			the image.  The boot wrapper, kernel and device tree
-			are all embedded inside the U-Boot uImage file format
-			with boot wrapper code that extracts data from the old
-			bd_info structure and loads the data into the device
-			tree before jumping into the kernel.
-			  Because of the series of #ifdefs found in the
-			bd_info structure used in the old U-Boot interfaces,
-			cuImages are platform specific.  Each specific
-			U-Boot platform has a different platform init file
-			which populates the embedded device tree with data
-			from the platform specific bd_info file.  The platform
-			specific cuImage platform init code can be found in
-			arch/powerpc/boot/cuboot.*.c.  Selection of the correct
-			cuImage init code for a specific board can be found in
-			the wrapper structure.
-   dtbImage.%:		Similar to zImage, except device tree blob is embedded
-			inside the image instead of provided by firmware.  The
-			output image file can be either an elf file or a flat
-			binary depending on the platform.
-			  dtbImages are used on systems which do not have an
-			interface for passing a device tree directly.
-			dtbImages are similar to simpleImages except that
-			dtbImages have platform specific code for extracting
-			data from the board firmware, but simpleImages do not
-			talk to the firmware at all.
-			  PlayStation 3 support uses dtbImage.  So do Embedded
-			Planet boards using the PlanetCore firmware.  Board
-			specific initialization code is typically found in a
-			file named arch/powerpc/boot/<platform>.c; but this
-			can be overridden by the wrapper script.
-   simpleImage.%:	Firmware independent compressed image that does not
-			depend on any particular firmware interface and embeds
-			a device tree blob.  This image is a flat binary that
-			can be loaded to any location in RAM and jumped to.
-			Firmware cannot pass any configuration data to the
-			kernel with this image type and it depends entirely on
-			the embedded device tree for all information.
-			  The simpleImage is useful for booting systems with
-			an unknown firmware interface or for booting from
-			a debugger when no firmware is present (such as on
-			the Xilinx Virtex platform).  The only assumption that
-			simpleImage makes is that RAM is correctly initialized
-			and that the MMU is either off or has RAM mapped to
-			base address 0.
-			  simpleImage also supports inserting special platform
-			specific initialization code to the start of the bootup
-			sequence.  The virtex405 platform uses this feature to
-			ensure that the cache is invalidated before caching
-			is enabled.  Platform specific initialization code is
-			added as part of the wrapper script and is keyed on
-			the image target name.  For example, all
-			simpleImage.virtex405-* targets will add the
-			virtex405-head.S initialization code (This also means
-			that the dts file for virtex405 targets should be
-			named (virtex405-<board>.dts).  Search the wrapper
-			script for 'virtex405' and see the file
-			arch/powerpc/boot/virtex405-head.S for details.
-   treeImage.%;		Image format for used with OpenBIOS firmware found
-			on some ppc4xx hardware.  This image embeds a device
-			tree blob inside the image.
-   uImage:		Native image format used by U-Boot.  The uImage target
-			does not add any boot code.  It just wraps a compressed
-			vmlinux in the uImage data structure.  This image
-			requires a version of U-Boot that is able to pass
-			a device tree to the kernel at boot.  If using an older
-			version of U-Boot, then you need to use a cuImage
-			instead.
-   zImage.%:		Image format which does not embed a device tree.
-			Used by OpenFirmware and other firmware interfaces
-			which are able to supply a device tree.  This image
-			expects firmware to provide the device tree at boot.
-			Typically, if you have general purpose PowerPC
-			hardware then you want this image format.
-
-Image types which embed a device tree blob (simpleImage, dtbImage, treeImage,
-and cuImage) all generate the device tree blob from a file in the
-arch/powerpc/boot/dts/ directory.  The Makefile selects the correct device
-tree source based on the name of the target.  Therefore, if the kernel is
-built with 'make treeImage.walnut simpleImage.virtex405-ml403', then the
-build system will use arch/powerpc/boot/dts/walnut.dts to build
-treeImage.walnut and arch/powerpc/boot/dts/virtex405-ml403.dts to build
-the simpleImage.virtex405-ml403.
-
-Two special targets called 'zImage' and 'zImage.initrd' also exist.  These
-targets build all the default images as selected by the kernel configuration.
-Default images are selected by the boot wrapper Makefile
-(arch/powerpc/boot/Makefile) by adding targets to the $image-y variable.  Look
-at the Makefile to see which default image targets are available.
-
-How it is built
----------------
-arch/powerpc is designed to support multiplatform kernels, which means
-that a single vmlinux image can be booted on many different target boards.
-It also means that the boot wrapper must be able to wrap for many kinds of
-images on a single build.  The design decision was made to not use any
-conditional compilation code (#ifdef, etc) in the boot wrapper source code.
-All of the boot wrapper pieces are buildable at any time regardless of the
-kernel configuration.  Building all the wrapper bits on every kernel build
-also ensures that obscure parts of the wrapper are at the very least compile
-tested in a large variety of environments.
-
-The wrapper is adapted for different image types at link time by linking in
-just the wrapper bits that are appropriate for the image type.  The 'wrapper
-script' (found in arch/powerpc/boot/wrapper) is called by the Makefile and
-is responsible for selecting the correct wrapper bits for the image type.
-The arguments are well documented in the script's comment block, so they
-are not repeated here.  However, it is worth mentioning that the script
-uses the -p (platform) argument as the main method of deciding which wrapper
-bits to compile in.  Look for the large 'case "$platform" in' block in the
-middle of the script.  This is also the place where platform specific fixups
-can be selected by changing the link order.
-
-In particular, care should be taken when working with cuImages.  cuImage
-wrapper bits are very board specific and care should be taken to make sure
-the target you are trying to build is supported by the wrapper bits.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_families.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_families.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e063c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_families.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+============
+CPU Families
+============
+
+This document tries to summarise some of the different cpu families that exist
+and are supported by arch/powerpc.
+
+
+Book3S (aka sPAPR)
+------------------
+
+- Hash MMU
+- Mix of 32 & 64 bit::
+
+   +--------------+                 +----------------+
+   |  Old POWER   | --------------> | RS64 (threads) |
+   +--------------+                 +----------------+
+          |
+          |
+          v
+   +--------------+                 +----------------+      +------+
+   |     601      | --------------> |      603       | ---> | e300 |
+   +--------------+                 +----------------+      +------+
+          |                                 |
+          |                                 |
+          v                                 v
+   +--------------+                 +----------------+      +-------+
+   |     604      |                 |    750 (G3)    | ---> | 750CX |
+   +--------------+                 +----------------+      +-------+
+          |                                 |                   |
+          |                                 |                   |
+          v                                 v                   v
+   +--------------+                 +----------------+      +-------+
+   | 620 (64 bit) |                 |      7400      |      | 750CL |
+   +--------------+                 +----------------+      +-------+
+          |                                 |                   |
+          |                                 |                   |
+          v                                 v                   v
+   +--------------+                 +----------------+      +-------+
+   |  POWER3/630  |                 |      7410      |      | 750FX |
+   +--------------+                 +----------------+      +-------+
+          |                                 |
+          |                                 |
+          v                                 v
+   +--------------+                 +----------------+
+   |   POWER3+    |                 |      7450      |
+   +--------------+                 +----------------+
+          |                                 |
+          |                                 |
+          v                                 v
+   +--------------+                 +----------------+
+   |    POWER4    |                 |      7455      |
+   +--------------+                 +----------------+
+          |                                 |
+          |                                 |
+          v                                 v
+   +--------------+     +-------+   +----------------+
+   |   POWER4+    | --> |  970  |   |      7447      |
+   +--------------+     +-------+   +----------------+
+          |                 |               |
+          |                 |               |
+          v                 v               v
+   +--------------+     +-------+   +----------------+
+   |    POWER5    |     | 970FX |   |      7448      |
+   +--------------+     +-------+   +----------------+
+          |                 |               |
+          |                 |               |
+          v                 v               v
+   +--------------+     +-------+   +----------------+
+   |   POWER5+    |     | 970MP |   |      e600      |
+   +--------------+     +-------+   +----------------+
+          |
+          |
+          v
+   +--------------+
+   |   POWER5++   |
+   +--------------+
+          |
+          |
+          v
+   +--------------+       +-------+
+   |    POWER6    | <-?-> | Cell  |
+   +--------------+       +-------+
+          |
+          |
+          v
+   +--------------+
+   |    POWER7    |
+   +--------------+
+          |
+          |
+          v
+   +--------------+
+   |   POWER7+    |
+   +--------------+
+          |
+          |
+          v
+   +--------------+
+   |    POWER8    |
+   +--------------+
+
+
+   +---------------+
+   | PA6T (64 bit) |
+   +---------------+
+
+
+IBM BookE
+---------
+
+- Software loaded TLB.
+- All 32 bit::
+
+   +--------------+
+   |     401      |
+   +--------------+
+          |
+          |
+          v
+   +--------------+
+   |     403      |
+   +--------------+
+          |
+          |
+          v
+   +--------------+
+   |     405      |
+   +--------------+
+          |
+          |
+          v
+   +--------------+
+   |     440      |
+   +--------------+
+          |
+          |
+          v
+   +--------------+     +----------------+
+   |     450      | --> |      BG/P      |
+   +--------------+     +----------------+
+          |
+          |
+          v
+   +--------------+
+   |     460      |
+   +--------------+
+          |
+          |
+          v
+   +--------------+
+   |     476      |
+   +--------------+
+
+
+Motorola/Freescale 8xx
+----------------------
+
+- Software loaded with hardware assist.
+- All 32 bit::
+
+   +-------------+
+   | MPC8xx Core |
+   +-------------+
+
+
+Freescale BookE
+---------------
+
+- Software loaded TLB.
+- e6500 adds HW loaded indirect TLB entries.
+- Mix of 32 & 64 bit::
+
+   +--------------+
+   |     e200     |
+   +--------------+
+
+
+   +--------------------------------+
+   |              e500              |
+   +--------------------------------+
+                   |
+                   |
+                   v
+   +--------------------------------+
+   |             e500v2             |
+   +--------------------------------+
+                   |
+                   |
+                   v
+   +--------------------------------+
+   |        e500mc (Book3e)         |
+   +--------------------------------+
+                   |
+                   |
+                   v
+   +--------------------------------+
+   |          e5500 (64 bit)        |
+   +--------------------------------+
+                   |
+                   |
+                   v
+   +--------------------------------+
+   | e6500 (HW TLB) (Multithreaded) |
+   +--------------------------------+
+
+
+IBM A2 core
+-----------
+
+- Book3E, software loaded TLB + HW loaded indirect TLB entries.
+- 64 bit::
+
+   +--------------+     +----------------+
+   |   A2 core    | --> |      WSP       |
+   +--------------+     +----------------+
+           |
+           |
+           v
+   +--------------+
+   |     BG/Q     |
+   +--------------+
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_families.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_families.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index fc08e22..0000000
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_families.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,221 +0,0 @@
-CPU Families
-============
-
-This document tries to summarise some of the different cpu families that exist
-and are supported by arch/powerpc.
-
-
-Book3S (aka sPAPR)
-------------------
-
- - Hash MMU
- - Mix of 32 & 64 bit
-
-   +--------------+                 +----------------+
-   |  Old POWER   | --------------> | RS64 (threads) |
-   +--------------+                 +----------------+
-          |
-          |
-          v
-   +--------------+                 +----------------+      +------+
-   |     601      | --------------> |      603       | ---> | e300 |
-   +--------------+                 +----------------+      +------+
-          |                                 |
-          |                                 |
-          v                                 v
-   +--------------+                 +----------------+      +-------+
-   |     604      |                 |    750 (G3)    | ---> | 750CX |
-   +--------------+                 +----------------+      +-------+
-          |                                 |                   |
-          |                                 |                   |
-          v                                 v                   v
-   +--------------+                 +----------------+      +-------+
-   | 620 (64 bit) |                 |      7400      |      | 750CL |
-   +--------------+                 +----------------+      +-------+
-          |                                 |                   |
-          |                                 |                   |
-          v                                 v                   v
-   +--------------+                 +----------------+      +-------+
-   |  POWER3/630  |                 |      7410      |      | 750FX |
-   +--------------+                 +----------------+      +-------+
-          |                                 |
-          |                                 |
-          v                                 v
-   +--------------+                 +----------------+
-   |   POWER3+    |                 |      7450      |
-   +--------------+                 +----------------+
-          |                                 |
-          |                                 |
-          v                                 v
-   +--------------+                 +----------------+
-   |    POWER4    |                 |      7455      |
-   +--------------+                 +----------------+
-          |                                 |
-          |                                 |
-          v                                 v
-   +--------------+     +-------+   +----------------+
-   |   POWER4+    | --> |  970  |   |      7447      |
-   +--------------+     +-------+   +----------------+
-          |                 |               |
-          |                 |               |
-          v                 v               v
-   +--------------+     +-------+   +----------------+
-   |    POWER5    |     | 970FX |   |      7448      |
-   +--------------+     +-------+   +----------------+
-          |                 |               |
-          |                 |               |
-          v                 v               v
-   +--------------+     +-------+   +----------------+
-   |   POWER5+    |     | 970MP |   |      e600      |
-   +--------------+     +-------+   +----------------+
-          |
-          |
-          v
-   +--------------+
-   |   POWER5++   |
-   +--------------+
-          |
-          |
-          v
-   +--------------+       +-------+
-   |    POWER6    | <-?-> | Cell  |
-   +--------------+       +-------+
-          |
-          |
-          v
-   +--------------+
-   |    POWER7    |
-   +--------------+
-          |
-          |
-          v
-   +--------------+
-   |   POWER7+    |
-   +--------------+
-          |
-          |
-          v
-   +--------------+
-   |    POWER8    |
-   +--------------+
-
-
-   +---------------+
-   | PA6T (64 bit) |
-   +---------------+
-
-
-IBM BookE
----------
-
- - Software loaded TLB.
- - All 32 bit
-
-   +--------------+
-   |     401      |
-   +--------------+
-          |
-          |
-          v
-   +--------------+
-   |     403      |
-   +--------------+
-          |
-          |
-          v
-   +--------------+
-   |     405      |
-   +--------------+
-          |
-          |
-          v
-   +--------------+
-   |     440      |
-   +--------------+
-          |
-          |
-          v
-   +--------------+     +----------------+
-   |     450      | --> |      BG/P      |
-   +--------------+     +----------------+
-          |
-          |
-          v
-   +--------------+
-   |     460      |
-   +--------------+
-          |
-          |
-          v
-   +--------------+
-   |     476      |
-   +--------------+
-
-
-Motorola/Freescale 8xx
-----------------------
-
- - Software loaded with hardware assist.
- - All 32 bit
-
-   +-------------+
-   | MPC8xx Core |
-   +-------------+
-
-
-Freescale BookE
----------------
-
- - Software loaded TLB.
- - e6500 adds HW loaded indirect TLB entries.
- - Mix of 32 & 64 bit
-
-   +--------------+
-   |     e200     |
-   +--------------+
-
-
-   +--------------------------------+
-   |              e500              |
-   +--------------------------------+
-                   |
-                   |
-                   v
-   +--------------------------------+
-   |             e500v2             |
-   +--------------------------------+
-                   |
-                   |
-                   v
-   +--------------------------------+
-   |        e500mc (Book3e)         |
-   +--------------------------------+
-                   |
-                   |
-                   v
-   +--------------------------------+
-   |          e5500 (64 bit)        |
-   +--------------------------------+
-                   |
-                   |
-                   v
-   +--------------------------------+
-   | e6500 (HW TLB) (Multithreaded) |
-   +--------------------------------+
-
-
-IBM A2 core
------------
-
- - Book3E, software loaded TLB + HW loaded indirect TLB entries.
- - 64 bit
-
-   +--------------+     +----------------+
-   |   A2 core    | --> |      WSP       |
-   +--------------+     +----------------+
-           |
-           |
-           v
-   +--------------+
-   |     BG/Q     |
-   +--------------+
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_features.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_features.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7bcdd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_features.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+============
+CPU Features
+============
+
+Hollis Blanchard <hollis@austin.ibm.com>
+5 Jun 2002
+
+This document describes the system (including self-modifying code) used in the
+PPC Linux kernel to support a variety of PowerPC CPUs without requiring
+compile-time selection.
+
+Early in the boot process the ppc32 kernel detects the current CPU type and
+chooses a set of features accordingly. Some examples include Altivec support,
+split instruction and data caches, and if the CPU supports the DOZE and NAP
+sleep modes.
+
+Detection of the feature set is simple. A list of processors can be found in
+arch/powerpc/kernel/cputable.c. The PVR register is masked and compared with
+each value in the list. If a match is found, the cpu_features of cur_cpu_spec
+is assigned to the feature bitmask for this processor and a __setup_cpu
+function is called.
+
+C code may test 'cur_cpu_spec[smp_processor_id()]->cpu_features' for a
+particular feature bit. This is done in quite a few places, for example
+in ppc_setup_l2cr().
+
+Implementing cpufeatures in assembly is a little more involved. There are
+several paths that are performance-critical and would suffer if an array
+index, structure dereference, and conditional branch were added. To avoid the
+performance penalty but still allow for runtime (rather than compile-time) CPU
+selection, unused code is replaced by 'nop' instructions. This nop'ing is
+based on CPU 0's capabilities, so a multi-processor system with non-identical
+processors will not work (but such a system would likely have other problems
+anyways).
+
+After detecting the processor type, the kernel patches out sections of code
+that shouldn't be used by writing nop's over it. Using cpufeatures requires
+just 2 macros (found in arch/powerpc/include/asm/cputable.h), as seen in head.S
+transfer_to_handler::
+
+	#ifdef CONFIG_ALTIVEC
+	BEGIN_FTR_SECTION
+		mfspr	r22,SPRN_VRSAVE		/* if G4, save vrsave register value */
+		stw	r22,THREAD_VRSAVE(r23)
+	END_FTR_SECTION_IFSET(CPU_FTR_ALTIVEC)
+	#endif /* CONFIG_ALTIVEC */
+
+If CPU 0 supports Altivec, the code is left untouched. If it doesn't, both
+instructions are replaced with nop's.
+
+The END_FTR_SECTION macro has two simpler variations: END_FTR_SECTION_IFSET
+and END_FTR_SECTION_IFCLR. These simply test if a flag is set (in
+cur_cpu_spec[0]->cpu_features) or is cleared, respectively. These two macros
+should be used in the majority of cases.
+
+The END_FTR_SECTION macros are implemented by storing information about this
+code in the '__ftr_fixup' ELF section. When do_cpu_ftr_fixups
+(arch/powerpc/kernel/misc.S) is invoked, it will iterate over the records in
+__ftr_fixup, and if the required feature is not present it will loop writing
+nop's from each BEGIN_FTR_SECTION to END_FTR_SECTION.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_features.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_features.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index ae09df8..0000000
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_features.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-Hollis Blanchard <hollis@austin.ibm.com>
-5 Jun 2002
-
-This document describes the system (including self-modifying code) used in the
-PPC Linux kernel to support a variety of PowerPC CPUs without requiring
-compile-time selection.
-
-Early in the boot process the ppc32 kernel detects the current CPU type and
-chooses a set of features accordingly. Some examples include Altivec support,
-split instruction and data caches, and if the CPU supports the DOZE and NAP
-sleep modes.
-
-Detection of the feature set is simple. A list of processors can be found in
-arch/powerpc/kernel/cputable.c. The PVR register is masked and compared with
-each value in the list. If a match is found, the cpu_features of cur_cpu_spec
-is assigned to the feature bitmask for this processor and a __setup_cpu
-function is called.
-
-C code may test 'cur_cpu_spec[smp_processor_id()]->cpu_features' for a
-particular feature bit. This is done in quite a few places, for example
-in ppc_setup_l2cr().
-
-Implementing cpufeatures in assembly is a little more involved. There are
-several paths that are performance-critical and would suffer if an array
-index, structure dereference, and conditional branch were added. To avoid the
-performance penalty but still allow for runtime (rather than compile-time) CPU
-selection, unused code is replaced by 'nop' instructions. This nop'ing is
-based on CPU 0's capabilities, so a multi-processor system with non-identical
-processors will not work (but such a system would likely have other problems
-anyways).
-
-After detecting the processor type, the kernel patches out sections of code
-that shouldn't be used by writing nop's over it. Using cpufeatures requires
-just 2 macros (found in arch/powerpc/include/asm/cputable.h), as seen in head.S
-transfer_to_handler:
-
-	#ifdef CONFIG_ALTIVEC
-	BEGIN_FTR_SECTION
-		mfspr	r22,SPRN_VRSAVE		/* if G4, save vrsave register value */
-		stw	r22,THREAD_VRSAVE(r23)
-	END_FTR_SECTION_IFSET(CPU_FTR_ALTIVEC)
-	#endif /* CONFIG_ALTIVEC */
-
-If CPU 0 supports Altivec, the code is left untouched. If it doesn't, both
-instructions are replaced with nop's.
-
-The END_FTR_SECTION macro has two simpler variations: END_FTR_SECTION_IFSET
-and END_FTR_SECTION_IFCLR. These simply test if a flag is set (in
-cur_cpu_spec[0]->cpu_features) or is cleared, respectively. These two macros
-should be used in the majority of cases.
-
-The END_FTR_SECTION macros are implemented by storing information about this
-code in the '__ftr_fixup' ELF section. When do_cpu_ftr_fixups
-(arch/powerpc/kernel/misc.S) is invoked, it will iterate over the records in
-__ftr_fixup, and if the required feature is not present it will loop writing
-nop's from each BEGIN_FTR_SECTION to END_FTR_SECTION.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/cxl.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/cxl.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..920546d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/cxl.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,467 @@
+====================================
+Coherent Accelerator Interface (CXL)
+====================================
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+    The coherent accelerator interface is designed to allow the
+    coherent connection of accelerators (FPGAs and other devices) to a
+    POWER system. These devices need to adhere to the Coherent
+    Accelerator Interface Architecture (CAIA).
+
+    IBM refers to this as the Coherent Accelerator Processor Interface
+    or CAPI. In the kernel it's referred to by the name CXL to avoid
+    confusion with the ISDN CAPI subsystem.
+
+    Coherent in this context means that the accelerator and CPUs can
+    both access system memory directly and with the same effective
+    addresses.
+
+
+Hardware overview
+=================
+
+    ::
+
+         POWER8/9             FPGA
+       +----------+        +---------+
+       |          |        |         |
+       |   CPU    |        |   AFU   |
+       |          |        |         |
+       |          |        |         |
+       |          |        |         |
+       +----------+        +---------+
+       |   PHB    |        |         |
+       |   +------+        |   PSL   |
+       |   | CAPP |<------>|         |
+       +---+------+  PCIE  +---------+
+
+    The POWER8/9 chip has a Coherently Attached Processor Proxy (CAPP)
+    unit which is part of the PCIe Host Bridge (PHB). This is managed
+    by Linux by calls into OPAL. Linux doesn't directly program the
+    CAPP.
+
+    The FPGA (or coherently attached device) consists of two parts.
+    The POWER Service Layer (PSL) and the Accelerator Function Unit
+    (AFU). The AFU is used to implement specific functionality behind
+    the PSL. The PSL, among other things, provides memory address
+    translation services to allow each AFU direct access to userspace
+    memory.
+
+    The AFU is the core part of the accelerator (eg. the compression,
+    crypto etc function). The kernel has no knowledge of the function
+    of the AFU. Only userspace interacts directly with the AFU.
+
+    The PSL provides the translation and interrupt services that the
+    AFU needs. This is what the kernel interacts with. For example, if
+    the AFU needs to read a particular effective address, it sends
+    that address to the PSL, the PSL then translates it, fetches the
+    data from memory and returns it to the AFU. If the PSL has a
+    translation miss, it interrupts the kernel and the kernel services
+    the fault. The context to which this fault is serviced is based on
+    who owns that acceleration function.
+
+    - POWER8 and PSL Version 8 are compliant to the CAIA Version 1.0.
+    - POWER9 and PSL Version 9 are compliant to the CAIA Version 2.0.
+
+    This PSL Version 9 provides new features such as:
+
+    * Interaction with the nest MMU on the P9 chip.
+    * Native DMA support.
+    * Supports sending ASB_Notify messages for host thread wakeup.
+    * Supports Atomic operations.
+    * etc.
+
+    Cards with a PSL9 won't work on a POWER8 system and cards with a
+    PSL8 won't work on a POWER9 system.
+
+AFU Modes
+=========
+
+    There are two programming modes supported by the AFU. Dedicated
+    and AFU directed. AFU may support one or both modes.
+
+    When using dedicated mode only one MMU context is supported. In
+    this mode, only one userspace process can use the accelerator at
+    time.
+
+    When using AFU directed mode, up to 16K simultaneous contexts can
+    be supported. This means up to 16K simultaneous userspace
+    applications may use the accelerator (although specific AFUs may
+    support fewer). In this mode, the AFU sends a 16 bit context ID
+    with each of its requests. This tells the PSL which context is
+    associated with each operation. If the PSL can't translate an
+    operation, the ID can also be accessed by the kernel so it can
+    determine the userspace context associated with an operation.
+
+
+MMIO space
+==========
+
+    A portion of the accelerator MMIO space can be directly mapped
+    from the AFU to userspace. Either the whole space can be mapped or
+    just a per context portion. The hardware is self describing, hence
+    the kernel can determine the offset and size of the per context
+    portion.
+
+
+Interrupts
+==========
+
+    AFUs may generate interrupts that are destined for userspace. These
+    are received by the kernel as hardware interrupts and passed onto
+    userspace by a read syscall documented below.
+
+    Data storage faults and error interrupts are handled by the kernel
+    driver.
+
+
+Work Element Descriptor (WED)
+=============================
+
+    The WED is a 64-bit parameter passed to the AFU when a context is
+    started. Its format is up to the AFU hence the kernel has no
+    knowledge of what it represents. Typically it will be the
+    effective address of a work queue or status block where the AFU
+    and userspace can share control and status information.
+
+
+
+
+User API
+========
+
+1. AFU character devices
+
+    For AFUs operating in AFU directed mode, two character device
+    files will be created. /dev/cxl/afu0.0m will correspond to a
+    master context and /dev/cxl/afu0.0s will correspond to a slave
+    context. Master contexts have access to the full MMIO space an
+    AFU provides. Slave contexts have access to only the per process
+    MMIO space an AFU provides.
+
+    For AFUs operating in dedicated process mode, the driver will
+    only create a single character device per AFU called
+    /dev/cxl/afu0.0d. This will have access to the entire MMIO space
+    that the AFU provides (like master contexts in AFU directed).
+
+    The types described below are defined in include/uapi/misc/cxl.h
+
+    The following file operations are supported on both slave and
+    master devices.
+
+    A userspace library libcxl is available here:
+
+	https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+    This provides a C interface to this kernel API.
+
+open
+----
+
+    Opens the device and allocates a file descriptor to be used with
+    the rest of the API.
+
+    A dedicated mode AFU only has one context and only allows the
+    device to be opened once.
+
+    An AFU directed mode AFU can have many contexts, the device can be
+    opened once for each context that is available.
+
+    When all available contexts are allocated the open call will fail
+    and return -ENOSPC.
+
+    Note:
+	  IRQs need to be allocated for each context, which may limit
+          the number of contexts that can be created, and therefore
+          how many times the device can be opened. The POWER8 CAPP
+          supports 2040 IRQs and 3 are used by the kernel, so 2037 are
+          left. If 1 IRQ is needed per context, then only 2037
+          contexts can be allocated. If 4 IRQs are needed per context,
+          then only 2037/4 = 509 contexts can be allocated.
+
+
+ioctl
+-----
+
+    CXL_IOCTL_START_WORK:
+        Starts the AFU context and associates it with the current
+        process. Once this ioctl is successfully executed, all memory
+        mapped into this process is accessible to this AFU context
+        using the same effective addresses. No additional calls are
+        required to map/unmap memory. The AFU memory context will be
+        updated as userspace allocates and frees memory. This ioctl
+        returns once the AFU context is started.
+
+        Takes a pointer to a struct cxl_ioctl_start_work
+
+            ::
+
+                struct cxl_ioctl_start_work {
+                        __u64 flags;
+                        __u64 work_element_descriptor;
+                        __u64 amr;
+                        __s16 num_interrupts;
+                        __s16 reserved1;
+                        __s32 reserved2;
+                        __u64 reserved3;
+                        __u64 reserved4;
+                        __u64 reserved5;
+                        __u64 reserved6;
+                };
+
+            flags:
+                Indicates which optional fields in the structure are
+                valid.
+
+            work_element_descriptor:
+                The Work Element Descriptor (WED) is a 64-bit argument
+                defined by the AFU. Typically this is an effective
+                address pointing to an AFU specific structure
+                describing what work to perform.
+
+            amr:
+                Authority Mask Register (AMR), same as the powerpc
+                AMR. This field is only used by the kernel when the
+                corresponding CXL_START_WORK_AMR value is specified in
+                flags. If not specified the kernel will use a default
+                value of 0.
+
+            num_interrupts:
+                Number of userspace interrupts to request. This field
+                is only used by the kernel when the corresponding
+                CXL_START_WORK_NUM_IRQS value is specified in flags.
+                If not specified the minimum number required by the
+                AFU will be allocated. The min and max number can be
+                obtained from sysfs.
+
+            reserved fields:
+                For ABI padding and future extensions
+
+    CXL_IOCTL_GET_PROCESS_ELEMENT:
+        Get the current context id, also known as the process element.
+        The value is returned from the kernel as a __u32.
+
+
+mmap
+----
+
+    An AFU may have an MMIO space to facilitate communication with the
+    AFU. If it does, the MMIO space can be accessed via mmap. The size
+    and contents of this area are specific to the particular AFU. The
+    size can be discovered via sysfs.
+
+    In AFU directed mode, master contexts are allowed to map all of
+    the MMIO space and slave contexts are allowed to only map the per
+    process MMIO space associated with the context. In dedicated
+    process mode the entire MMIO space can always be mapped.
+
+    This mmap call must be done after the START_WORK ioctl.
+
+    Care should be taken when accessing MMIO space. Only 32 and 64-bit
+    accesses are supported by POWER8. Also, the AFU will be designed
+    with a specific endianness, so all MMIO accesses should consider
+    endianness (recommend endian(3) variants like: le64toh(),
+    be64toh() etc). These endian issues equally apply to shared memory
+    queues the WED may describe.
+
+
+read
+----
+
+    Reads events from the AFU. Blocks if no events are pending
+    (unless O_NONBLOCK is supplied). Returns -EIO in the case of an
+    unrecoverable error or if the card is removed.
+
+    read() will always return an integral number of events.
+
+    The buffer passed to read() must be at least 4K bytes.
+
+    The result of the read will be a buffer of one or more events,
+    each event is of type struct cxl_event, of varying size::
+
+            struct cxl_event {
+                    struct cxl_event_header header;
+                    union {
+                            struct cxl_event_afu_interrupt irq;
+                            struct cxl_event_data_storage fault;
+                            struct cxl_event_afu_error afu_error;
+                    };
+            };
+
+    The struct cxl_event_header is defined as
+
+        ::
+
+            struct cxl_event_header {
+                    __u16 type;
+                    __u16 size;
+                    __u16 process_element;
+                    __u16 reserved1;
+            };
+
+        type:
+            This defines the type of event. The type determines how
+            the rest of the event is structured. These types are
+            described below and defined by enum cxl_event_type.
+
+        size:
+            This is the size of the event in bytes including the
+            struct cxl_event_header. The start of the next event can
+            be found at this offset from the start of the current
+            event.
+
+        process_element:
+            Context ID of the event.
+
+        reserved field:
+            For future extensions and padding.
+
+    If the event type is CXL_EVENT_AFU_INTERRUPT then the event
+    structure is defined as
+
+        ::
+
+            struct cxl_event_afu_interrupt {
+                    __u16 flags;
+                    __u16 irq; /* Raised AFU interrupt number */
+                    __u32 reserved1;
+            };
+
+        flags:
+            These flags indicate which optional fields are present
+            in this struct. Currently all fields are mandatory.
+
+        irq:
+            The IRQ number sent by the AFU.
+
+        reserved field:
+            For future extensions and padding.
+
+    If the event type is CXL_EVENT_DATA_STORAGE then the event
+    structure is defined as
+
+        ::
+
+            struct cxl_event_data_storage {
+                    __u16 flags;
+                    __u16 reserved1;
+                    __u32 reserved2;
+                    __u64 addr;
+                    __u64 dsisr;
+                    __u64 reserved3;
+            };
+
+        flags:
+            These flags indicate which optional fields are present in
+            this struct. Currently all fields are mandatory.
+
+        address:
+            The address that the AFU unsuccessfully attempted to
+            access. Valid accesses will be handled transparently by the
+            kernel but invalid accesses will generate this event.
+
+        dsisr:
+            This field gives information on the type of fault. It is a
+            copy of the DSISR from the PSL hardware when the address
+            fault occurred. The form of the DSISR is as defined in the
+            CAIA.
+
+        reserved fields:
+            For future extensions
+
+    If the event type is CXL_EVENT_AFU_ERROR then the event structure
+    is defined as
+
+        ::
+
+            struct cxl_event_afu_error {
+                    __u16 flags;
+                    __u16 reserved1;
+                    __u32 reserved2;
+                    __u64 error;
+            };
+
+        flags:
+            These flags indicate which optional fields are present in
+            this struct. Currently all fields are Mandatory.
+
+        error:
+            Error status from the AFU. Defined by the AFU.
+
+        reserved fields:
+            For future extensions and padding
+
+
+2. Card character device (powerVM guest only)
+
+    In a powerVM guest, an extra character device is created for the
+    card. The device is only used to write (flash) a new image on the
+    FPGA accelerator. Once the image is written and verified, the
+    device tree is updated and the card is reset to reload the updated
+    image.
+
+open
+----
+
+    Opens the device and allocates a file descriptor to be used with
+    the rest of the API. The device can only be opened once.
+
+ioctl
+-----
+
+CXL_IOCTL_DOWNLOAD_IMAGE / CXL_IOCTL_VALIDATE_IMAGE:
+    Starts and controls flashing a new FPGA image. Partial
+    reconfiguration is not supported (yet), so the image must contain
+    a copy of the PSL and AFU(s). Since an image can be quite large,
+    the caller may have to iterate, splitting the image in smaller
+    chunks.
+
+    Takes a pointer to a struct cxl_adapter_image::
+
+        struct cxl_adapter_image {
+            __u64 flags;
+            __u64 data;
+            __u64 len_data;
+            __u64 len_image;
+            __u64 reserved1;
+            __u64 reserved2;
+            __u64 reserved3;
+            __u64 reserved4;
+        };
+
+    flags:
+        These flags indicate which optional fields are present in
+        this struct. Currently all fields are mandatory.
+
+    data:
+        Pointer to a buffer with part of the image to write to the
+        card.
+
+    len_data:
+        Size of the buffer pointed to by data.
+
+    len_image:
+        Full size of the image.
+
+
+Sysfs Class
+===========
+
+    A cxl sysfs class is added under /sys/class/cxl to facilitate
+    enumeration and tuning of the accelerators. Its layout is
+    described in Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl
+
+
+Udev rules
+==========
+
+    The following udev rules could be used to create a symlink to the
+    most logical chardev to use in any programming mode (afuX.Yd for
+    dedicated, afuX.Ys for afu directed), since the API is virtually
+    identical for each::
+
+	SUBSYSTEM=="cxl", ATTRS{mode}=="dedicated_process", SYMLINK="cxl/%b"
+	SUBSYSTEM=="cxl", ATTRS{mode}=="afu_directed", \
+	                  KERNEL=="afu[0-9]*.[0-9]*s", SYMLINK="cxl/%b"
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/cxl.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/cxl.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index c5e8d50..0000000
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/cxl.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,449 +0,0 @@
-Coherent Accelerator Interface (CXL)
-====================================
-
-Introduction
-============
-
-    The coherent accelerator interface is designed to allow the
-    coherent connection of accelerators (FPGAs and other devices) to a
-    POWER system. These devices need to adhere to the Coherent
-    Accelerator Interface Architecture (CAIA).
-
-    IBM refers to this as the Coherent Accelerator Processor Interface
-    or CAPI. In the kernel it's referred to by the name CXL to avoid
-    confusion with the ISDN CAPI subsystem.
-
-    Coherent in this context means that the accelerator and CPUs can
-    both access system memory directly and with the same effective
-    addresses.
-
-
-Hardware overview
-=================
-
-         POWER8/9             FPGA
-       +----------+        +---------+
-       |          |        |         |
-       |   CPU    |        |   AFU   |
-       |          |        |         |
-       |          |        |         |
-       |          |        |         |
-       +----------+        +---------+
-       |   PHB    |        |         |
-       |   +------+        |   PSL   |
-       |   | CAPP |<------>|         |
-       +---+------+  PCIE  +---------+
-
-    The POWER8/9 chip has a Coherently Attached Processor Proxy (CAPP)
-    unit which is part of the PCIe Host Bridge (PHB). This is managed
-    by Linux by calls into OPAL. Linux doesn't directly program the
-    CAPP.
-
-    The FPGA (or coherently attached device) consists of two parts.
-    The POWER Service Layer (PSL) and the Accelerator Function Unit
-    (AFU). The AFU is used to implement specific functionality behind
-    the PSL. The PSL, among other things, provides memory address
-    translation services to allow each AFU direct access to userspace
-    memory.
-
-    The AFU is the core part of the accelerator (eg. the compression,
-    crypto etc function). The kernel has no knowledge of the function
-    of the AFU. Only userspace interacts directly with the AFU.
-
-    The PSL provides the translation and interrupt services that the
-    AFU needs. This is what the kernel interacts with. For example, if
-    the AFU needs to read a particular effective address, it sends
-    that address to the PSL, the PSL then translates it, fetches the
-    data from memory and returns it to the AFU. If the PSL has a
-    translation miss, it interrupts the kernel and the kernel services
-    the fault. The context to which this fault is serviced is based on
-    who owns that acceleration function.
-
-    POWER8 <-----> PSL Version 8 is compliant to the CAIA Version 1.0.
-    POWER9 <-----> PSL Version 9 is compliant to the CAIA Version 2.0.
-    This PSL Version 9 provides new features such as:
-    * Interaction with the nest MMU on the P9 chip.
-    * Native DMA support.
-    * Supports sending ASB_Notify messages for host thread wakeup.
-    * Supports Atomic operations.
-    * ....
-
-    Cards with a PSL9 won't work on a POWER8 system and cards with a
-    PSL8 won't work on a POWER9 system.
-
-AFU Modes
-=========
-
-    There are two programming modes supported by the AFU. Dedicated
-    and AFU directed. AFU may support one or both modes.
-
-    When using dedicated mode only one MMU context is supported. In
-    this mode, only one userspace process can use the accelerator at
-    time.
-
-    When using AFU directed mode, up to 16K simultaneous contexts can
-    be supported. This means up to 16K simultaneous userspace
-    applications may use the accelerator (although specific AFUs may
-    support fewer). In this mode, the AFU sends a 16 bit context ID
-    with each of its requests. This tells the PSL which context is
-    associated with each operation. If the PSL can't translate an
-    operation, the ID can also be accessed by the kernel so it can
-    determine the userspace context associated with an operation.
-
-
-MMIO space
-==========
-
-    A portion of the accelerator MMIO space can be directly mapped
-    from the AFU to userspace. Either the whole space can be mapped or
-    just a per context portion. The hardware is self describing, hence
-    the kernel can determine the offset and size of the per context
-    portion.
-
-
-Interrupts
-==========
-
-    AFUs may generate interrupts that are destined for userspace. These
-    are received by the kernel as hardware interrupts and passed onto
-    userspace by a read syscall documented below.
-
-    Data storage faults and error interrupts are handled by the kernel
-    driver.
-
-
-Work Element Descriptor (WED)
-=============================
-
-    The WED is a 64-bit parameter passed to the AFU when a context is
-    started. Its format is up to the AFU hence the kernel has no
-    knowledge of what it represents. Typically it will be the
-    effective address of a work queue or status block where the AFU
-    and userspace can share control and status information.
-
-
-
-
-User API
-========
-
-1. AFU character devices
-
-    For AFUs operating in AFU directed mode, two character device
-    files will be created. /dev/cxl/afu0.0m will correspond to a
-    master context and /dev/cxl/afu0.0s will correspond to a slave
-    context. Master contexts have access to the full MMIO space an
-    AFU provides. Slave contexts have access to only the per process
-    MMIO space an AFU provides.
-
-    For AFUs operating in dedicated process mode, the driver will
-    only create a single character device per AFU called
-    /dev/cxl/afu0.0d. This will have access to the entire MMIO space
-    that the AFU provides (like master contexts in AFU directed).
-
-    The types described below are defined in include/uapi/misc/cxl.h
-
-    The following file operations are supported on both slave and
-    master devices.
-
-    A userspace library libcxl is available here:
-	https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
-    This provides a C interface to this kernel API.
-
-open
-----
-
-    Opens the device and allocates a file descriptor to be used with
-    the rest of the API.
-
-    A dedicated mode AFU only has one context and only allows the
-    device to be opened once.
-
-    An AFU directed mode AFU can have many contexts, the device can be
-    opened once for each context that is available.
-
-    When all available contexts are allocated the open call will fail
-    and return -ENOSPC.
-
-    Note: IRQs need to be allocated for each context, which may limit
-          the number of contexts that can be created, and therefore
-          how many times the device can be opened. The POWER8 CAPP
-          supports 2040 IRQs and 3 are used by the kernel, so 2037 are
-          left. If 1 IRQ is needed per context, then only 2037
-          contexts can be allocated. If 4 IRQs are needed per context,
-          then only 2037/4 = 509 contexts can be allocated.
-
-
-ioctl
------
-
-    CXL_IOCTL_START_WORK:
-        Starts the AFU context and associates it with the current
-        process. Once this ioctl is successfully executed, all memory
-        mapped into this process is accessible to this AFU context
-        using the same effective addresses. No additional calls are
-        required to map/unmap memory. The AFU memory context will be
-        updated as userspace allocates and frees memory. This ioctl
-        returns once the AFU context is started.
-
-        Takes a pointer to a struct cxl_ioctl_start_work:
-
-                struct cxl_ioctl_start_work {
-                        __u64 flags;
-                        __u64 work_element_descriptor;
-                        __u64 amr;
-                        __s16 num_interrupts;
-                        __s16 reserved1;
-                        __s32 reserved2;
-                        __u64 reserved3;
-                        __u64 reserved4;
-                        __u64 reserved5;
-                        __u64 reserved6;
-                };
-
-            flags:
-                Indicates which optional fields in the structure are
-                valid.
-
-            work_element_descriptor:
-                The Work Element Descriptor (WED) is a 64-bit argument
-                defined by the AFU. Typically this is an effective
-                address pointing to an AFU specific structure
-                describing what work to perform.
-
-            amr:
-                Authority Mask Register (AMR), same as the powerpc
-                AMR. This field is only used by the kernel when the
-                corresponding CXL_START_WORK_AMR value is specified in
-                flags. If not specified the kernel will use a default
-                value of 0.
-
-            num_interrupts:
-                Number of userspace interrupts to request. This field
-                is only used by the kernel when the corresponding
-                CXL_START_WORK_NUM_IRQS value is specified in flags.
-                If not specified the minimum number required by the
-                AFU will be allocated. The min and max number can be
-                obtained from sysfs.
-
-            reserved fields:
-                For ABI padding and future extensions
-
-    CXL_IOCTL_GET_PROCESS_ELEMENT:
-        Get the current context id, also known as the process element.
-        The value is returned from the kernel as a __u32.
-
-
-mmap
-----
-
-    An AFU may have an MMIO space to facilitate communication with the
-    AFU. If it does, the MMIO space can be accessed via mmap. The size
-    and contents of this area are specific to the particular AFU. The
-    size can be discovered via sysfs.
-
-    In AFU directed mode, master contexts are allowed to map all of
-    the MMIO space and slave contexts are allowed to only map the per
-    process MMIO space associated with the context. In dedicated
-    process mode the entire MMIO space can always be mapped.
-
-    This mmap call must be done after the START_WORK ioctl.
-
-    Care should be taken when accessing MMIO space. Only 32 and 64-bit
-    accesses are supported by POWER8. Also, the AFU will be designed
-    with a specific endianness, so all MMIO accesses should consider
-    endianness (recommend endian(3) variants like: le64toh(),
-    be64toh() etc). These endian issues equally apply to shared memory
-    queues the WED may describe.
-
-
-read
-----
-
-    Reads events from the AFU. Blocks if no events are pending
-    (unless O_NONBLOCK is supplied). Returns -EIO in the case of an
-    unrecoverable error or if the card is removed.
-
-    read() will always return an integral number of events.
-
-    The buffer passed to read() must be at least 4K bytes.
-
-    The result of the read will be a buffer of one or more events,
-    each event is of type struct cxl_event, of varying size.
-
-            struct cxl_event {
-                    struct cxl_event_header header;
-                    union {
-                            struct cxl_event_afu_interrupt irq;
-                            struct cxl_event_data_storage fault;
-                            struct cxl_event_afu_error afu_error;
-                    };
-            };
-
-    The struct cxl_event_header is defined as:
-
-            struct cxl_event_header {
-                    __u16 type;
-                    __u16 size;
-                    __u16 process_element;
-                    __u16 reserved1;
-            };
-
-        type:
-            This defines the type of event. The type determines how
-            the rest of the event is structured. These types are
-            described below and defined by enum cxl_event_type.
-
-        size:
-            This is the size of the event in bytes including the
-            struct cxl_event_header. The start of the next event can
-            be found at this offset from the start of the current
-            event.
-
-        process_element:
-            Context ID of the event.
-
-        reserved field:
-            For future extensions and padding.
-
-    If the event type is CXL_EVENT_AFU_INTERRUPT then the event
-    structure is defined as:
-
-            struct cxl_event_afu_interrupt {
-                    __u16 flags;
-                    __u16 irq; /* Raised AFU interrupt number */
-                    __u32 reserved1;
-            };
-
-        flags:
-            These flags indicate which optional fields are present
-            in this struct. Currently all fields are mandatory.
-
-        irq:
-            The IRQ number sent by the AFU.
-
-        reserved field:
-            For future extensions and padding.
-
-    If the event type is CXL_EVENT_DATA_STORAGE then the event
-    structure is defined as:
-
-            struct cxl_event_data_storage {
-                    __u16 flags;
-                    __u16 reserved1;
-                    __u32 reserved2;
-                    __u64 addr;
-                    __u64 dsisr;
-                    __u64 reserved3;
-            };
-
-        flags:
-            These flags indicate which optional fields are present in
-            this struct. Currently all fields are mandatory.
-
-        address:
-            The address that the AFU unsuccessfully attempted to
-            access. Valid accesses will be handled transparently by the
-            kernel but invalid accesses will generate this event.
-
-        dsisr:
-            This field gives information on the type of fault. It is a
-            copy of the DSISR from the PSL hardware when the address
-            fault occurred. The form of the DSISR is as defined in the
-            CAIA.
-
-        reserved fields:
-            For future extensions
-
-    If the event type is CXL_EVENT_AFU_ERROR then the event structure
-    is defined as:
-
-            struct cxl_event_afu_error {
-                    __u16 flags;
-                    __u16 reserved1;
-                    __u32 reserved2;
-                    __u64 error;
-            };
-
-        flags:
-            These flags indicate which optional fields are present in
-            this struct. Currently all fields are Mandatory.
-
-        error:
-            Error status from the AFU. Defined by the AFU.
-
-        reserved fields:
-            For future extensions and padding
-
-
-2. Card character device (powerVM guest only)
-
-    In a powerVM guest, an extra character device is created for the
-    card. The device is only used to write (flash) a new image on the
-    FPGA accelerator. Once the image is written and verified, the
-    device tree is updated and the card is reset to reload the updated
-    image.
-
-open
-----
-
-    Opens the device and allocates a file descriptor to be used with
-    the rest of the API. The device can only be opened once.
-
-ioctl
------
-
-CXL_IOCTL_DOWNLOAD_IMAGE:
-CXL_IOCTL_VALIDATE_IMAGE:
-    Starts and controls flashing a new FPGA image. Partial
-    reconfiguration is not supported (yet), so the image must contain
-    a copy of the PSL and AFU(s). Since an image can be quite large,
-    the caller may have to iterate, splitting the image in smaller
-    chunks.
-
-    Takes a pointer to a struct cxl_adapter_image:
-        struct cxl_adapter_image {
-            __u64 flags;
-            __u64 data;
-            __u64 len_data;
-            __u64 len_image;
-            __u64 reserved1;
-            __u64 reserved2;
-            __u64 reserved3;
-            __u64 reserved4;
-        };
-
-    flags:
-        These flags indicate which optional fields are present in
-        this struct. Currently all fields are mandatory.
-
-    data:
-        Pointer to a buffer with part of the image to write to the
-        card.
-
-    len_data:
-        Size of the buffer pointed to by data.
-
-    len_image:
-        Full size of the image.
-
-
-Sysfs Class
-===========
-
-    A cxl sysfs class is added under /sys/class/cxl to facilitate
-    enumeration and tuning of the accelerators. Its layout is
-    described in Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl
-
-
-Udev rules
-==========
-
-    The following udev rules could be used to create a symlink to the
-    most logical chardev to use in any programming mode (afuX.Yd for
-    dedicated, afuX.Ys for afu directed), since the API is virtually
-    identical for each:
-
-	SUBSYSTEM=="cxl", ATTRS{mode}=="dedicated_process", SYMLINK="cxl/%b"
-	SUBSYSTEM=="cxl", ATTRS{mode}=="afu_directed", \
-	                  KERNEL=="afu[0-9]*.[0-9]*s", SYMLINK="cxl/%b"
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/cxlflash.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/cxlflash.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cea6793
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/cxlflash.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,433 @@
+================================
+Coherent Accelerator (CXL) Flash
+================================
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+    The IBM Power architecture provides support for CAPI (Coherent
+    Accelerator Power Interface), which is available to certain PCIe slots
+    on Power 8 systems. CAPI can be thought of as a special tunneling
+    protocol through PCIe that allow PCIe adapters to look like special
+    purpose co-processors which can read or write an application's
+    memory and generate page faults. As a result, the host interface to
+    an adapter running in CAPI mode does not require the data buffers to
+    be mapped to the device's memory (IOMMU bypass) nor does it require
+    memory to be pinned.
+
+    On Linux, Coherent Accelerator (CXL) kernel services present CAPI
+    devices as a PCI device by implementing a virtual PCI host bridge.
+    This abstraction simplifies the infrastructure and programming
+    model, allowing for drivers to look similar to other native PCI
+    device drivers.
+
+    CXL provides a mechanism by which user space applications can
+    directly talk to a device (network or storage) bypassing the typical
+    kernel/device driver stack. The CXL Flash Adapter Driver enables a
+    user space application direct access to Flash storage.
+
+    The CXL Flash Adapter Driver is a kernel module that sits in the
+    SCSI stack as a low level device driver (below the SCSI disk and
+    protocol drivers) for the IBM CXL Flash Adapter. This driver is
+    responsible for the initialization of the adapter, setting up the
+    special path for user space access, and performing error recovery. It
+    communicates directly the Flash Accelerator Functional Unit (AFU)
+    as described in Documentation/powerpc/cxl.rst.
+
+    The cxlflash driver supports two, mutually exclusive, modes of
+    operation at the device (LUN) level:
+
+        - Any flash device (LUN) can be configured to be accessed as a
+          regular disk device (i.e.: /dev/sdc). This is the default mode.
+
+        - Any flash device (LUN) can be configured to be accessed from
+          user space with a special block library. This mode further
+          specifies the means of accessing the device and provides for
+          either raw access to the entire LUN (referred to as direct
+          or physical LUN access) or access to a kernel/AFU-mediated
+          partition of the LUN (referred to as virtual LUN access). The
+          segmentation of a disk device into virtual LUNs is assisted
+          by special translation services provided by the Flash AFU.
+
+Overview
+========
+
+    The Coherent Accelerator Interface Architecture (CAIA) introduces a
+    concept of a master context. A master typically has special privileges
+    granted to it by the kernel or hypervisor allowing it to perform AFU
+    wide management and control. The master may or may not be involved
+    directly in each user I/O, but at the minimum is involved in the
+    initial setup before the user application is allowed to send requests
+    directly to the AFU.
+
+    The CXL Flash Adapter Driver establishes a master context with the
+    AFU. It uses memory mapped I/O (MMIO) for this control and setup. The
+    Adapter Problem Space Memory Map looks like this::
+
+                     +-------------------------------+
+                     |    512 * 64 KB User MMIO      |
+                     |        (per context)          |
+                     |       User Accessible         |
+                     +-------------------------------+
+                     |    512 * 128 B per context    |
+                     |    Provisioning and Control   |
+                     |   Trusted Process accessible  |
+                     +-------------------------------+
+                     |         64 KB Global          |
+                     |   Trusted Process accessible  |
+                     +-------------------------------+
+
+    This driver configures itself into the SCSI software stack as an
+    adapter driver. The driver is the only entity that is considered a
+    Trusted Process to program the Provisioning and Control and Global
+    areas in the MMIO Space shown above.  The master context driver
+    discovers all LUNs attached to the CXL Flash adapter and instantiates
+    scsi block devices (/dev/sdb, /dev/sdc etc.) for each unique LUN
+    seen from each path.
+
+    Once these scsi block devices are instantiated, an application
+    written to a specification provided by the block library may get
+    access to the Flash from user space (without requiring a system call).
+
+    This master context driver also provides a series of ioctls for this
+    block library to enable this user space access.  The driver supports
+    two modes for accessing the block device.
+
+    The first mode is called a virtual mode. In this mode a single scsi
+    block device (/dev/sdb) may be carved up into any number of distinct
+    virtual LUNs. The virtual LUNs may be resized as long as the sum of
+    the sizes of all the virtual LUNs, along with the meta-data associated
+    with it does not exceed the physical capacity.
+
+    The second mode is called the physical mode. In this mode a single
+    block device (/dev/sdb) may be opened directly by the block library
+    and the entire space for the LUN is available to the application.
+
+    Only the physical mode provides persistence of the data.  i.e. The
+    data written to the block device will survive application exit and
+    restart and also reboot. The virtual LUNs do not persist (i.e. do
+    not survive after the application terminates or the system reboots).
+
+
+Block library API
+=================
+
+    Applications intending to get access to the CXL Flash from user
+    space should use the block library, as it abstracts the details of
+    interfacing directly with the cxlflash driver that are necessary for
+    performing administrative actions (i.e.: setup, tear down, resize).
+    The block library can be thought of as a 'user' of services,
+    implemented as IOCTLs, that are provided by the cxlflash driver
+    specifically for devices (LUNs) operating in user space access
+    mode. While it is not a requirement that applications understand
+    the interface between the block library and the cxlflash driver,
+    a high-level overview of each supported service (IOCTL) is provided
+    below.
+
+    The block library can be found on GitHub:
+    http://github.com/open-power/capiflash
+
+
+CXL Flash Driver LUN IOCTLs
+===========================
+
+    Users, such as the block library, that wish to interface with a flash
+    device (LUN) via user space access need to use the services provided
+    by the cxlflash driver. As these services are implemented as ioctls,
+    a file descriptor handle must first be obtained in order to establish
+    the communication channel between a user and the kernel.  This file
+    descriptor is obtained by opening the device special file associated
+    with the scsi disk device (/dev/sdb) that was created during LUN
+    discovery. As per the location of the cxlflash driver within the
+    SCSI protocol stack, this open is actually not seen by the cxlflash
+    driver. Upon successful open, the user receives a file descriptor
+    (herein referred to as fd1) that should be used for issuing the
+    subsequent ioctls listed below.
+
+    The structure definitions for these IOCTLs are available in:
+    uapi/scsi/cxlflash_ioctl.h
+
+DK_CXLFLASH_ATTACH
+------------------
+
+    This ioctl obtains, initializes, and starts a context using the CXL
+    kernel services. These services specify a context id (u16) by which
+    to uniquely identify the context and its allocated resources. The
+    services additionally provide a second file descriptor (herein
+    referred to as fd2) that is used by the block library to initiate
+    memory mapped I/O (via mmap()) to the CXL flash device and poll for
+    completion events. This file descriptor is intentionally installed by
+    this driver and not the CXL kernel services to allow for intermediary
+    notification and access in the event of a non-user-initiated close(),
+    such as a killed process. This design point is described in further
+    detail in the description for the DK_CXLFLASH_DETACH ioctl.
+
+    There are a few important aspects regarding the "tokens" (context id
+    and fd2) that are provided back to the user:
+
+        - These tokens are only valid for the process under which they
+          were created. The child of a forked process cannot continue
+          to use the context id or file descriptor created by its parent
+          (see DK_CXLFLASH_VLUN_CLONE for further details).
+
+        - These tokens are only valid for the lifetime of the context and
+          the process under which they were created. Once either is
+          destroyed, the tokens are to be considered stale and subsequent
+          usage will result in errors.
+
+	- A valid adapter file descriptor (fd2 >= 0) is only returned on
+	  the initial attach for a context. Subsequent attaches to an
+	  existing context (DK_CXLFLASH_ATTACH_REUSE_CONTEXT flag present)
+	  do not provide the adapter file descriptor as it was previously
+	  made known to the application.
+
+        - When a context is no longer needed, the user shall detach from
+          the context via the DK_CXLFLASH_DETACH ioctl. When this ioctl
+	  returns with a valid adapter file descriptor and the return flag
+	  DK_CXLFLASH_APP_CLOSE_ADAP_FD is present, the application _must_
+	  close the adapter file descriptor following a successful detach.
+
+	- When this ioctl returns with a valid fd2 and the return flag
+	  DK_CXLFLASH_APP_CLOSE_ADAP_FD is present, the application _must_
+	  close fd2 in the following circumstances:
+
+		+ Following a successful detach of the last user of the context
+		+ Following a successful recovery on the context's original fd2
+		+ In the child process of a fork(), following a clone ioctl,
+		  on the fd2 associated with the source context
+
+        - At any time, a close on fd2 will invalidate the tokens. Applications
+	  should exercise caution to only close fd2 when appropriate (outlined
+	  in the previous bullet) to avoid premature loss of I/O.
+
+DK_CXLFLASH_USER_DIRECT
+-----------------------
+    This ioctl is responsible for transitioning the LUN to direct
+    (physical) mode access and configuring the AFU for direct access from
+    user space on a per-context basis. Additionally, the block size and
+    last logical block address (LBA) are returned to the user.
+
+    As mentioned previously, when operating in user space access mode,
+    LUNs may be accessed in whole or in part. Only one mode is allowed
+    at a time and if one mode is active (outstanding references exist),
+    requests to use the LUN in a different mode are denied.
+
+    The AFU is configured for direct access from user space by adding an
+    entry to the AFU's resource handle table. The index of the entry is
+    treated as a resource handle that is returned to the user. The user
+    is then able to use the handle to reference the LUN during I/O.
+
+DK_CXLFLASH_USER_VIRTUAL
+------------------------
+    This ioctl is responsible for transitioning the LUN to virtual mode
+    of access and configuring the AFU for virtual access from user space
+    on a per-context basis. Additionally, the block size and last logical
+    block address (LBA) are returned to the user.
+
+    As mentioned previously, when operating in user space access mode,
+    LUNs may be accessed in whole or in part. Only one mode is allowed
+    at a time and if one mode is active (outstanding references exist),
+    requests to use the LUN in a different mode are denied.
+
+    The AFU is configured for virtual access from user space by adding
+    an entry to the AFU's resource handle table. The index of the entry
+    is treated as a resource handle that is returned to the user. The
+    user is then able to use the handle to reference the LUN during I/O.
+
+    By default, the virtual LUN is created with a size of 0. The user
+    would need to use the DK_CXLFLASH_VLUN_RESIZE ioctl to adjust the grow
+    the virtual LUN to a desired size. To avoid having to perform this
+    resize for the initial creation of the virtual LUN, the user has the
+    option of specifying a size as part of the DK_CXLFLASH_USER_VIRTUAL
+    ioctl, such that when success is returned to the user, the
+    resource handle that is provided is already referencing provisioned
+    storage. This is reflected by the last LBA being a non-zero value.
+
+    When a LUN is accessible from more than one port, this ioctl will
+    return with the DK_CXLFLASH_ALL_PORTS_ACTIVE return flag set. This
+    provides the user with a hint that I/O can be retried in the event
+    of an I/O error as the LUN can be reached over multiple paths.
+
+DK_CXLFLASH_VLUN_RESIZE
+-----------------------
+    This ioctl is responsible for resizing a previously created virtual
+    LUN and will fail if invoked upon a LUN that is not in virtual
+    mode. Upon success, an updated last LBA is returned to the user
+    indicating the new size of the virtual LUN associated with the
+    resource handle.
+
+    The partitioning of virtual LUNs is jointly mediated by the cxlflash
+    driver and the AFU. An allocation table is kept for each LUN that is
+    operating in the virtual mode and used to program a LUN translation
+    table that the AFU references when provided with a resource handle.
+
+    This ioctl can return -EAGAIN if an AFU sync operation takes too long.
+    In addition to returning a failure to user, cxlflash will also schedule
+    an asynchronous AFU reset. Should the user choose to retry the operation,
+    it is expected to succeed. If this ioctl fails with -EAGAIN, the user
+    can either retry the operation or treat it as a failure.
+
+DK_CXLFLASH_RELEASE
+-------------------
+    This ioctl is responsible for releasing a previously obtained
+    reference to either a physical or virtual LUN. This can be
+    thought of as the inverse of the DK_CXLFLASH_USER_DIRECT or
+    DK_CXLFLASH_USER_VIRTUAL ioctls. Upon success, the resource handle
+    is no longer valid and the entry in the resource handle table is
+    made available to be used again.
+
+    As part of the release process for virtual LUNs, the virtual LUN
+    is first resized to 0 to clear out and free the translation tables
+    associated with the virtual LUN reference.
+
+DK_CXLFLASH_DETACH
+------------------
+    This ioctl is responsible for unregistering a context with the
+    cxlflash driver and release outstanding resources that were
+    not explicitly released via the DK_CXLFLASH_RELEASE ioctl. Upon
+    success, all "tokens" which had been provided to the user from the
+    DK_CXLFLASH_ATTACH onward are no longer valid.
+
+    When the DK_CXLFLASH_APP_CLOSE_ADAP_FD flag was returned on a successful
+    attach, the application _must_ close the fd2 associated with the context
+    following the detach of the final user of the context.
+
+DK_CXLFLASH_VLUN_CLONE
+----------------------
+    This ioctl is responsible for cloning a previously created
+    context to a more recently created context. It exists solely to
+    support maintaining user space access to storage after a process
+    forks. Upon success, the child process (which invoked the ioctl)
+    will have access to the same LUNs via the same resource handle(s)
+    as the parent, but under a different context.
+
+    Context sharing across processes is not supported with CXL and
+    therefore each fork must be met with establishing a new context
+    for the child process. This ioctl simplifies the state management
+    and playback required by a user in such a scenario. When a process
+    forks, child process can clone the parents context by first creating
+    a context (via DK_CXLFLASH_ATTACH) and then using this ioctl to
+    perform the clone from the parent to the child.
+
+    The clone itself is fairly simple. The resource handle and lun
+    translation tables are copied from the parent context to the child's
+    and then synced with the AFU.
+
+    When the DK_CXLFLASH_APP_CLOSE_ADAP_FD flag was returned on a successful
+    attach, the application _must_ close the fd2 associated with the source
+    context (still resident/accessible in the parent process) following the
+    clone. This is to avoid a stale entry in the file descriptor table of the
+    child process.
+
+    This ioctl can return -EAGAIN if an AFU sync operation takes too long.
+    In addition to returning a failure to user, cxlflash will also schedule
+    an asynchronous AFU reset. Should the user choose to retry the operation,
+    it is expected to succeed. If this ioctl fails with -EAGAIN, the user
+    can either retry the operation or treat it as a failure.
+
+DK_CXLFLASH_VERIFY
+------------------
+    This ioctl is used to detect various changes such as the capacity of
+    the disk changing, the number of LUNs visible changing, etc. In cases
+    where the changes affect the application (such as a LUN resize), the
+    cxlflash driver will report the changed state to the application.
+
+    The user calls in when they want to validate that a LUN hasn't been
+    changed in response to a check condition. As the user is operating out
+    of band from the kernel, they will see these types of events without
+    the kernel's knowledge. When encountered, the user's architected
+    behavior is to call in to this ioctl, indicating what they want to
+    verify and passing along any appropriate information. For now, only
+    verifying a LUN change (ie: size different) with sense data is
+    supported.
+
+DK_CXLFLASH_RECOVER_AFU
+-----------------------
+    This ioctl is used to drive recovery (if such an action is warranted)
+    of a specified user context. Any state associated with the user context
+    is re-established upon successful recovery.
+
+    User contexts are put into an error condition when the device needs to
+    be reset or is terminating. Users are notified of this error condition
+    by seeing all 0xF's on an MMIO read. Upon encountering this, the
+    architected behavior for a user is to call into this ioctl to recover
+    their context. A user may also call into this ioctl at any time to
+    check if the device is operating normally. If a failure is returned
+    from this ioctl, the user is expected to gracefully clean up their
+    context via release/detach ioctls. Until they do, the context they
+    hold is not relinquished. The user may also optionally exit the process
+    at which time the context/resources they held will be freed as part of
+    the release fop.
+
+    When the DK_CXLFLASH_APP_CLOSE_ADAP_FD flag was returned on a successful
+    attach, the application _must_ unmap and close the fd2 associated with the
+    original context following this ioctl returning success and indicating that
+    the context was recovered (DK_CXLFLASH_RECOVER_AFU_CONTEXT_RESET).
+
+DK_CXLFLASH_MANAGE_LUN
+----------------------
+    This ioctl is used to switch a LUN from a mode where it is available
+    for file-system access (legacy), to a mode where it is set aside for
+    exclusive user space access (superpipe). In case a LUN is visible
+    across multiple ports and adapters, this ioctl is used to uniquely
+    identify each LUN by its World Wide Node Name (WWNN).
+
+
+CXL Flash Driver Host IOCTLs
+============================
+
+    Each host adapter instance that is supported by the cxlflash driver
+    has a special character device associated with it to enable a set of
+    host management function. These character devices are hosted in a
+    class dedicated for cxlflash and can be accessed via `/dev/cxlflash/*`.
+
+    Applications can be written to perform various functions using the
+    host ioctl APIs below.
+
+    The structure definitions for these IOCTLs are available in:
+    uapi/scsi/cxlflash_ioctl.h
+
+HT_CXLFLASH_LUN_PROVISION
+-------------------------
+    This ioctl is used to create and delete persistent LUNs on cxlflash
+    devices that lack an external LUN management interface. It is only
+    valid when used with AFUs that support the LUN provision capability.
+
+    When sufficient space is available, LUNs can be created by specifying
+    the target port to host the LUN and a desired size in 4K blocks. Upon
+    success, the LUN ID and WWID of the created LUN will be returned and
+    the SCSI bus can be scanned to detect the change in LUN topology. Note
+    that partial allocations are not supported. Should a creation fail due
+    to a space issue, the target port can be queried for its current LUN
+    geometry.
+
+    To remove a LUN, the device must first be disassociated from the Linux
+    SCSI subsystem. The LUN deletion can then be initiated by specifying a
+    target port and LUN ID. Upon success, the LUN geometry associated with
+    the port will be updated to reflect new number of provisioned LUNs and
+    available capacity.
+
+    To query the LUN geometry of a port, the target port is specified and
+    upon success, the following information is presented:
+
+        - Maximum number of provisioned LUNs allowed for the port
+        - Current number of provisioned LUNs for the port
+        - Maximum total capacity of provisioned LUNs for the port (4K blocks)
+        - Current total capacity of provisioned LUNs for the port (4K blocks)
+
+    With this information, the number of available LUNs and capacity can be
+    can be calculated.
+
+HT_CXLFLASH_AFU_DEBUG
+---------------------
+    This ioctl is used to debug AFUs by supporting a command pass-through
+    interface. It is only valid when used with AFUs that support the AFU
+    debug capability.
+
+    With exception of buffer management, AFU debug commands are opaque to
+    cxlflash and treated as pass-through. For debug commands that do require
+    data transfer, the user supplies an adequately sized data buffer and must
+    specify the data transfer direction with respect to the host. There is a
+    maximum transfer size of 256K imposed. Note that partial read completions
+    are not supported - when errors are experienced with a host read data
+    transfer, the data buffer is not copied back to the user.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/cxlflash.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/cxlflash.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index a64bdaa..0000000
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/cxlflash.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,429 +0,0 @@
-Introduction
-============
-
-    The IBM Power architecture provides support for CAPI (Coherent
-    Accelerator Power Interface), which is available to certain PCIe slots
-    on Power 8 systems. CAPI can be thought of as a special tunneling
-    protocol through PCIe that allow PCIe adapters to look like special
-    purpose co-processors which can read or write an application's
-    memory and generate page faults. As a result, the host interface to
-    an adapter running in CAPI mode does not require the data buffers to
-    be mapped to the device's memory (IOMMU bypass) nor does it require
-    memory to be pinned.
-
-    On Linux, Coherent Accelerator (CXL) kernel services present CAPI
-    devices as a PCI device by implementing a virtual PCI host bridge.
-    This abstraction simplifies the infrastructure and programming
-    model, allowing for drivers to look similar to other native PCI
-    device drivers.
-
-    CXL provides a mechanism by which user space applications can
-    directly talk to a device (network or storage) bypassing the typical
-    kernel/device driver stack. The CXL Flash Adapter Driver enables a
-    user space application direct access to Flash storage.
-
-    The CXL Flash Adapter Driver is a kernel module that sits in the
-    SCSI stack as a low level device driver (below the SCSI disk and
-    protocol drivers) for the IBM CXL Flash Adapter. This driver is
-    responsible for the initialization of the adapter, setting up the
-    special path for user space access, and performing error recovery. It
-    communicates directly the Flash Accelerator Functional Unit (AFU)
-    as described in Documentation/powerpc/cxl.txt.
-
-    The cxlflash driver supports two, mutually exclusive, modes of
-    operation at the device (LUN) level:
-
-        - Any flash device (LUN) can be configured to be accessed as a
-          regular disk device (i.e.: /dev/sdc). This is the default mode.
-
-        - Any flash device (LUN) can be configured to be accessed from
-          user space with a special block library. This mode further
-          specifies the means of accessing the device and provides for
-          either raw access to the entire LUN (referred to as direct
-          or physical LUN access) or access to a kernel/AFU-mediated
-          partition of the LUN (referred to as virtual LUN access). The
-          segmentation of a disk device into virtual LUNs is assisted
-          by special translation services provided by the Flash AFU.
-
-Overview
-========
-
-    The Coherent Accelerator Interface Architecture (CAIA) introduces a
-    concept of a master context. A master typically has special privileges
-    granted to it by the kernel or hypervisor allowing it to perform AFU
-    wide management and control. The master may or may not be involved
-    directly in each user I/O, but at the minimum is involved in the
-    initial setup before the user application is allowed to send requests
-    directly to the AFU.
-
-    The CXL Flash Adapter Driver establishes a master context with the
-    AFU. It uses memory mapped I/O (MMIO) for this control and setup. The
-    Adapter Problem Space Memory Map looks like this:
-
-                     +-------------------------------+
-                     |    512 * 64 KB User MMIO      |
-                     |        (per context)          |
-                     |       User Accessible         |
-                     +-------------------------------+
-                     |    512 * 128 B per context    |
-                     |    Provisioning and Control   |
-                     |   Trusted Process accessible  |
-                     +-------------------------------+
-                     |         64 KB Global          |
-                     |   Trusted Process accessible  |
-                     +-------------------------------+
-
-    This driver configures itself into the SCSI software stack as an
-    adapter driver. The driver is the only entity that is considered a
-    Trusted Process to program the Provisioning and Control and Global
-    areas in the MMIO Space shown above.  The master context driver
-    discovers all LUNs attached to the CXL Flash adapter and instantiates
-    scsi block devices (/dev/sdb, /dev/sdc etc.) for each unique LUN
-    seen from each path.
-
-    Once these scsi block devices are instantiated, an application
-    written to a specification provided by the block library may get
-    access to the Flash from user space (without requiring a system call).
-
-    This master context driver also provides a series of ioctls for this
-    block library to enable this user space access.  The driver supports
-    two modes for accessing the block device.
-
-    The first mode is called a virtual mode. In this mode a single scsi
-    block device (/dev/sdb) may be carved up into any number of distinct
-    virtual LUNs. The virtual LUNs may be resized as long as the sum of
-    the sizes of all the virtual LUNs, along with the meta-data associated
-    with it does not exceed the physical capacity.
-
-    The second mode is called the physical mode. In this mode a single
-    block device (/dev/sdb) may be opened directly by the block library
-    and the entire space for the LUN is available to the application.
-
-    Only the physical mode provides persistence of the data.  i.e. The
-    data written to the block device will survive application exit and
-    restart and also reboot. The virtual LUNs do not persist (i.e. do
-    not survive after the application terminates or the system reboots).
-
-
-Block library API
-=================
-
-    Applications intending to get access to the CXL Flash from user
-    space should use the block library, as it abstracts the details of
-    interfacing directly with the cxlflash driver that are necessary for
-    performing administrative actions (i.e.: setup, tear down, resize).
-    The block library can be thought of as a 'user' of services,
-    implemented as IOCTLs, that are provided by the cxlflash driver
-    specifically for devices (LUNs) operating in user space access
-    mode. While it is not a requirement that applications understand
-    the interface between the block library and the cxlflash driver,
-    a high-level overview of each supported service (IOCTL) is provided
-    below.
-
-    The block library can be found on GitHub:
-    http://github.com/open-power/capiflash
-
-
-CXL Flash Driver LUN IOCTLs
-===========================
-
-    Users, such as the block library, that wish to interface with a flash
-    device (LUN) via user space access need to use the services provided
-    by the cxlflash driver. As these services are implemented as ioctls,
-    a file descriptor handle must first be obtained in order to establish
-    the communication channel between a user and the kernel.  This file
-    descriptor is obtained by opening the device special file associated
-    with the scsi disk device (/dev/sdb) that was created during LUN
-    discovery. As per the location of the cxlflash driver within the
-    SCSI protocol stack, this open is actually not seen by the cxlflash
-    driver. Upon successful open, the user receives a file descriptor
-    (herein referred to as fd1) that should be used for issuing the
-    subsequent ioctls listed below.
-
-    The structure definitions for these IOCTLs are available in:
-    uapi/scsi/cxlflash_ioctl.h
-
-DK_CXLFLASH_ATTACH
-------------------
-
-    This ioctl obtains, initializes, and starts a context using the CXL
-    kernel services. These services specify a context id (u16) by which
-    to uniquely identify the context and its allocated resources. The
-    services additionally provide a second file descriptor (herein
-    referred to as fd2) that is used by the block library to initiate
-    memory mapped I/O (via mmap()) to the CXL flash device and poll for
-    completion events. This file descriptor is intentionally installed by
-    this driver and not the CXL kernel services to allow for intermediary
-    notification and access in the event of a non-user-initiated close(),
-    such as a killed process. This design point is described in further
-    detail in the description for the DK_CXLFLASH_DETACH ioctl.
-
-    There are a few important aspects regarding the "tokens" (context id
-    and fd2) that are provided back to the user:
-
-        - These tokens are only valid for the process under which they
-          were created. The child of a forked process cannot continue
-          to use the context id or file descriptor created by its parent
-          (see DK_CXLFLASH_VLUN_CLONE for further details).
-
-        - These tokens are only valid for the lifetime of the context and
-          the process under which they were created. Once either is
-          destroyed, the tokens are to be considered stale and subsequent
-          usage will result in errors.
-
-	- A valid adapter file descriptor (fd2 >= 0) is only returned on
-	  the initial attach for a context. Subsequent attaches to an
-	  existing context (DK_CXLFLASH_ATTACH_REUSE_CONTEXT flag present)
-	  do not provide the adapter file descriptor as it was previously
-	  made known to the application.
-
-        - When a context is no longer needed, the user shall detach from
-          the context via the DK_CXLFLASH_DETACH ioctl. When this ioctl
-	  returns with a valid adapter file descriptor and the return flag
-	  DK_CXLFLASH_APP_CLOSE_ADAP_FD is present, the application _must_
-	  close the adapter file descriptor following a successful detach.
-
-	- When this ioctl returns with a valid fd2 and the return flag
-	  DK_CXLFLASH_APP_CLOSE_ADAP_FD is present, the application _must_
-	  close fd2 in the following circumstances:
-
-		+ Following a successful detach of the last user of the context
-		+ Following a successful recovery on the context's original fd2
-		+ In the child process of a fork(), following a clone ioctl,
-		  on the fd2 associated with the source context
-
-        - At any time, a close on fd2 will invalidate the tokens. Applications
-	  should exercise caution to only close fd2 when appropriate (outlined
-	  in the previous bullet) to avoid premature loss of I/O.
-
-DK_CXLFLASH_USER_DIRECT
------------------------
-    This ioctl is responsible for transitioning the LUN to direct
-    (physical) mode access and configuring the AFU for direct access from
-    user space on a per-context basis. Additionally, the block size and
-    last logical block address (LBA) are returned to the user.
-
-    As mentioned previously, when operating in user space access mode,
-    LUNs may be accessed in whole or in part. Only one mode is allowed
-    at a time and if one mode is active (outstanding references exist),
-    requests to use the LUN in a different mode are denied.
-
-    The AFU is configured for direct access from user space by adding an
-    entry to the AFU's resource handle table. The index of the entry is
-    treated as a resource handle that is returned to the user. The user
-    is then able to use the handle to reference the LUN during I/O.
-
-DK_CXLFLASH_USER_VIRTUAL
-------------------------
-    This ioctl is responsible for transitioning the LUN to virtual mode
-    of access and configuring the AFU for virtual access from user space
-    on a per-context basis. Additionally, the block size and last logical
-    block address (LBA) are returned to the user.
-
-    As mentioned previously, when operating in user space access mode,
-    LUNs may be accessed in whole or in part. Only one mode is allowed
-    at a time and if one mode is active (outstanding references exist),
-    requests to use the LUN in a different mode are denied.
-
-    The AFU is configured for virtual access from user space by adding
-    an entry to the AFU's resource handle table. The index of the entry
-    is treated as a resource handle that is returned to the user. The
-    user is then able to use the handle to reference the LUN during I/O.
-
-    By default, the virtual LUN is created with a size of 0. The user
-    would need to use the DK_CXLFLASH_VLUN_RESIZE ioctl to adjust the grow
-    the virtual LUN to a desired size. To avoid having to perform this
-    resize for the initial creation of the virtual LUN, the user has the
-    option of specifying a size as part of the DK_CXLFLASH_USER_VIRTUAL
-    ioctl, such that when success is returned to the user, the
-    resource handle that is provided is already referencing provisioned
-    storage. This is reflected by the last LBA being a non-zero value.
-
-    When a LUN is accessible from more than one port, this ioctl will
-    return with the DK_CXLFLASH_ALL_PORTS_ACTIVE return flag set. This
-    provides the user with a hint that I/O can be retried in the event
-    of an I/O error as the LUN can be reached over multiple paths.
-
-DK_CXLFLASH_VLUN_RESIZE
------------------------
-    This ioctl is responsible for resizing a previously created virtual
-    LUN and will fail if invoked upon a LUN that is not in virtual
-    mode. Upon success, an updated last LBA is returned to the user
-    indicating the new size of the virtual LUN associated with the
-    resource handle.
-
-    The partitioning of virtual LUNs is jointly mediated by the cxlflash
-    driver and the AFU. An allocation table is kept for each LUN that is
-    operating in the virtual mode and used to program a LUN translation
-    table that the AFU references when provided with a resource handle.
-
-    This ioctl can return -EAGAIN if an AFU sync operation takes too long.
-    In addition to returning a failure to user, cxlflash will also schedule
-    an asynchronous AFU reset. Should the user choose to retry the operation,
-    it is expected to succeed. If this ioctl fails with -EAGAIN, the user
-    can either retry the operation or treat it as a failure.
-
-DK_CXLFLASH_RELEASE
--------------------
-    This ioctl is responsible for releasing a previously obtained
-    reference to either a physical or virtual LUN. This can be
-    thought of as the inverse of the DK_CXLFLASH_USER_DIRECT or
-    DK_CXLFLASH_USER_VIRTUAL ioctls. Upon success, the resource handle
-    is no longer valid and the entry in the resource handle table is
-    made available to be used again.
-
-    As part of the release process for virtual LUNs, the virtual LUN
-    is first resized to 0 to clear out and free the translation tables
-    associated with the virtual LUN reference.
-
-DK_CXLFLASH_DETACH
-------------------
-    This ioctl is responsible for unregistering a context with the
-    cxlflash driver and release outstanding resources that were
-    not explicitly released via the DK_CXLFLASH_RELEASE ioctl. Upon
-    success, all "tokens" which had been provided to the user from the
-    DK_CXLFLASH_ATTACH onward are no longer valid.
-
-    When the DK_CXLFLASH_APP_CLOSE_ADAP_FD flag was returned on a successful
-    attach, the application _must_ close the fd2 associated with the context
-    following the detach of the final user of the context.
-
-DK_CXLFLASH_VLUN_CLONE
-----------------------
-    This ioctl is responsible for cloning a previously created
-    context to a more recently created context. It exists solely to
-    support maintaining user space access to storage after a process
-    forks. Upon success, the child process (which invoked the ioctl)
-    will have access to the same LUNs via the same resource handle(s)
-    as the parent, but under a different context.
-
-    Context sharing across processes is not supported with CXL and
-    therefore each fork must be met with establishing a new context
-    for the child process. This ioctl simplifies the state management
-    and playback required by a user in such a scenario. When a process
-    forks, child process can clone the parents context by first creating
-    a context (via DK_CXLFLASH_ATTACH) and then using this ioctl to
-    perform the clone from the parent to the child.
-
-    The clone itself is fairly simple. The resource handle and lun
-    translation tables are copied from the parent context to the child's
-    and then synced with the AFU.
-
-    When the DK_CXLFLASH_APP_CLOSE_ADAP_FD flag was returned on a successful
-    attach, the application _must_ close the fd2 associated with the source
-    context (still resident/accessible in the parent process) following the
-    clone. This is to avoid a stale entry in the file descriptor table of the
-    child process.
-
-    This ioctl can return -EAGAIN if an AFU sync operation takes too long.
-    In addition to returning a failure to user, cxlflash will also schedule
-    an asynchronous AFU reset. Should the user choose to retry the operation,
-    it is expected to succeed. If this ioctl fails with -EAGAIN, the user
-    can either retry the operation or treat it as a failure.
-
-DK_CXLFLASH_VERIFY
-------------------
-    This ioctl is used to detect various changes such as the capacity of
-    the disk changing, the number of LUNs visible changing, etc. In cases
-    where the changes affect the application (such as a LUN resize), the
-    cxlflash driver will report the changed state to the application.
-
-    The user calls in when they want to validate that a LUN hasn't been
-    changed in response to a check condition. As the user is operating out
-    of band from the kernel, they will see these types of events without
-    the kernel's knowledge. When encountered, the user's architected
-    behavior is to call in to this ioctl, indicating what they want to
-    verify and passing along any appropriate information. For now, only
-    verifying a LUN change (ie: size different) with sense data is
-    supported.
-
-DK_CXLFLASH_RECOVER_AFU
------------------------
-    This ioctl is used to drive recovery (if such an action is warranted)
-    of a specified user context. Any state associated with the user context
-    is re-established upon successful recovery.
-
-    User contexts are put into an error condition when the device needs to
-    be reset or is terminating. Users are notified of this error condition
-    by seeing all 0xF's on an MMIO read. Upon encountering this, the
-    architected behavior for a user is to call into this ioctl to recover
-    their context. A user may also call into this ioctl at any time to
-    check if the device is operating normally. If a failure is returned
-    from this ioctl, the user is expected to gracefully clean up their
-    context via release/detach ioctls. Until they do, the context they
-    hold is not relinquished. The user may also optionally exit the process
-    at which time the context/resources they held will be freed as part of
-    the release fop.
-
-    When the DK_CXLFLASH_APP_CLOSE_ADAP_FD flag was returned on a successful
-    attach, the application _must_ unmap and close the fd2 associated with the
-    original context following this ioctl returning success and indicating that
-    the context was recovered (DK_CXLFLASH_RECOVER_AFU_CONTEXT_RESET).
-
-DK_CXLFLASH_MANAGE_LUN
-----------------------
-    This ioctl is used to switch a LUN from a mode where it is available
-    for file-system access (legacy), to a mode where it is set aside for
-    exclusive user space access (superpipe). In case a LUN is visible
-    across multiple ports and adapters, this ioctl is used to uniquely
-    identify each LUN by its World Wide Node Name (WWNN).
-
-
-CXL Flash Driver Host IOCTLs
-============================
-
-    Each host adapter instance that is supported by the cxlflash driver
-    has a special character device associated with it to enable a set of
-    host management function. These character devices are hosted in a
-    class dedicated for cxlflash and can be accessed via /dev/cxlflash/*.
-
-    Applications can be written to perform various functions using the
-    host ioctl APIs below.
-
-    The structure definitions for these IOCTLs are available in:
-    uapi/scsi/cxlflash_ioctl.h
-
-HT_CXLFLASH_LUN_PROVISION
--------------------------
-    This ioctl is used to create and delete persistent LUNs on cxlflash
-    devices that lack an external LUN management interface. It is only
-    valid when used with AFUs that support the LUN provision capability.
-
-    When sufficient space is available, LUNs can be created by specifying
-    the target port to host the LUN and a desired size in 4K blocks. Upon
-    success, the LUN ID and WWID of the created LUN will be returned and
-    the SCSI bus can be scanned to detect the change in LUN topology. Note
-    that partial allocations are not supported. Should a creation fail due
-    to a space issue, the target port can be queried for its current LUN
-    geometry.
-
-    To remove a LUN, the device must first be disassociated from the Linux
-    SCSI subsystem. The LUN deletion can then be initiated by specifying a
-    target port and LUN ID. Upon success, the LUN geometry associated with
-    the port will be updated to reflect new number of provisioned LUNs and
-    available capacity.
-
-    To query the LUN geometry of a port, the target port is specified and
-    upon success, the following information is presented:
-
-        - Maximum number of provisioned LUNs allowed for the port
-        - Current number of provisioned LUNs for the port
-        - Maximum total capacity of provisioned LUNs for the port (4K blocks)
-        - Current total capacity of provisioned LUNs for the port (4K blocks)
-
-    With this information, the number of available LUNs and capacity can be
-    can be calculated.
-
-HT_CXLFLASH_AFU_DEBUG
----------------------
-    This ioctl is used to debug AFUs by supporting a command pass-through
-    interface. It is only valid when used with AFUs that support the AFU
-    debug capability.
-
-    With exception of buffer management, AFU debug commands are opaque to
-    cxlflash and treated as pass-through. For debug commands that do require
-    data transfer, the user supplies an adequately sized data buffer and must
-    specify the data transfer direction with respect to the host. There is a
-    maximum transfer size of 256K imposed. Note that partial read completions
-    are not supported - when errors are experienced with a host read data
-    transfer, the data buffer is not copied back to the user.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dawr-power9.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/dawr-power9.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c96ab6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dawr-power9.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+=====================
+DAWR issues on POWER9
+=====================
+
+On POWER9 the Data Address Watchpoint Register (DAWR) can cause a checkstop
+if it points to cache inhibited (CI) memory. Currently Linux has no way to
+disinguish CI memory when configuring the DAWR, so (for now) the DAWR is
+disabled by this commit::
+
+    commit 9654153158d3e0684a1bdb76dbababdb7111d5a0
+    Author: Michael Neuling <mikey@neuling.org>
+    Date:   Tue Mar 27 15:37:24 2018 +1100
+    powerpc: Disable DAWR in the base POWER9 CPU features
+
+Technical Details:
+==================
+
+DAWR has 6 different ways of being set.
+1) ptrace
+2) h_set_mode(DAWR)
+3) h_set_dabr()
+4) kvmppc_set_one_reg()
+5) xmon
+
+For ptrace, we now advertise zero breakpoints on POWER9 via the
+PPC_PTRACE_GETHWDBGINFO call. This results in GDB falling back to
+software emulation of the watchpoint (which is slow).
+
+h_set_mode(DAWR) and h_set_dabr() will now return an error to the
+guest on a POWER9 host. Current Linux guests ignore this error, so
+they will silently not get the DAWR.
+
+kvmppc_set_one_reg() will store the value in the vcpu but won't
+actually set it on POWER9 hardware. This is done so we don't break
+migration from POWER8 to POWER9, at the cost of silently losing the
+DAWR on the migration.
+
+For xmon, the 'bd' command will return an error on P9.
+
+Consequences for users
+======================
+
+For GDB watchpoints (ie 'watch' command) on POWER9 bare metal , GDB
+will accept the command. Unfortunately since there is no hardware
+support for the watchpoint, GDB will software emulate the watchpoint
+making it run very slowly.
+
+The same will also be true for any guests started on a POWER9
+host. The watchpoint will fail and GDB will fall back to software
+emulation.
+
+If a guest is started on a POWER8 host, GDB will accept the watchpoint
+and configure the hardware to use the DAWR. This will run at full
+speed since it can use the hardware emulation. Unfortunately if this
+guest is migrated to a POWER9 host, the watchpoint will be lost on the
+POWER9. Loads and stores to the watchpoint locations will not be
+trapped in GDB. The watchpoint is remembered, so if the guest is
+migrated back to the POWER8 host, it will start working again.
+
+Force enabling the DAWR
+=======================
+Kernels (since ~v5.2) have an option to force enable the DAWR via::
+
+  echo Y > /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/dawr_enable_dangerous
+
+This enables the DAWR even on POWER9.
+
+This is a dangerous setting, USE AT YOUR OWN RISK.
+
+Some users may not care about a bad user crashing their box
+(ie. single user/desktop systems) and really want the DAWR.  This
+allows them to force enable DAWR.
+
+This flag can also be used to disable DAWR access. Once this is
+cleared, all DAWR access should be cleared immediately and your
+machine once again safe from crashing.
+
+Userspace may get confused by toggling this. If DAWR is force
+enabled/disabled between getting the number of breakpoints (via
+PTRACE_GETHWDBGINFO) and setting the breakpoint, userspace will get an
+inconsistent view of what's available. Similarly for guests.
+
+For the DAWR to be enabled in a KVM guest, the DAWR needs to be force
+enabled in the host AND the guest. For this reason, this won't work on
+POWERVM as it doesn't allow the HCALL to work. Writes of 'Y' to the
+dawr_enable_dangerous file will fail if the hypervisor doesn't support
+writing the DAWR.
+
+To double check the DAWR is working, run this kernel selftest:
+
+  tools/testing/selftests/powerpc/ptrace/ptrace-hwbreak.c
+
+Any errors/failures/skips mean something is wrong.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dscr.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/dscr.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ab9900
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/dscr.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+===================================
+DSCR (Data Stream Control Register)
+===================================
+
+DSCR register in powerpc allows user to have some control of prefetch of data
+stream in the processor. Please refer to the ISA documents or related manual
+for more detailed information regarding how to use this DSCR to attain this
+control of the prefetches . This document here provides an overview of kernel
+support for DSCR, related kernel objects, it's functionalities and exported
+user interface.
+
+(A) Data Structures:
+
+	(1) thread_struct::
+
+		dscr		/* Thread DSCR value */
+		dscr_inherit	/* Thread has changed default DSCR */
+
+	(2) PACA::
+
+		dscr_default	/* per-CPU DSCR default value */
+
+	(3) sysfs.c::
+
+		dscr_default	/* System DSCR default value */
+
+(B) Scheduler Changes:
+
+	Scheduler will write the per-CPU DSCR default which is stored in the
+	CPU's PACA value into the register if the thread has dscr_inherit value
+	cleared which means that it has not changed the default DSCR till now.
+	If the dscr_inherit value is set which means that it has changed the
+	default DSCR value, scheduler will write the changed value which will
+	now be contained in thread struct's dscr into the register instead of
+	the per-CPU default PACA based DSCR value.
+
+	NOTE: Please note here that the system wide global DSCR value never
+	gets used directly in the scheduler process context switch at all.
+
+(C) SYSFS Interface:
+
+	- Global DSCR default:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/dscr_default
+	- CPU specific DSCR default:	/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuN/dscr
+
+	Changing the global DSCR default in the sysfs will change all the CPU
+	specific DSCR defaults immediately in their PACA structures. Again if
+	the current process has the dscr_inherit clear, it also writes the new
+	value into every CPU's DSCR register right away and updates the current
+	thread's DSCR value as well.
+
+	Changing the CPU specific DSCR default value in the sysfs does exactly
+	the same thing as above but unlike the global one above, it just changes
+	stuff for that particular CPU instead for all the CPUs on the system.
+
+(D) User Space Instructions:
+
+	The DSCR register can be accessed in the user space using any of these
+	two SPR numbers available for that purpose.
+
+	(1) Problem state SPR:		0x03	(Un-privileged, POWER8 only)
+	(2) Privileged state SPR:	0x11	(Privileged)
+
+	Accessing DSCR through privileged SPR number (0x11) from user space
+	works, as it is emulated following an illegal instruction exception
+	inside the kernel. Both mfspr and mtspr instructions are emulated.
+
+	Accessing DSCR through user level SPR (0x03) from user space will first
+	create a facility unavailable exception. Inside this exception handler
+	all mfspr instruction based read attempts will get emulated and returned
+	where as the first mtspr instruction based write attempts will enable
+	the DSCR facility for the next time around (both for read and write) by
+	setting DSCR facility in the FSCR register.
+
+(E) Specifics about 'dscr_inherit':
+
+	The thread struct element 'dscr_inherit' represents whether the thread
+	in question has attempted and changed the DSCR itself using any of the
+	following methods. This element signifies whether the thread wants to
+	use the CPU default DSCR value or its own changed DSCR value in the
+	kernel.
+
+		(1) mtspr instruction	(SPR number 0x03)
+		(2) mtspr instruction	(SPR number 0x11)
+		(3) ptrace interface	(Explicitly set user DSCR value)
+
+	Any child of the process created after this event in the process inherits
+	this same behaviour as well.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dscr.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dscr.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index ece300c..0000000
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dscr.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-			DSCR (Data Stream Control Register)
-		================================================
-
-DSCR register in powerpc allows user to have some control of prefetch of data
-stream in the processor. Please refer to the ISA documents or related manual
-for more detailed information regarding how to use this DSCR to attain this
-control of the prefetches . This document here provides an overview of kernel
-support for DSCR, related kernel objects, it's functionalities and exported
-user interface.
-
-(A) Data Structures:
-
-	(1) thread_struct:
-		dscr		/* Thread DSCR value */
-		dscr_inherit	/* Thread has changed default DSCR */
-
-	(2) PACA:
-		dscr_default	/* per-CPU DSCR default value */
-
-	(3) sysfs.c:
-		dscr_default	/* System DSCR default value */
-
-(B) Scheduler Changes:
-
-	Scheduler will write the per-CPU DSCR default which is stored in the
-	CPU's PACA value into the register if the thread has dscr_inherit value
-	cleared which means that it has not changed the default DSCR till now.
-	If the dscr_inherit value is set which means that it has changed the
-	default DSCR value, scheduler will write the changed value which will
-	now be contained in thread struct's dscr into the register instead of
-	the per-CPU default PACA based DSCR value.
-
-	NOTE: Please note here that the system wide global DSCR value never
-	gets used directly in the scheduler process context switch at all.
-
-(C) SYSFS Interface:
-
-	Global DSCR default:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/dscr_default
-	CPU specific DSCR default:	/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuN/dscr
-
-	Changing the global DSCR default in the sysfs will change all the CPU
-	specific DSCR defaults immediately in their PACA structures. Again if
-	the current process has the dscr_inherit clear, it also writes the new
-	value into every CPU's DSCR register right away and updates the current
-	thread's DSCR value as well.
-
-	Changing the CPU specific DSCR default value in the sysfs does exactly
-	the same thing as above but unlike the global one above, it just changes
-	stuff for that particular CPU instead for all the CPUs on the system.
-
-(D) User Space Instructions:
-
-	The DSCR register can be accessed in the user space using any of these
-	two SPR numbers available for that purpose.
-
-	(1) Problem state SPR:		0x03	(Un-privileged, POWER8 only)
-	(2) Privileged state SPR:	0x11	(Privileged)
-
-	Accessing DSCR through privileged SPR number (0x11) from user space
-	works, as it is emulated following an illegal instruction exception
-	inside the kernel. Both mfspr and mtspr instructions are emulated.
-
-	Accessing DSCR through user level SPR (0x03) from user space will first
-	create a facility unavailable exception. Inside this exception handler
-	all mfspr instruction based read attempts will get emulated and returned
-	where as the first mtspr instruction based write attempts will enable
-	the DSCR facility for the next time around (both for read and write) by
-	setting DSCR facility in the FSCR register.
-
-(E) Specifics about 'dscr_inherit':
-
-	The thread struct element 'dscr_inherit' represents whether the thread
-	in question has attempted and changed the DSCR itself using any of the
-	following methods. This element signifies whether the thread wants to
-	use the CPU default DSCR value or its own changed DSCR value in the
-	kernel.
-
-		(1) mtspr instruction	(SPR number 0x03)
-		(2) mtspr instruction	(SPR number 0x11)
-		(3) ptrace interface	(Explicitly set user DSCR value)
-
-	Any child of the process created after this event in the process inherits
-	this same behaviour as well.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..438a87e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
+==========================
+PCI Bus EEH Error Recovery
+==========================
+
+Linas Vepstas <linas@austin.ibm.com>
+
+12 January 2005
+
+
+Overview:
+---------
+The IBM POWER-based pSeries and iSeries computers include PCI bus
+controller chips that have extended capabilities for detecting and
+reporting a large variety of PCI bus error conditions.  These features
+go under the name of "EEH", for "Enhanced Error Handling".  The EEH
+hardware features allow PCI bus errors to be cleared and a PCI
+card to be "rebooted", without also having to reboot the operating
+system.
+
+This is in contrast to traditional PCI error handling, where the
+PCI chip is wired directly to the CPU, and an error would cause
+a CPU machine-check/check-stop condition, halting the CPU entirely.
+Another "traditional" technique is to ignore such errors, which
+can lead to data corruption, both of user data or of kernel data,
+hung/unresponsive adapters, or system crashes/lockups.  Thus,
+the idea behind EEH is that the operating system can become more
+reliable and robust by protecting it from PCI errors, and giving
+the OS the ability to "reboot"/recover individual PCI devices.
+
+Future systems from other vendors, based on the PCI-E specification,
+may contain similar features.
+
+
+Causes of EEH Errors
+--------------------
+EEH was originally designed to guard against hardware failure, such
+as PCI cards dying from heat, humidity, dust, vibration and bad
+electrical connections. The vast majority of EEH errors seen in
+"real life" are due to either poorly seated PCI cards, or,
+unfortunately quite commonly, due to device driver bugs, device firmware
+bugs, and sometimes PCI card hardware bugs.
+
+The most common software bug, is one that causes the device to
+attempt to DMA to a location in system memory that has not been
+reserved for DMA access for that card.  This is a powerful feature,
+as it prevents what; otherwise, would have been silent memory
+corruption caused by the bad DMA.  A number of device driver
+bugs have been found and fixed in this way over the past few
+years.  Other possible causes of EEH errors include data or
+address line parity errors (for example, due to poor electrical
+connectivity due to a poorly seated card), and PCI-X split-completion
+errors (due to software, device firmware, or device PCI hardware bugs).
+The vast majority of "true hardware failures" can be cured by
+physically removing and re-seating the PCI card.
+
+
+Detection and Recovery
+----------------------
+In the following discussion, a generic overview of how to detect
+and recover from EEH errors will be presented. This is followed
+by an overview of how the current implementation in the Linux
+kernel does it.  The actual implementation is subject to change,
+and some of the finer points are still being debated.  These
+may in turn be swayed if or when other architectures implement
+similar functionality.
+
+When a PCI Host Bridge (PHB, the bus controller connecting the
+PCI bus to the system CPU electronics complex) detects a PCI error
+condition, it will "isolate" the affected PCI card.  Isolation
+will block all writes (either to the card from the system, or
+from the card to the system), and it will cause all reads to
+return all-ff's (0xff, 0xffff, 0xffffffff for 8/16/32-bit reads).
+This value was chosen because it is the same value you would
+get if the device was physically unplugged from the slot.
+This includes access to PCI memory, I/O space, and PCI config
+space.  Interrupts; however, will continued to be delivered.
+
+Detection and recovery are performed with the aid of ppc64
+firmware.  The programming interfaces in the Linux kernel
+into the firmware are referred to as RTAS (Run-Time Abstraction
+Services).  The Linux kernel does not (should not) access
+the EEH function in the PCI chipsets directly, primarily because
+there are a number of different chipsets out there, each with
+different interfaces and quirks. The firmware provides a
+uniform abstraction layer that will work with all pSeries
+and iSeries hardware (and be forwards-compatible).
+
+If the OS or device driver suspects that a PCI slot has been
+EEH-isolated, there is a firmware call it can make to determine if
+this is the case. If so, then the device driver should put itself
+into a consistent state (given that it won't be able to complete any
+pending work) and start recovery of the card.  Recovery normally
+would consist of resetting the PCI device (holding the PCI #RST
+line high for two seconds), followed by setting up the device
+config space (the base address registers (BAR's), latency timer,
+cache line size, interrupt line, and so on).  This is followed by a
+reinitialization of the device driver.  In a worst-case scenario,
+the power to the card can be toggled, at least on hot-plug-capable
+slots.  In principle, layers far above the device driver probably
+do not need to know that the PCI card has been "rebooted" in this
+way; ideally, there should be at most a pause in Ethernet/disk/USB
+I/O while the card is being reset.
+
+If the card cannot be recovered after three or four resets, the
+kernel/device driver should assume the worst-case scenario, that the
+card has died completely, and report this error to the sysadmin.
+In addition, error messages are reported through RTAS and also through
+syslogd (/var/log/messages) to alert the sysadmin of PCI resets.
+The correct way to deal with failed adapters is to use the standard
+PCI hotplug tools to remove and replace the dead card.
+
+
+Current PPC64 Linux EEH Implementation
+--------------------------------------
+At this time, a generic EEH recovery mechanism has been implemented,
+so that individual device drivers do not need to be modified to support
+EEH recovery.  This generic mechanism piggy-backs on the PCI hotplug
+infrastructure,  and percolates events up through the userspace/udev
+infrastructure.  Following is a detailed description of how this is
+accomplished.
+
+EEH must be enabled in the PHB's very early during the boot process,
+and if a PCI slot is hot-plugged. The former is performed by
+eeh_init() in arch/powerpc/platforms/pseries/eeh.c, and the later by
+drivers/pci/hotplug/pSeries_pci.c calling in to the eeh.c code.
+EEH must be enabled before a PCI scan of the device can proceed.
+Current Power5 hardware will not work unless EEH is enabled;
+although older Power4 can run with it disabled.  Effectively,
+EEH can no longer be turned off.  PCI devices *must* be
+registered with the EEH code; the EEH code needs to know about
+the I/O address ranges of the PCI device in order to detect an
+error.  Given an arbitrary address, the routine
+pci_get_device_by_addr() will find the pci device associated
+with that address (if any).
+
+The default arch/powerpc/include/asm/io.h macros readb(), inb(), insb(),
+etc. include a check to see if the i/o read returned all-0xff's.
+If so, these make a call to eeh_dn_check_failure(), which in turn
+asks the firmware if the all-ff's value is the sign of a true EEH
+error.  If it is not, processing continues as normal.  The grand
+total number of these false alarms or "false positives" can be
+seen in /proc/ppc64/eeh (subject to change).  Normally, almost
+all of these occur during boot, when the PCI bus is scanned, where
+a large number of 0xff reads are part of the bus scan procedure.
+
+If a frozen slot is detected, code in
+arch/powerpc/platforms/pseries/eeh.c will print a stack trace to
+syslog (/var/log/messages).  This stack trace has proven to be very
+useful to device-driver authors for finding out at what point the EEH
+error was detected, as the error itself usually occurs slightly
+beforehand.
+
+Next, it uses the Linux kernel notifier chain/work queue mechanism to
+allow any interested parties to find out about the failure.  Device
+drivers, or other parts of the kernel, can use
+`eeh_register_notifier(struct notifier_block *)` to find out about EEH
+events.  The event will include a pointer to the pci device, the
+device node and some state info.  Receivers of the event can "do as
+they wish"; the default handler will be described further in this
+section.
+
+To assist in the recovery of the device, eeh.c exports the
+following functions:
+
+rtas_set_slot_reset()
+   assert the  PCI #RST line for 1/8th of a second
+rtas_configure_bridge()
+   ask firmware to configure any PCI bridges
+   located topologically under the pci slot.
+eeh_save_bars() and eeh_restore_bars():
+   save and restore the PCI
+   config-space info for a device and any devices under it.
+
+
+A handler for the EEH notifier_block events is implemented in
+drivers/pci/hotplug/pSeries_pci.c, called handle_eeh_events().
+It saves the device BAR's and then calls rpaphp_unconfig_pci_adapter().
+This last call causes the device driver for the card to be stopped,
+which causes uevents to go out to user space. This triggers
+user-space scripts that might issue commands such as "ifdown eth0"
+for ethernet cards, and so on.  This handler then sleeps for 5 seconds,
+hoping to give the user-space scripts enough time to complete.
+It then resets the PCI card, reconfigures the device BAR's, and
+any bridges underneath. It then calls rpaphp_enable_pci_slot(),
+which restarts the device driver and triggers more user-space
+events (for example, calling "ifup eth0" for ethernet cards).
+
+
+Device Shutdown and User-Space Events
+-------------------------------------
+This section documents what happens when a pci slot is unconfigured,
+focusing on how the device driver gets shut down, and on how the
+events get delivered to user-space scripts.
+
+Following is an example sequence of events that cause a device driver
+close function to be called during the first phase of an EEH reset.
+The following sequence is an example of the pcnet32 device driver::
+
+    rpa_php_unconfig_pci_adapter (struct slot *)  // in rpaphp_pci.c
+    {
+      calls
+      pci_remove_bus_device (struct pci_dev *) // in /drivers/pci/remove.c
+      {
+        calls
+        pci_destroy_dev (struct pci_dev *)
+        {
+          calls
+          device_unregister (&dev->dev) // in /drivers/base/core.c
+          {
+            calls
+            device_del (struct device *)
+            {
+              calls
+              bus_remove_device() // in /drivers/base/bus.c
+              {
+                calls
+                device_release_driver()
+                {
+                  calls
+                  struct device_driver->remove() which is just
+                  pci_device_remove()  // in /drivers/pci/pci_driver.c
+                  {
+                    calls
+                    struct pci_driver->remove() which is just
+                    pcnet32_remove_one() // in /drivers/net/pcnet32.c
+                    {
+                      calls
+                      unregister_netdev() // in /net/core/dev.c
+                      {
+                        calls
+                        dev_close()  // in /net/core/dev.c
+                        {
+                           calls dev->stop();
+                           which is just pcnet32_close() // in pcnet32.c
+                           {
+                             which does what you wanted
+                             to stop the device
+                           }
+                        }
+                     }
+                   which
+                   frees pcnet32 device driver memory
+                }
+     }}}}}}
+
+
+in drivers/pci/pci_driver.c,
+struct device_driver->remove() is just pci_device_remove()
+which calls struct pci_driver->remove() which is pcnet32_remove_one()
+which calls unregister_netdev()  (in net/core/dev.c)
+which calls dev_close()  (in net/core/dev.c)
+which calls dev->stop() which is pcnet32_close()
+which then does the appropriate shutdown.
+
+---
+
+Following is the analogous stack trace for events sent to user-space
+when the pci device is unconfigured::
+
+  rpa_php_unconfig_pci_adapter() {             // in rpaphp_pci.c
+    calls
+    pci_remove_bus_device (struct pci_dev *) { // in /drivers/pci/remove.c
+      calls
+      pci_destroy_dev (struct pci_dev *) {
+        calls
+        device_unregister (&dev->dev) {        // in /drivers/base/core.c
+          calls
+          device_del(struct device * dev) {    // in /drivers/base/core.c
+            calls
+            kobject_del() {                    //in /libs/kobject.c
+              calls
+              kobject_uevent() {               // in /libs/kobject.c
+                calls
+                kset_uevent() {                // in /lib/kobject.c
+                  calls
+                  kset->uevent_ops->uevent()   // which is really just
+                  a call to
+                  dev_uevent() {               // in /drivers/base/core.c
+                    calls
+                    dev->bus->uevent() which is really just a call to
+                    pci_uevent () {            // in drivers/pci/hotplug.c
+                      which prints device name, etc....
+                   }
+                 }
+                 then kobject_uevent() sends a netlink uevent to userspace
+                 --> userspace uevent
+                 (during early boot, nobody listens to netlink events and
+                 kobject_uevent() executes uevent_helper[], which runs the
+                 event process /sbin/hotplug)
+             }
+           }
+           kobject_del() then calls sysfs_remove_dir(), which would
+           trigger any user-space daemon that was watching /sysfs,
+           and notice the delete event.
+
+
+Pro's and Con's of the Current Design
+-------------------------------------
+There are several issues with the current EEH software recovery design,
+which may be addressed in future revisions.  But first, note that the
+big plus of the current design is that no changes need to be made to
+individual device drivers, so that the current design throws a wide net.
+The biggest negative of the design is that it potentially disturbs
+network daemons and file systems that didn't need to be disturbed.
+
+-  A minor complaint is that resetting the network card causes
+   user-space back-to-back ifdown/ifup burps that potentially disturb
+   network daemons, that didn't need to even know that the pci
+   card was being rebooted.
+
+-  A more serious concern is that the same reset, for SCSI devices,
+   causes havoc to mounted file systems.  Scripts cannot post-facto
+   unmount a file system without flushing pending buffers, but this
+   is impossible, because I/O has already been stopped.  Thus,
+   ideally, the reset should happen at or below the block layer,
+   so that the file systems are not disturbed.
+
+   Reiserfs does not tolerate errors returned from the block device.
+   Ext3fs seems to be tolerant, retrying reads/writes until it does
+   succeed. Both have been only lightly tested in this scenario.
+
+   The SCSI-generic subsystem already has built-in code for performing
+   SCSI device resets, SCSI bus resets, and SCSI host-bus-adapter
+   (HBA) resets.  These are cascaded into a chain of attempted
+   resets if a SCSI command fails. These are completely hidden
+   from the block layer.  It would be very natural to add an EEH
+   reset into this chain of events.
+
+-  If a SCSI error occurs for the root device, all is lost unless
+   the sysadmin had the foresight to run /bin, /sbin, /etc, /var
+   and so on, out of ramdisk/tmpfs.
+
+
+Conclusions
+-----------
+There's forward progress ...
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 6781892..0000000
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,334 +0,0 @@
-
-
-                      PCI Bus EEH Error Recovery
-                      --------------------------
-                           Linas Vepstas
-                       <linas@austin.ibm.com>
-                          12 January 2005
-
-
-Overview:
----------
-The IBM POWER-based pSeries and iSeries computers include PCI bus
-controller chips that have extended capabilities for detecting and
-reporting a large variety of PCI bus error conditions.  These features
-go under the name of "EEH", for "Enhanced Error Handling".  The EEH
-hardware features allow PCI bus errors to be cleared and a PCI
-card to be "rebooted", without also having to reboot the operating
-system.
-
-This is in contrast to traditional PCI error handling, where the
-PCI chip is wired directly to the CPU, and an error would cause
-a CPU machine-check/check-stop condition, halting the CPU entirely.
-Another "traditional" technique is to ignore such errors, which
-can lead to data corruption, both of user data or of kernel data,
-hung/unresponsive adapters, or system crashes/lockups.  Thus,
-the idea behind EEH is that the operating system can become more
-reliable and robust by protecting it from PCI errors, and giving
-the OS the ability to "reboot"/recover individual PCI devices.
-
-Future systems from other vendors, based on the PCI-E specification,
-may contain similar features.
-
-
-Causes of EEH Errors
---------------------
-EEH was originally designed to guard against hardware failure, such
-as PCI cards dying from heat, humidity, dust, vibration and bad
-electrical connections. The vast majority of EEH errors seen in
-"real life" are due to either poorly seated PCI cards, or,
-unfortunately quite commonly, due to device driver bugs, device firmware
-bugs, and sometimes PCI card hardware bugs.
-
-The most common software bug, is one that causes the device to
-attempt to DMA to a location in system memory that has not been
-reserved for DMA access for that card.  This is a powerful feature,
-as it prevents what; otherwise, would have been silent memory
-corruption caused by the bad DMA.  A number of device driver
-bugs have been found and fixed in this way over the past few
-years.  Other possible causes of EEH errors include data or
-address line parity errors (for example, due to poor electrical
-connectivity due to a poorly seated card), and PCI-X split-completion
-errors (due to software, device firmware, or device PCI hardware bugs).
-The vast majority of "true hardware failures" can be cured by
-physically removing and re-seating the PCI card.
-
-
-Detection and Recovery
-----------------------
-In the following discussion, a generic overview of how to detect
-and recover from EEH errors will be presented. This is followed
-by an overview of how the current implementation in the Linux
-kernel does it.  The actual implementation is subject to change,
-and some of the finer points are still being debated.  These
-may in turn be swayed if or when other architectures implement
-similar functionality.
-
-When a PCI Host Bridge (PHB, the bus controller connecting the
-PCI bus to the system CPU electronics complex) detects a PCI error
-condition, it will "isolate" the affected PCI card.  Isolation
-will block all writes (either to the card from the system, or
-from the card to the system), and it will cause all reads to
-return all-ff's (0xff, 0xffff, 0xffffffff for 8/16/32-bit reads).
-This value was chosen because it is the same value you would
-get if the device was physically unplugged from the slot.
-This includes access to PCI memory, I/O space, and PCI config
-space.  Interrupts; however, will continued to be delivered.
-
-Detection and recovery are performed with the aid of ppc64
-firmware.  The programming interfaces in the Linux kernel
-into the firmware are referred to as RTAS (Run-Time Abstraction
-Services).  The Linux kernel does not (should not) access
-the EEH function in the PCI chipsets directly, primarily because
-there are a number of different chipsets out there, each with
-different interfaces and quirks. The firmware provides a
-uniform abstraction layer that will work with all pSeries
-and iSeries hardware (and be forwards-compatible).
-
-If the OS or device driver suspects that a PCI slot has been
-EEH-isolated, there is a firmware call it can make to determine if
-this is the case. If so, then the device driver should put itself
-into a consistent state (given that it won't be able to complete any
-pending work) and start recovery of the card.  Recovery normally
-would consist of resetting the PCI device (holding the PCI #RST
-line high for two seconds), followed by setting up the device
-config space (the base address registers (BAR's), latency timer,
-cache line size, interrupt line, and so on).  This is followed by a
-reinitialization of the device driver.  In a worst-case scenario,
-the power to the card can be toggled, at least on hot-plug-capable
-slots.  In principle, layers far above the device driver probably
-do not need to know that the PCI card has been "rebooted" in this
-way; ideally, there should be at most a pause in Ethernet/disk/USB
-I/O while the card is being reset.
-
-If the card cannot be recovered after three or four resets, the
-kernel/device driver should assume the worst-case scenario, that the
-card has died completely, and report this error to the sysadmin.
-In addition, error messages are reported through RTAS and also through
-syslogd (/var/log/messages) to alert the sysadmin of PCI resets.
-The correct way to deal with failed adapters is to use the standard
-PCI hotplug tools to remove and replace the dead card.
-
-
-Current PPC64 Linux EEH Implementation
---------------------------------------
-At this time, a generic EEH recovery mechanism has been implemented,
-so that individual device drivers do not need to be modified to support
-EEH recovery.  This generic mechanism piggy-backs on the PCI hotplug
-infrastructure,  and percolates events up through the userspace/udev
-infrastructure.  Following is a detailed description of how this is
-accomplished.
-
-EEH must be enabled in the PHB's very early during the boot process,
-and if a PCI slot is hot-plugged. The former is performed by
-eeh_init() in arch/powerpc/platforms/pseries/eeh.c, and the later by
-drivers/pci/hotplug/pSeries_pci.c calling in to the eeh.c code.
-EEH must be enabled before a PCI scan of the device can proceed.
-Current Power5 hardware will not work unless EEH is enabled;
-although older Power4 can run with it disabled.  Effectively,
-EEH can no longer be turned off.  PCI devices *must* be
-registered with the EEH code; the EEH code needs to know about
-the I/O address ranges of the PCI device in order to detect an
-error.  Given an arbitrary address, the routine
-pci_get_device_by_addr() will find the pci device associated
-with that address (if any).
-
-The default arch/powerpc/include/asm/io.h macros readb(), inb(), insb(),
-etc. include a check to see if the i/o read returned all-0xff's.
-If so, these make a call to eeh_dn_check_failure(), which in turn
-asks the firmware if the all-ff's value is the sign of a true EEH
-error.  If it is not, processing continues as normal.  The grand
-total number of these false alarms or "false positives" can be
-seen in /proc/ppc64/eeh (subject to change).  Normally, almost
-all of these occur during boot, when the PCI bus is scanned, where
-a large number of 0xff reads are part of the bus scan procedure.
-
-If a frozen slot is detected, code in 
-arch/powerpc/platforms/pseries/eeh.c will print a stack trace to 
-syslog (/var/log/messages).  This stack trace has proven to be very 
-useful to device-driver authors for finding out at what point the EEH 
-error was detected, as the error itself usually occurs slightly 
-beforehand.
-
-Next, it uses the Linux kernel notifier chain/work queue mechanism to
-allow any interested parties to find out about the failure.  Device
-drivers, or other parts of the kernel, can use
-eeh_register_notifier(struct notifier_block *) to find out about EEH
-events.  The event will include a pointer to the pci device, the
-device node and some state info.  Receivers of the event can "do as
-they wish"; the default handler will be described further in this
-section.
-
-To assist in the recovery of the device, eeh.c exports the
-following functions:
-
-rtas_set_slot_reset() -- assert the  PCI #RST line for 1/8th of a second
-rtas_configure_bridge() -- ask firmware to configure any PCI bridges
-   located topologically under the pci slot.
-eeh_save_bars() and eeh_restore_bars(): save and restore the PCI
-   config-space info for a device and any devices under it.
-
-
-A handler for the EEH notifier_block events is implemented in
-drivers/pci/hotplug/pSeries_pci.c, called handle_eeh_events().
-It saves the device BAR's and then calls rpaphp_unconfig_pci_adapter().
-This last call causes the device driver for the card to be stopped,
-which causes uevents to go out to user space. This triggers
-user-space scripts that might issue commands such as "ifdown eth0"
-for ethernet cards, and so on.  This handler then sleeps for 5 seconds,
-hoping to give the user-space scripts enough time to complete.
-It then resets the PCI card, reconfigures the device BAR's, and
-any bridges underneath. It then calls rpaphp_enable_pci_slot(),
-which restarts the device driver and triggers more user-space
-events (for example, calling "ifup eth0" for ethernet cards).
-
-
-Device Shutdown and User-Space Events
--------------------------------------
-This section documents what happens when a pci slot is unconfigured,
-focusing on how the device driver gets shut down, and on how the
-events get delivered to user-space scripts.
-
-Following is an example sequence of events that cause a device driver
-close function to be called during the first phase of an EEH reset.
-The following sequence is an example of the pcnet32 device driver.
-
-    rpa_php_unconfig_pci_adapter (struct slot *)  // in rpaphp_pci.c
-    {
-      calls
-      pci_remove_bus_device (struct pci_dev *) // in /drivers/pci/remove.c
-      {
-        calls
-        pci_destroy_dev (struct pci_dev *)
-        {
-          calls
-          device_unregister (&dev->dev) // in /drivers/base/core.c
-          {
-            calls
-            device_del (struct device *)
-            {
-              calls
-              bus_remove_device() // in /drivers/base/bus.c
-              {
-                calls
-                device_release_driver()
-                {
-                  calls
-                  struct device_driver->remove() which is just
-                  pci_device_remove()  // in /drivers/pci/pci_driver.c
-                  {
-                    calls
-                    struct pci_driver->remove() which is just
-                    pcnet32_remove_one() // in /drivers/net/pcnet32.c
-                    {
-                      calls
-                      unregister_netdev() // in /net/core/dev.c
-                      {
-                        calls
-                        dev_close()  // in /net/core/dev.c
-                        {
-                           calls dev->stop();
-                           which is just pcnet32_close() // in pcnet32.c
-                           {
-                             which does what you wanted
-                             to stop the device
-                           }
-                        }
-                     }
-                   which
-                   frees pcnet32 device driver memory
-                }
-     }}}}}}
-
-
-    in drivers/pci/pci_driver.c,
-    struct device_driver->remove() is just pci_device_remove()
-    which calls struct pci_driver->remove() which is pcnet32_remove_one()
-    which calls unregister_netdev()  (in net/core/dev.c)
-    which calls dev_close()  (in net/core/dev.c)
-    which calls dev->stop() which is pcnet32_close()
-    which then does the appropriate shutdown.
-
----
-Following is the analogous stack trace for events sent to user-space
-when the pci device is unconfigured.
-
-rpa_php_unconfig_pci_adapter() {             // in rpaphp_pci.c
-  calls
-  pci_remove_bus_device (struct pci_dev *) { // in /drivers/pci/remove.c
-    calls
-    pci_destroy_dev (struct pci_dev *) {
-      calls
-      device_unregister (&dev->dev) {        // in /drivers/base/core.c
-        calls
-        device_del(struct device * dev) {    // in /drivers/base/core.c
-          calls
-          kobject_del() {                    //in /libs/kobject.c
-            calls
-            kobject_uevent() {               // in /libs/kobject.c
-              calls
-              kset_uevent() {                // in /lib/kobject.c
-                calls
-                kset->uevent_ops->uevent()   // which is really just
-                a call to
-                dev_uevent() {               // in /drivers/base/core.c
-                  calls
-                  dev->bus->uevent() which is really just a call to
-                  pci_uevent () {            // in drivers/pci/hotplug.c
-                    which prints device name, etc....
-                 }
-               }
-               then kobject_uevent() sends a netlink uevent to userspace
-               --> userspace uevent
-               (during early boot, nobody listens to netlink events and
-               kobject_uevent() executes uevent_helper[], which runs the
-               event process /sbin/hotplug)
-           }
-         }
-         kobject_del() then calls sysfs_remove_dir(), which would
-         trigger any user-space daemon that was watching /sysfs,
-         and notice the delete event.
-
-
-Pro's and Con's of the Current Design
--------------------------------------
-There are several issues with the current EEH software recovery design,
-which may be addressed in future revisions.  But first, note that the
-big plus of the current design is that no changes need to be made to
-individual device drivers, so that the current design throws a wide net.
-The biggest negative of the design is that it potentially disturbs
-network daemons and file systems that didn't need to be disturbed.
-
--- A minor complaint is that resetting the network card causes
-   user-space back-to-back ifdown/ifup burps that potentially disturb
-   network daemons, that didn't need to even know that the pci
-   card was being rebooted.
-
--- A more serious concern is that the same reset, for SCSI devices,
-   causes havoc to mounted file systems.  Scripts cannot post-facto
-   unmount a file system without flushing pending buffers, but this
-   is impossible, because I/O has already been stopped.  Thus,
-   ideally, the reset should happen at or below the block layer,
-   so that the file systems are not disturbed.
-
-   Reiserfs does not tolerate errors returned from the block device.
-   Ext3fs seems to be tolerant, retrying reads/writes until it does
-   succeed. Both have been only lightly tested in this scenario.
-
-   The SCSI-generic subsystem already has built-in code for performing
-   SCSI device resets, SCSI bus resets, and SCSI host-bus-adapter
-   (HBA) resets.  These are cascaded into a chain of attempted
-   resets if a SCSI command fails. These are completely hidden
-   from the block layer.  It would be very natural to add an EEH
-   reset into this chain of events.
-
--- If a SCSI error occurs for the root device, all is lost unless
-   the sysadmin had the foresight to run /bin, /sbin, /etc, /var
-   and so on, out of ramdisk/tmpfs.
-
-
-Conclusions
------------
-There's forward progress ...
-
-
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ca1283
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
+======================
+Firmware-Assisted Dump
+======================
+
+July 2011
+
+The goal of firmware-assisted dump is to enable the dump of
+a crashed system, and to do so from a fully-reset system, and
+to minimize the total elapsed time until the system is back
+in production use.
+
+- Firmware assisted dump (fadump) infrastructure is intended to replace
+  the existing phyp assisted dump.
+- Fadump uses the same firmware interfaces and memory reservation model
+  as phyp assisted dump.
+- Unlike phyp dump, fadump exports the memory dump through /proc/vmcore
+  in the ELF format in the same way as kdump. This helps us reuse the
+  kdump infrastructure for dump capture and filtering.
+- Unlike phyp dump, userspace tool does not need to refer any sysfs
+  interface while reading /proc/vmcore.
+- Unlike phyp dump, fadump allows user to release all the memory reserved
+  for dump, with a single operation of echo 1 > /sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem.
+- Once enabled through kernel boot parameter, fadump can be
+  started/stopped through /sys/kernel/fadump_registered interface (see
+  sysfs files section below) and can be easily integrated with kdump
+  service start/stop init scripts.
+
+Comparing with kdump or other strategies, firmware-assisted
+dump offers several strong, practical advantages:
+
+-  Unlike kdump, the system has been reset, and loaded
+   with a fresh copy of the kernel.  In particular,
+   PCI and I/O devices have been reinitialized and are
+   in a clean, consistent state.
+-  Once the dump is copied out, the memory that held the dump
+   is immediately available to the running kernel. And therefore,
+   unlike kdump, fadump doesn't need a 2nd reboot to get back
+   the system to the production configuration.
+
+The above can only be accomplished by coordination with,
+and assistance from the Power firmware. The procedure is
+as follows:
+
+-  The first kernel registers the sections of memory with the
+   Power firmware for dump preservation during OS initialization.
+   These registered sections of memory are reserved by the first
+   kernel during early boot.
+
+-  When a system crashes, the Power firmware will save
+   the low memory (boot memory of size larger of 5% of system RAM
+   or 256MB) of RAM to the previous registered region. It will
+   also save system registers, and hardware PTE's.
+
+   NOTE:
+         The term 'boot memory' means size of the low memory chunk
+         that is required for a kernel to boot successfully when
+         booted with restricted memory. By default, the boot memory
+         size will be the larger of 5% of system RAM or 256MB.
+         Alternatively, user can also specify boot memory size
+         through boot parameter 'crashkernel=' which will override
+         the default calculated size. Use this option if default
+         boot memory size is not sufficient for second kernel to
+         boot successfully. For syntax of crashkernel= parameter,
+         refer to Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst. If any offset is
+         provided in crashkernel= parameter, it will be ignored
+         as fadump uses a predefined offset to reserve memory
+         for boot memory dump preservation in case of a crash.
+
+-  After the low memory (boot memory) area has been saved, the
+   firmware will reset PCI and other hardware state.  It will
+   *not* clear the RAM. It will then launch the bootloader, as
+   normal.
+
+-  The freshly booted kernel will notice that there is a new
+   node (ibm,dump-kernel) in the device tree, indicating that
+   there is crash data available from a previous boot. During
+   the early boot OS will reserve rest of the memory above
+   boot memory size effectively booting with restricted memory
+   size. This will make sure that the second kernel will not
+   touch any of the dump memory area.
+
+-  User-space tools will read /proc/vmcore to obtain the contents
+   of memory, which holds the previous crashed kernel dump in ELF
+   format. The userspace tools may copy this info to disk, or
+   network, nas, san, iscsi, etc. as desired.
+
+-  Once the userspace tool is done saving dump, it will echo
+   '1' to /sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem to release the reserved
+   memory back to general use, except the memory required for
+   next firmware-assisted dump registration.
+
+   e.g.::
+
+     # echo 1 > /sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem
+
+Please note that the firmware-assisted dump feature
+is only available on Power6 and above systems with recent
+firmware versions.
+
+Implementation details:
+-----------------------
+
+During boot, a check is made to see if firmware supports
+this feature on that particular machine. If it does, then
+we check to see if an active dump is waiting for us. If yes
+then everything but boot memory size of RAM is reserved during
+early boot (See Fig. 2). This area is released once we finish
+collecting the dump from user land scripts (e.g. kdump scripts)
+that are run. If there is dump data, then the
+/sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem file is created, and the reserved
+memory is held.
+
+If there is no waiting dump data, then only the memory required
+to hold CPU state, HPTE region, boot memory dump and elfcore
+header, is usually reserved at an offset greater than boot memory
+size (see Fig. 1). This area is *not* released: this region will
+be kept permanently reserved, so that it can act as a receptacle
+for a copy of the boot memory content in addition to CPU state
+and HPTE region, in the case a crash does occur. Since this reserved
+memory area is used only after the system crash, there is no point in
+blocking this significant chunk of memory from production kernel.
+Hence, the implementation uses the Linux kernel's Contiguous Memory
+Allocator (CMA) for memory reservation if CMA is configured for kernel.
+With CMA reservation this memory will be available for applications to
+use it, while kernel is prevented from using it. With this fadump will
+still be able to capture all of the kernel memory and most of the user
+space memory except the user pages that were present in CMA region::
+
+  o Memory Reservation during first kernel
+
+  Low memory                                         Top of memory
+  0      boot memory size                                       |
+  |           |                |<--Reserved dump area -->|      |
+  V           V                |   Permanent Reservation |      V
+  +-----------+----------/ /---+---+----+-----------+----+------+
+  |           |                |CPU|HPTE|  DUMP     |ELF |      |
+  +-----------+----------/ /---+---+----+-----------+----+------+
+        |                                           ^
+        |                                           |
+        \                                           /
+         -------------------------------------------
+          Boot memory content gets transferred to
+          reserved area by firmware at the time of
+          crash
+                   Fig. 1
+
+  o Memory Reservation during second kernel after crash
+
+  Low memory                                        Top of memory
+  0      boot memory size                                       |
+  |           |<------------- Reserved dump area ----------- -->|
+  V           V                                                 V
+  +-----------+----------/ /---+---+----+-----------+----+------+
+  |           |                |CPU|HPTE|  DUMP     |ELF |      |
+  +-----------+----------/ /---+---+----+-----------+----+------+
+        |                                              |
+        V                                              V
+   Used by second                                /proc/vmcore
+   kernel to boot
+                   Fig. 2
+
+Currently the dump will be copied from /proc/vmcore to a
+a new file upon user intervention. The dump data available through
+/proc/vmcore will be in ELF format. Hence the existing kdump
+infrastructure (kdump scripts) to save the dump works fine with
+minor modifications.
+
+The tools to examine the dump will be same as the ones
+used for kdump.
+
+How to enable firmware-assisted dump (fadump):
+----------------------------------------------
+
+1. Set config option CONFIG_FA_DUMP=y and build kernel.
+2. Boot into linux kernel with 'fadump=on' kernel cmdline option.
+   By default, fadump reserved memory will be initialized as CMA area.
+   Alternatively, user can boot linux kernel with 'fadump=nocma' to
+   prevent fadump to use CMA.
+3. Optionally, user can also set 'crashkernel=' kernel cmdline
+   to specify size of the memory to reserve for boot memory dump
+   preservation.
+
+NOTE:
+     1. 'fadump_reserve_mem=' parameter has been deprecated. Instead
+        use 'crashkernel=' to specify size of the memory to reserve
+        for boot memory dump preservation.
+     2. If firmware-assisted dump fails to reserve memory then it
+        will fallback to existing kdump mechanism if 'crashkernel='
+        option is set at kernel cmdline.
+     3. if user wants to capture all of user space memory and ok with
+        reserved memory not available to production system, then
+        'fadump=nocma' kernel parameter can be used to fallback to
+        old behaviour.
+
+Sysfs/debugfs files:
+--------------------
+
+Firmware-assisted dump feature uses sysfs file system to hold
+the control files and debugfs file to display memory reserved region.
+
+Here is the list of files under kernel sysfs:
+
+ /sys/kernel/fadump_enabled
+    This is used to display the fadump status.
+
+    - 0 = fadump is disabled
+    - 1 = fadump is enabled
+
+    This interface can be used by kdump init scripts to identify if
+    fadump is enabled in the kernel and act accordingly.
+
+ /sys/kernel/fadump_registered
+    This is used to display the fadump registration status as well
+    as to control (start/stop) the fadump registration.
+
+    - 0 = fadump is not registered.
+    - 1 = fadump is registered and ready to handle system crash.
+
+    To register fadump echo 1 > /sys/kernel/fadump_registered and
+    echo 0 > /sys/kernel/fadump_registered for un-register and stop the
+    fadump. Once the fadump is un-registered, the system crash will not
+    be handled and vmcore will not be captured. This interface can be
+    easily integrated with kdump service start/stop.
+
+ /sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem
+    This file is available only when fadump is active during
+    second kernel. This is used to release the reserved memory
+    region that are held for saving crash dump. To release the
+    reserved memory echo 1 to it::
+
+	echo 1  > /sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem
+
+    After echo 1, the content of the /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/fadump_region
+    file will change to reflect the new memory reservations.
+
+    The existing userspace tools (kdump infrastructure) can be easily
+    enhanced to use this interface to release the memory reserved for
+    dump and continue without 2nd reboot.
+
+Here is the list of files under powerpc debugfs:
+(Assuming debugfs is mounted on /sys/kernel/debug directory.)
+
+ /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/fadump_region
+    This file shows the reserved memory regions if fadump is
+    enabled otherwise this file is empty. The output format
+    is::
+
+      <region>: [<start>-<end>] <reserved-size> bytes, Dumped: <dump-size>
+
+    e.g.
+    Contents when fadump is registered during first kernel::
+
+      # cat /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/fadump_region
+      CPU : [0x0000006ffb0000-0x0000006fff001f] 0x40020 bytes, Dumped: 0x0
+      HPTE: [0x0000006fff0020-0x0000006fff101f] 0x1000 bytes, Dumped: 0x0
+      DUMP: [0x0000006fff1020-0x0000007fff101f] 0x10000000 bytes, Dumped: 0x0
+
+    Contents when fadump is active during second kernel::
+
+      # cat /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/fadump_region
+      CPU : [0x0000006ffb0000-0x0000006fff001f] 0x40020 bytes, Dumped: 0x40020
+      HPTE: [0x0000006fff0020-0x0000006fff101f] 0x1000 bytes, Dumped: 0x1000
+      DUMP: [0x0000006fff1020-0x0000007fff101f] 0x10000000 bytes, Dumped: 0x10000000
+          : [0x00000010000000-0x0000006ffaffff] 0x5ffb0000 bytes, Dumped: 0x5ffb0000
+
+NOTE:
+      Please refer to Documentation/filesystems/debugfs.txt on
+      how to mount the debugfs filesystem.
+
+
+TODO:
+-----
+ - Need to come up with the better approach to find out more
+   accurate boot memory size that is required for a kernel to
+   boot successfully when booted with restricted memory.
+ - The fadump implementation introduces a fadump crash info structure
+   in the scratch area before the ELF core header. The idea of introducing
+   this structure is to pass some important crash info data to the second
+   kernel which will help second kernel to populate ELF core header with
+   correct data before it gets exported through /proc/vmcore. The current
+   design implementation does not address a possibility of introducing
+   additional fields (in future) to this structure without affecting
+   compatibility. Need to come up with the better approach to address this.
+
+   The possible approaches are:
+
+	1. Introduce version field for version tracking, bump up the version
+	whenever a new field is added to the structure in future. The version
+	field can be used to find out what fields are valid for the current
+	version of the structure.
+	2. Reserve the area of predefined size (say PAGE_SIZE) for this
+	structure and have unused area as reserved (initialized to zero)
+	for future field additions.
+
+   The advantage of approach 1 over 2 is we don't need to reserve extra space.
+
+Author: Mahesh Salgaonkar <mahesh@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
+
+This document is based on the original documentation written for phyp
+
+assisted dump by Linas Vepstas and Manish Ahuja.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 10e7f4d..0000000
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,292 +0,0 @@
-
-                   Firmware-Assisted Dump
-                   ------------------------
-                       July 2011
-
-The goal of firmware-assisted dump is to enable the dump of
-a crashed system, and to do so from a fully-reset system, and
-to minimize the total elapsed time until the system is back
-in production use.
-
-- Firmware assisted dump (fadump) infrastructure is intended to replace
-  the existing phyp assisted dump.
-- Fadump uses the same firmware interfaces and memory reservation model
-  as phyp assisted dump.
-- Unlike phyp dump, fadump exports the memory dump through /proc/vmcore
-  in the ELF format in the same way as kdump. This helps us reuse the
-  kdump infrastructure for dump capture and filtering.
-- Unlike phyp dump, userspace tool does not need to refer any sysfs
-  interface while reading /proc/vmcore.
-- Unlike phyp dump, fadump allows user to release all the memory reserved
-  for dump, with a single operation of echo 1 > /sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem.
-- Once enabled through kernel boot parameter, fadump can be
-  started/stopped through /sys/kernel/fadump_registered interface (see
-  sysfs files section below) and can be easily integrated with kdump
-  service start/stop init scripts.
-
-Comparing with kdump or other strategies, firmware-assisted
-dump offers several strong, practical advantages:
-
--- Unlike kdump, the system has been reset, and loaded
-   with a fresh copy of the kernel.  In particular,
-   PCI and I/O devices have been reinitialized and are
-   in a clean, consistent state.
--- Once the dump is copied out, the memory that held the dump
-   is immediately available to the running kernel. And therefore,
-   unlike kdump, fadump doesn't need a 2nd reboot to get back
-   the system to the production configuration.
-
-The above can only be accomplished by coordination with,
-and assistance from the Power firmware. The procedure is
-as follows:
-
--- The first kernel registers the sections of memory with the
-   Power firmware for dump preservation during OS initialization.
-   These registered sections of memory are reserved by the first
-   kernel during early boot.
-
--- When a system crashes, the Power firmware will save
-   the low memory (boot memory of size larger of 5% of system RAM
-   or 256MB) of RAM to the previous registered region. It will
-   also save system registers, and hardware PTE's.
-
-   NOTE: The term 'boot memory' means size of the low memory chunk
-         that is required for a kernel to boot successfully when
-         booted with restricted memory. By default, the boot memory
-         size will be the larger of 5% of system RAM or 256MB.
-         Alternatively, user can also specify boot memory size
-         through boot parameter 'crashkernel=' which will override
-         the default calculated size. Use this option if default
-         boot memory size is not sufficient for second kernel to
-         boot successfully. For syntax of crashkernel= parameter,
-         refer to Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst. If any offset is
-         provided in crashkernel= parameter, it will be ignored
-         as fadump uses a predefined offset to reserve memory
-         for boot memory dump preservation in case of a crash.
-
--- After the low memory (boot memory) area has been saved, the
-   firmware will reset PCI and other hardware state.  It will
-   *not* clear the RAM. It will then launch the bootloader, as
-   normal.
-
--- The freshly booted kernel will notice that there is a new
-   node (ibm,dump-kernel) in the device tree, indicating that
-   there is crash data available from a previous boot. During
-   the early boot OS will reserve rest of the memory above
-   boot memory size effectively booting with restricted memory
-   size. This will make sure that the second kernel will not
-   touch any of the dump memory area.
-
--- User-space tools will read /proc/vmcore to obtain the contents
-   of memory, which holds the previous crashed kernel dump in ELF
-   format. The userspace tools may copy this info to disk, or
-   network, nas, san, iscsi, etc. as desired.
-
--- Once the userspace tool is done saving dump, it will echo
-   '1' to /sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem to release the reserved
-   memory back to general use, except the memory required for
-   next firmware-assisted dump registration.
-
-   e.g.
-     # echo 1 > /sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem
-
-Please note that the firmware-assisted dump feature
-is only available on Power6 and above systems with recent
-firmware versions.
-
-Implementation details:
-----------------------
-
-During boot, a check is made to see if firmware supports
-this feature on that particular machine. If it does, then
-we check to see if an active dump is waiting for us. If yes
-then everything but boot memory size of RAM is reserved during
-early boot (See Fig. 2). This area is released once we finish
-collecting the dump from user land scripts (e.g. kdump scripts)
-that are run. If there is dump data, then the
-/sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem file is created, and the reserved
-memory is held.
-
-If there is no waiting dump data, then only the memory required
-to hold CPU state, HPTE region, boot memory dump and elfcore
-header, is usually reserved at an offset greater than boot memory
-size (see Fig. 1). This area is *not* released: this region will
-be kept permanently reserved, so that it can act as a receptacle
-for a copy of the boot memory content in addition to CPU state
-and HPTE region, in the case a crash does occur. Since this reserved
-memory area is used only after the system crash, there is no point in
-blocking this significant chunk of memory from production kernel.
-Hence, the implementation uses the Linux kernel's Contiguous Memory
-Allocator (CMA) for memory reservation if CMA is configured for kernel.
-With CMA reservation this memory will be available for applications to
-use it, while kernel is prevented from using it. With this fadump will
-still be able to capture all of the kernel memory and most of the user
-space memory except the user pages that were present in CMA region.
-
-  o Memory Reservation during first kernel
-
-  Low memory                                         Top of memory
-  0      boot memory size                                       |
-  |           |                |<--Reserved dump area -->|      |
-  V           V                |   Permanent Reservation |      V
-  +-----------+----------/ /---+---+----+-----------+----+------+
-  |           |                |CPU|HPTE|  DUMP     |ELF |      |
-  +-----------+----------/ /---+---+----+-----------+----+------+
-        |                                           ^
-        |                                           |
-        \                                           /
-         -------------------------------------------
-          Boot memory content gets transferred to
-          reserved area by firmware at the time of
-          crash
-                   Fig. 1
-
-  o Memory Reservation during second kernel after crash
-
-  Low memory                                        Top of memory
-  0      boot memory size                                       |
-  |           |<------------- Reserved dump area ----------- -->|
-  V           V                                                 V
-  +-----------+----------/ /---+---+----+-----------+----+------+
-  |           |                |CPU|HPTE|  DUMP     |ELF |      |
-  +-----------+----------/ /---+---+----+-----------+----+------+
-        |                                              |
-        V                                              V
-   Used by second                                /proc/vmcore
-   kernel to boot
-                   Fig. 2
-
-Currently the dump will be copied from /proc/vmcore to a
-a new file upon user intervention. The dump data available through
-/proc/vmcore will be in ELF format. Hence the existing kdump
-infrastructure (kdump scripts) to save the dump works fine with
-minor modifications.
-
-The tools to examine the dump will be same as the ones
-used for kdump.
-
-How to enable firmware-assisted dump (fadump):
--------------------------------------
-
-1. Set config option CONFIG_FA_DUMP=y and build kernel.
-2. Boot into linux kernel with 'fadump=on' kernel cmdline option.
-   By default, fadump reserved memory will be initialized as CMA area.
-   Alternatively, user can boot linux kernel with 'fadump=nocma' to
-   prevent fadump to use CMA.
-3. Optionally, user can also set 'crashkernel=' kernel cmdline
-   to specify size of the memory to reserve for boot memory dump
-   preservation.
-
-NOTE: 1. 'fadump_reserve_mem=' parameter has been deprecated. Instead
-         use 'crashkernel=' to specify size of the memory to reserve
-         for boot memory dump preservation.
-      2. If firmware-assisted dump fails to reserve memory then it
-         will fallback to existing kdump mechanism if 'crashkernel='
-         option is set at kernel cmdline.
-      3. if user wants to capture all of user space memory and ok with
-         reserved memory not available to production system, then
-         'fadump=nocma' kernel parameter can be used to fallback to
-         old behaviour.
-
-Sysfs/debugfs files:
-------------
-
-Firmware-assisted dump feature uses sysfs file system to hold
-the control files and debugfs file to display memory reserved region.
-
-Here is the list of files under kernel sysfs:
-
- /sys/kernel/fadump_enabled
-
-    This is used to display the fadump status.
-    0 = fadump is disabled
-    1 = fadump is enabled
-
-    This interface can be used by kdump init scripts to identify if
-    fadump is enabled in the kernel and act accordingly.
-
- /sys/kernel/fadump_registered
-
-    This is used to display the fadump registration status as well
-    as to control (start/stop) the fadump registration.
-    0 = fadump is not registered.
-    1 = fadump is registered and ready to handle system crash.
-
-    To register fadump echo 1 > /sys/kernel/fadump_registered and
-    echo 0 > /sys/kernel/fadump_registered for un-register and stop the
-    fadump. Once the fadump is un-registered, the system crash will not
-    be handled and vmcore will not be captured. This interface can be
-    easily integrated with kdump service start/stop.
-
- /sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem
-
-    This file is available only when fadump is active during
-    second kernel. This is used to release the reserved memory
-    region that are held for saving crash dump. To release the
-    reserved memory echo 1 to it:
-
-    echo 1  > /sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem
-
-    After echo 1, the content of the /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/fadump_region
-    file will change to reflect the new memory reservations.
-
-    The existing userspace tools (kdump infrastructure) can be easily
-    enhanced to use this interface to release the memory reserved for
-    dump and continue without 2nd reboot.
-
-Here is the list of files under powerpc debugfs:
-(Assuming debugfs is mounted on /sys/kernel/debug directory.)
-
- /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/fadump_region
-
-    This file shows the reserved memory regions if fadump is
-    enabled otherwise this file is empty. The output format
-    is:
-    <region>: [<start>-<end>] <reserved-size> bytes, Dumped: <dump-size>
-
-    e.g.
-    Contents when fadump is registered during first kernel
-
-    # cat /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/fadump_region
-    CPU : [0x0000006ffb0000-0x0000006fff001f] 0x40020 bytes, Dumped: 0x0
-    HPTE: [0x0000006fff0020-0x0000006fff101f] 0x1000 bytes, Dumped: 0x0
-    DUMP: [0x0000006fff1020-0x0000007fff101f] 0x10000000 bytes, Dumped: 0x0
-
-    Contents when fadump is active during second kernel
-
-    # cat /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/fadump_region
-    CPU : [0x0000006ffb0000-0x0000006fff001f] 0x40020 bytes, Dumped: 0x40020
-    HPTE: [0x0000006fff0020-0x0000006fff101f] 0x1000 bytes, Dumped: 0x1000
-    DUMP: [0x0000006fff1020-0x0000007fff101f] 0x10000000 bytes, Dumped: 0x10000000
-        : [0x00000010000000-0x0000006ffaffff] 0x5ffb0000 bytes, Dumped: 0x5ffb0000
-
-NOTE: Please refer to Documentation/filesystems/debugfs.txt on
-      how to mount the debugfs filesystem.
-
-
-TODO:
------
- o Need to come up with the better approach to find out more
-   accurate boot memory size that is required for a kernel to
-   boot successfully when booted with restricted memory.
- o The fadump implementation introduces a fadump crash info structure
-   in the scratch area before the ELF core header. The idea of introducing
-   this structure is to pass some important crash info data to the second
-   kernel which will help second kernel to populate ELF core header with
-   correct data before it gets exported through /proc/vmcore. The current
-   design implementation does not address a possibility of introducing
-   additional fields (in future) to this structure without affecting
-   compatibility. Need to come up with the better approach to address this.
-   The possible approaches are:
-	1. Introduce version field for version tracking, bump up the version
-	whenever a new field is added to the structure in future. The version
-	field can be used to find out what fields are valid for the current
-	version of the structure.
-	2. Reserve the area of predefined size (say PAGE_SIZE) for this
-	structure and have unused area as reserved (initialized to zero)
-	for future field additions.
-   The advantage of approach 1 over 2 is we don't need to reserve extra space.
----
-Author: Mahesh Salgaonkar <mahesh@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
-This document is based on the original documentation written for phyp
-assisted dump by Linas Vepstas and Manish Ahuja.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6808acd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,581 @@
+===============================================================
+HVCS IBM "Hypervisor Virtual Console Server" Installation Guide
+===============================================================
+
+for Linux Kernel 2.6.4+
+
+Copyright (C) 2004 IBM Corporation
+
+.. ===========================================================================
+.. NOTE:Eight space tabs are the optimum editor setting for reading this file.
+.. ===========================================================================
+
+
+Author(s): Ryan S. Arnold <rsa@us.ibm.com>
+
+Date Created: March, 02, 2004
+Last Changed: August, 24, 2004
+
+.. Table of contents:
+
+	1.  Driver Introduction:
+	2.  System Requirements
+	3.  Build Options:
+		3.1  Built-in:
+		3.2  Module:
+	4.  Installation:
+	5.  Connection:
+	6.  Disconnection:
+	7.  Configuration:
+	8.  Questions & Answers:
+	9.  Reporting Bugs:
+
+1. Driver Introduction:
+=======================
+
+This is the device driver for the IBM Hypervisor Virtual Console Server,
+"hvcs".  The IBM hvcs provides a tty driver interface to allow Linux user
+space applications access to the system consoles of logically partitioned
+operating systems (Linux and AIX) running on the same partitioned Power5
+ppc64 system.  Physical hardware consoles per partition are not practical
+on this hardware so system consoles are accessed by this driver using
+firmware interfaces to virtual terminal devices.
+
+2. System Requirements:
+=======================
+
+This device driver was written using 2.6.4 Linux kernel APIs and will only
+build and run on kernels of this version or later.
+
+This driver was written to operate solely on IBM Power5 ppc64 hardware
+though some care was taken to abstract the architecture dependent firmware
+calls from the driver code.
+
+Sysfs must be mounted on the system so that the user can determine which
+major and minor numbers are associated with each vty-server.  Directions
+for sysfs mounting are outside the scope of this document.
+
+3. Build Options:
+=================
+
+The hvcs driver registers itself as a tty driver.  The tty layer
+dynamically allocates a block of major and minor numbers in a quantity
+requested by the registering driver.  The hvcs driver asks the tty layer
+for 64 of these major/minor numbers by default to use for hvcs device node
+entries.
+
+If the default number of device entries is adequate then this driver can be
+built into the kernel.  If not, the default can be over-ridden by inserting
+the driver as a module with insmod parameters.
+
+3.1 Built-in:
+-------------
+
+The following menuconfig example demonstrates selecting to build this
+driver into the kernel::
+
+	Device Drivers  --->
+		Character devices  --->
+			<*> IBM Hypervisor Virtual Console Server Support
+
+Begin the kernel make process.
+
+3.2 Module:
+-----------
+
+The following menuconfig example demonstrates selecting to build this
+driver as a kernel module::
+
+	Device Drivers  --->
+		Character devices  --->
+			<M> IBM Hypervisor Virtual Console Server Support
+
+The make process will build the following kernel modules:
+
+	- hvcs.ko
+	- hvcserver.ko
+
+To insert the module with the default allocation execute the following
+commands in the order they appear::
+
+	insmod hvcserver.ko
+	insmod hvcs.ko
+
+The hvcserver module contains architecture specific firmware calls and must
+be inserted first, otherwise the hvcs module will not find some of the
+symbols it expects.
+
+To override the default use an insmod parameter as follows (requesting 4
+tty devices as an example)::
+
+	insmod hvcs.ko hvcs_parm_num_devs=4
+
+There is a maximum number of dev entries that can be specified on insmod.
+We think that 1024 is currently a decent maximum number of server adapters
+to allow.  This can always be changed by modifying the constant in the
+source file before building.
+
+NOTE: The length of time it takes to insmod the driver seems to be related
+to the number of tty interfaces the registering driver requests.
+
+In order to remove the driver module execute the following command::
+
+	rmmod hvcs.ko
+
+The recommended method for installing hvcs as a module is to use depmod to
+build a current modules.dep file in /lib/modules/`uname -r` and then
+execute::
+
+	modprobe hvcs hvcs_parm_num_devs=4
+
+The modules.dep file indicates that hvcserver.ko needs to be inserted
+before hvcs.ko and modprobe uses this file to smartly insert the modules in
+the proper order.
+
+The following modprobe command is used to remove hvcs and hvcserver in the
+proper order::
+
+	modprobe -r hvcs
+
+4. Installation:
+================
+
+The tty layer creates sysfs entries which contain the major and minor
+numbers allocated for the hvcs driver.  The following snippet of "tree"
+output of the sysfs directory shows where these numbers are presented::
+
+	sys/
+	|-- *other sysfs base dirs*
+	|
+	|-- class
+	|   |-- *other classes of devices*
+	|   |
+	|   `-- tty
+	|       |-- *other tty devices*
+	|       |
+	|       |-- hvcs0
+	|       |   `-- dev
+	|       |-- hvcs1
+	|       |   `-- dev
+	|       |-- hvcs2
+	|       |   `-- dev
+	|       |-- hvcs3
+	|       |   `-- dev
+	|       |
+	|       |-- *other tty devices*
+	|
+	|-- *other sysfs base dirs*
+
+For the above examples the following output is a result of cat'ing the
+"dev" entry in the hvcs directory::
+
+	Pow5:/sys/class/tty/hvcs0/ # cat dev
+	254:0
+
+	Pow5:/sys/class/tty/hvcs1/ # cat dev
+	254:1
+
+	Pow5:/sys/class/tty/hvcs2/ # cat dev
+	254:2
+
+	Pow5:/sys/class/tty/hvcs3/ # cat dev
+	254:3
+
+The output from reading the "dev" attribute is the char device major and
+minor numbers that the tty layer has allocated for this driver's use.  Most
+systems running hvcs will already have the device entries created or udev
+will do it automatically.
+
+Given the example output above, to manually create a /dev/hvcs* node entry
+mknod can be used as follows::
+
+	mknod /dev/hvcs0 c 254 0
+	mknod /dev/hvcs1 c 254 1
+	mknod /dev/hvcs2 c 254 2
+	mknod /dev/hvcs3 c 254 3
+
+Using mknod to manually create the device entries makes these device nodes
+persistent.  Once created they will exist prior to the driver insmod.
+
+Attempting to connect an application to /dev/hvcs* prior to insertion of
+the hvcs module will result in an error message similar to the following::
+
+	"/dev/hvcs*: No such device".
+
+NOTE: Just because there is a device node present doesn't mean that there
+is a vty-server device configured for that node.
+
+5. Connection
+=============
+
+Since this driver controls devices that provide a tty interface a user can
+interact with the device node entries using any standard tty-interactive
+method (e.g. "cat", "dd", "echo").  The intent of this driver however, is
+to provide real time console interaction with a Linux partition's console,
+which requires the use of applications that provide bi-directional,
+interactive I/O with a tty device.
+
+Applications (e.g. "minicom" and "screen") that act as terminal emulators
+or perform terminal type control sequence conversion on the data being
+passed through them are NOT acceptable for providing interactive console
+I/O.  These programs often emulate antiquated terminal types (vt100 and
+ANSI) and expect inbound data to take the form of one of these supported
+terminal types but they either do not convert, or do not _adequately_
+convert, outbound data into the terminal type of the terminal which invoked
+them (though screen makes an attempt and can apparently be configured with
+much termcap wrestling.)
+
+For this reason kermit and cu are two of the recommended applications for
+interacting with a Linux console via an hvcs device.  These programs simply
+act as a conduit for data transfer to and from the tty device.  They do not
+require inbound data to take the form of a particular terminal type, nor do
+they cook outbound data to a particular terminal type.
+
+In order to ensure proper functioning of console applications one must make
+sure that once connected to a /dev/hvcs console that the console's $TERM
+env variable is set to the exact terminal type of the terminal emulator
+used to launch the interactive I/O application.  If one is using xterm and
+kermit to connect to /dev/hvcs0 when the console prompt becomes available
+one should "export TERM=xterm" on the console.  This tells ncurses
+applications that are invoked from the console that they should output
+control sequences that xterm can understand.
+
+As a precautionary measure an hvcs user should always "exit" from their
+session before disconnecting an application such as kermit from the device
+node.  If this is not done, the next user to connect to the console will
+continue using the previous user's logged in session which includes
+using the $TERM variable that the previous user supplied.
+
+Hotplug add and remove of vty-server adapters affects which /dev/hvcs* node
+is used to connect to each vty-server adapter.  In order to determine which
+vty-server adapter is associated with which /dev/hvcs* node a special sysfs
+attribute has been added to each vty-server sysfs entry.  This entry is
+called "index" and showing it reveals an integer that refers to the
+/dev/hvcs* entry to use to connect to that device.  For instance cating the
+index attribute of vty-server adapter 30000004 shows the following::
+
+	Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # cat index
+	2
+
+This index of '2' means that in order to connect to vty-server adapter
+30000004 the user should interact with /dev/hvcs2.
+
+It should be noted that due to the system hotplug I/O capabilities of a
+system the /dev/hvcs* entry that interacts with a particular vty-server
+adapter is not guaranteed to remain the same across system reboots.  Look
+in the Q & A section for more on this issue.
+
+6. Disconnection
+================
+
+As a security feature to prevent the delivery of stale data to an
+unintended target the Power5 system firmware disables the fetching of data
+and discards that data when a connection between a vty-server and a vty has
+been severed.  As an example, when a vty-server is immediately disconnected
+from a vty following output of data to the vty the vty adapter may not have
+enough time between when it received the data interrupt and when the
+connection was severed to fetch the data from firmware before the fetch is
+disabled by firmware.
+
+When hvcs is being used to serve consoles this behavior is not a huge issue
+because the adapter stays connected for large amounts of time following
+almost all data writes.  When hvcs is being used as a tty conduit to tunnel
+data between two partitions [see Q & A below] this is a huge problem
+because the standard Linux behavior when cat'ing or dd'ing data to a device
+is to open the tty, send the data, and then close the tty.  If this driver
+manually terminated vty-server connections on tty close this would close
+the vty-server and vty connection before the target vty has had a chance to
+fetch the data.
+
+Additionally, disconnecting a vty-server and vty only on module removal or
+adapter removal is impractical because other vty-servers in other
+partitions may require the usage of the target vty at any time.
+
+Due to this behavioral restriction disconnection of vty-servers from the
+connected vty is a manual procedure using a write to a sysfs attribute
+outlined below, on the other hand the initial vty-server connection to a
+vty is established automatically by this driver.  Manual vty-server
+connection is never required.
+
+In order to terminate the connection between a vty-server and vty the
+"vterm_state" sysfs attribute within each vty-server's sysfs entry is used.
+Reading this attribute reveals the current connection state of the
+vty-server adapter.  A zero means that the vty-server is not connected to a
+vty.  A one indicates that a connection is active.
+
+Writing a '0' (zero) to the vterm_state attribute will disconnect the VTERM
+connection between the vty-server and target vty ONLY if the vterm_state
+previously read '1'.  The write directive is ignored if the vterm_state
+read '0' or if any value other than '0' was written to the vterm_state
+attribute.  The following example will show the method used for verifying
+the vty-server connection status and disconnecting a vty-server connection::
+
+	Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # cat vterm_state
+	1
+
+	Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # echo 0 > vterm_state
+
+	Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # cat vterm_state
+	0
+
+All vty-server connections are automatically terminated when the device is
+hotplug removed and when the module is removed.
+
+7. Configuration
+================
+
+Each vty-server has a sysfs entry in the /sys/devices/vio directory, which
+is symlinked in several other sysfs tree directories, notably under the
+hvcs driver entry, which looks like the following example::
+
+	Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs # ls
+	.  ..  30000003  30000004  rescan
+
+By design, firmware notifies the hvcs driver of vty-server lifetimes and
+partner vty removals but not the addition of partner vtys.  Since an HMC
+Super Admin can add partner info dynamically we have provided the hvcs
+driver sysfs directory with the "rescan" update attribute which will query
+firmware and update the partner info for all the vty-servers that this
+driver manages.  Writing a '1' to the attribute triggers the update.  An
+explicit example follows:
+
+	Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs # echo 1 > rescan
+
+Reading the attribute will indicate a state of '1' or '0'.  A one indicates
+that an update is in process.  A zero indicates that an update has
+completed or was never executed.
+
+Vty-server entries in this directory are a 32 bit partition unique unit
+address that is created by firmware.  An example vty-server sysfs entry
+looks like the following::
+
+	Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # ls
+	.   current_vty   devspec       name          partner_vtys
+	..  index         partner_clcs  vterm_state
+
+Each entry is provided, by default with a "name" attribute.  Reading the
+"name" attribute will reveal the device type as shown in the following
+example::
+
+	Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000003 # cat name
+	vty-server
+
+Each entry is also provided, by default, with a "devspec" attribute which
+reveals the full device specification when read, as shown in the following
+example::
+
+	Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # cat devspec
+	/vdevice/vty-server@30000004
+
+Each vty-server sysfs dir is provided with two read-only attributes that
+provide lists of easily parsed partner vty data: "partner_vtys" and
+"partner_clcs"::
+
+	Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # cat partner_vtys
+	30000000
+	30000001
+	30000002
+	30000000
+	30000000
+
+	Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # cat partner_clcs
+	U5112.428.103048A-V3-C0
+	U5112.428.103048A-V3-C2
+	U5112.428.103048A-V3-C3
+	U5112.428.103048A-V4-C0
+	U5112.428.103048A-V5-C0
+
+Reading partner_vtys returns a list of partner vtys.  Vty unit address
+numbering is only per-partition-unique so entries will frequently repeat.
+
+Reading partner_clcs returns a list of "converged location codes" which are
+composed of a system serial number followed by "-V*", where the '*' is the
+target partition number, and "-C*", where the '*' is the slot of the
+adapter.  The first vty partner corresponds to the first clc item, the
+second vty partner to the second clc item, etc.
+
+A vty-server can only be connected to a single vty at a time.  The entry,
+"current_vty" prints the clc of the currently selected partner vty when
+read.
+
+The current_vty can be changed by writing a valid partner clc to the entry
+as in the following example::
+
+	Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # echo U5112.428.10304
+	8A-V4-C0 > current_vty
+
+Changing the current_vty when a vty-server is already connected to a vty
+does not affect the current connection.  The change takes effect when the
+currently open connection is freed.
+
+Information on the "vterm_state" attribute was covered earlier on the
+chapter entitled "disconnection".
+
+8. Questions & Answers:
+=======================
+
+Q: What are the security concerns involving hvcs?
+
+A: There are three main security concerns:
+
+	1. The creator of the /dev/hvcs* nodes has the ability to restrict
+	the access of the device entries to certain users or groups.  It
+	may be best to create a special hvcs group privilege for providing
+	access to system consoles.
+
+	2. To provide network security when grabbing the console it is
+	suggested that the user connect to the console hosting partition
+	using a secure method, such as SSH or sit at a hardware console.
+
+	3. Make sure to exit the user session when done with a console or
+	the next vty-server connection (which may be from another
+	partition) will experience the previously logged in session.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q: How do I multiplex a console that I grab through hvcs so that other
+people can see it:
+
+A: You can use "screen" to directly connect to the /dev/hvcs* device and
+setup a session on your machine with the console group privileges.  As
+pointed out earlier by default screen doesn't provide the termcap settings
+for most terminal emulators to provide adequate character conversion from
+term type "screen" to others.  This means that curses based programs may
+not display properly in screen sessions.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q: Why are the colors all messed up?
+Q: Why are the control characters acting strange or not working?
+Q: Why is the console output all strange and unintelligible?
+
+A: Please see the preceding section on "Connection" for a discussion of how
+applications can affect the display of character control sequences.
+Additionally, just because you logged into the console using and xterm
+doesn't mean someone else didn't log into the console with the HMC console
+(vt320) before you and leave the session logged in.  The best thing to do
+is to export TERM to the terminal type of your terminal emulator when you
+get the console.  Additionally make sure to "exit" the console before you
+disconnect from the console.  This will ensure that the next user gets
+their own TERM type set when they login.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q: When I try to CONNECT kermit to an hvcs device I get:
+"Sorry, can't open connection: /dev/hvcs*"What is happening?
+
+A: Some other Power5 console mechanism has a connection to the vty and
+isn't giving it up.  You can try to force disconnect the consoles from the
+HMC by right clicking on the partition and then selecting "close terminal".
+Otherwise you have to hunt down the people who have console authority.  It
+is possible that you already have the console open using another kermit
+session and just forgot about it.  Please review the console options for
+Power5 systems to determine the many ways a system console can be held.
+
+OR
+
+A: Another user may not have a connectivity method currently attached to a
+/dev/hvcs device but the vterm_state may reveal that they still have the
+vty-server connection established.  They need to free this using the method
+outlined in the section on "Disconnection" in order for others to connect
+to the target vty.
+
+OR
+
+A: The user profile you are using to execute kermit probably doesn't have
+permissions to use the /dev/hvcs* device.
+
+OR
+
+A: You probably haven't inserted the hvcs.ko module yet but the /dev/hvcs*
+entry still exists (on systems without udev).
+
+OR
+
+A: There is not a corresponding vty-server device that maps to an existing
+/dev/hvcs* entry.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q: When I try to CONNECT kermit to an hvcs device I get:
+"Sorry, write access to UUCP lockfile directory denied."
+
+A: The /dev/hvcs* entry you have specified doesn't exist where you said it
+does?  Maybe you haven't inserted the module (on systems with udev).
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q: If I already have one Linux partition installed can I use hvcs on said
+partition to provide the console for the install of a second Linux
+partition?
+
+A: Yes granted that your are connected to the /dev/hvcs* device using
+kermit or cu or some other program that doesn't provide terminal emulation.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q: Can I connect to more than one partition's console at a time using this
+driver?
+
+A: Yes.  Of course this means that there must be more than one vty-server
+configured for this partition and each must point to a disconnected vty.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q: Does the hvcs driver support dynamic (hotplug) addition of devices?
+
+A: Yes, if you have dlpar and hotplug enabled for your system and it has
+been built into the kernel the hvcs drivers is configured to dynamically
+handle additions of new devices and removals of unused devices.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q: For some reason /dev/hvcs* doesn't map to the same vty-server adapter
+after a reboot.  What happened?
+
+A: Assignment of vty-server adapters to /dev/hvcs* entries is always done
+in the order that the adapters are exposed.  Due to hotplug capabilities of
+this driver assignment of hotplug added vty-servers may be in a different
+order than how they would be exposed on module load.  Rebooting or
+reloading the module after dynamic addition may result in the /dev/hvcs*
+and vty-server coupling changing if a vty-server adapter was added in a
+slot between two other vty-server adapters.  Refer to the section above
+on how to determine which vty-server goes with which /dev/hvcs* node.
+Hint; look at the sysfs "index" attribute for the vty-server.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q: Can I use /dev/hvcs* as a conduit to another partition and use a tty
+device on that partition as the other end of the pipe?
+
+A: Yes, on Power5 platforms the hvc_console driver provides a tty interface
+for extra /dev/hvc* devices (where /dev/hvc0 is most likely the console).
+In order to get a tty conduit working between the two partitions the HMC
+Super Admin must create an additional "serial server" for the target
+partition with the HMC gui which will show up as /dev/hvc* when the target
+partition is rebooted.
+
+The HMC Super Admin then creates an additional "serial client" for the
+current partition and points this at the target partition's newly created
+"serial server" adapter (remember the slot).  This shows up as an
+additional /dev/hvcs* device.
+
+Now a program on the target system can be configured to read or write to
+/dev/hvc* and another program on the current partition can be configured to
+read or write to /dev/hvcs*.  Now you have a tty conduit between two
+partitions.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+9. Reporting Bugs:
+==================
+
+The proper channel for reporting bugs is either through the Linux OS
+distribution company that provided your OS or by posting issues to the
+PowerPC development mailing list at:
+
+linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+
+This request is to provide a documented and searchable public exchange
+of the problems and solutions surrounding this driver for the benefit of
+all users.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index a730ca5..0000000
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,567 +0,0 @@
-===========================================================================
-				   HVCS
-	IBM "Hypervisor Virtual Console Server" Installation Guide
-			  for Linux Kernel 2.6.4+
-		    Copyright (C) 2004 IBM Corporation
-
-===========================================================================
-NOTE:Eight space tabs are the optimum editor setting for reading this file.
-===========================================================================
-
-	       Author(s) :  Ryan S. Arnold <rsa@us.ibm.com>
-		       Date Created: March, 02, 2004
-		       Last Changed: August, 24, 2004
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Table of contents:
-
-	1.  Driver Introduction:
-	2.  System Requirements
-	3.  Build Options:
-		3.1  Built-in:
-		3.2  Module:
-	4.  Installation:
-	5.  Connection:
-	6.  Disconnection:
-	7.  Configuration:
-	8.  Questions & Answers:
-	9.  Reporting Bugs:
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-1. Driver Introduction:
-
-This is the device driver for the IBM Hypervisor Virtual Console Server,
-"hvcs".  The IBM hvcs provides a tty driver interface to allow Linux user
-space applications access to the system consoles of logically partitioned
-operating systems (Linux and AIX) running on the same partitioned Power5
-ppc64 system.  Physical hardware consoles per partition are not practical
-on this hardware so system consoles are accessed by this driver using
-firmware interfaces to virtual terminal devices.
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-2. System Requirements:
-
-This device driver was written using 2.6.4 Linux kernel APIs and will only
-build and run on kernels of this version or later.
-
-This driver was written to operate solely on IBM Power5 ppc64 hardware
-though some care was taken to abstract the architecture dependent firmware
-calls from the driver code.
-
-Sysfs must be mounted on the system so that the user can determine which
-major and minor numbers are associated with each vty-server.  Directions
-for sysfs mounting are outside the scope of this document.
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-3. Build Options:
-
-The hvcs driver registers itself as a tty driver.  The tty layer
-dynamically allocates a block of major and minor numbers in a quantity
-requested by the registering driver.  The hvcs driver asks the tty layer
-for 64 of these major/minor numbers by default to use for hvcs device node
-entries.
-
-If the default number of device entries is adequate then this driver can be
-built into the kernel.  If not, the default can be over-ridden by inserting
-the driver as a module with insmod parameters.
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-3.1 Built-in:
-
-The following menuconfig example demonstrates selecting to build this
-driver into the kernel.
-
-	Device Drivers  --->
-		Character devices  --->
-			<*> IBM Hypervisor Virtual Console Server Support
-
-Begin the kernel make process.
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-3.2 Module:
-
-The following menuconfig example demonstrates selecting to build this
-driver as a kernel module.
-
-	Device Drivers  --->
-		Character devices  --->
-			<M> IBM Hypervisor Virtual Console Server Support
-
-The make process will build the following kernel modules:
-
-	hvcs.ko
-	hvcserver.ko
-
-To insert the module with the default allocation execute the following
-commands in the order they appear:
-
-	insmod hvcserver.ko
-	insmod hvcs.ko
-
-The hvcserver module contains architecture specific firmware calls and must
-be inserted first, otherwise the hvcs module will not find some of the
-symbols it expects.
-
-To override the default use an insmod parameter as follows (requesting 4
-tty devices as an example):
-
-	insmod hvcs.ko hvcs_parm_num_devs=4
-
-There is a maximum number of dev entries that can be specified on insmod.
-We think that 1024 is currently a decent maximum number of server adapters
-to allow.  This can always be changed by modifying the constant in the
-source file before building.
-
-NOTE: The length of time it takes to insmod the driver seems to be related
-to the number of tty interfaces the registering driver requests.
-
-In order to remove the driver module execute the following command:
-
-	rmmod hvcs.ko
-
-The recommended method for installing hvcs as a module is to use depmod to
-build a current modules.dep file in /lib/modules/`uname -r` and then
-execute:
-
-modprobe hvcs hvcs_parm_num_devs=4
-
-The modules.dep file indicates that hvcserver.ko needs to be inserted
-before hvcs.ko and modprobe uses this file to smartly insert the modules in
-the proper order.
-
-The following modprobe command is used to remove hvcs and hvcserver in the
-proper order:
-
-modprobe -r hvcs
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-4. Installation:
-
-The tty layer creates sysfs entries which contain the major and minor
-numbers allocated for the hvcs driver.  The following snippet of "tree"
-output of the sysfs directory shows where these numbers are presented:
-
-	sys/
-	|-- *other sysfs base dirs*
-	|
-	|-- class
-	|   |-- *other classes of devices*
-	|   |
-	|   `-- tty
-	|       |-- *other tty devices*
-	|       |
-	|       |-- hvcs0
-	|       |   `-- dev
-	|       |-- hvcs1
-	|       |   `-- dev
-	|       |-- hvcs2
-	|       |   `-- dev
-	|       |-- hvcs3
-	|       |   `-- dev
-	|       |
-	|       |-- *other tty devices*
-	|
-	|-- *other sysfs base dirs*
-
-For the above examples the following output is a result of cat'ing the
-"dev" entry in the hvcs directory:
-
-	Pow5:/sys/class/tty/hvcs0/ # cat dev
-	254:0
-
-	Pow5:/sys/class/tty/hvcs1/ # cat dev
-	254:1
-
-	Pow5:/sys/class/tty/hvcs2/ # cat dev
-	254:2
-
-	Pow5:/sys/class/tty/hvcs3/ # cat dev
-	254:3
-
-The output from reading the "dev" attribute is the char device major and
-minor numbers that the tty layer has allocated for this driver's use.  Most
-systems running hvcs will already have the device entries created or udev
-will do it automatically.
-
-Given the example output above, to manually create a /dev/hvcs* node entry
-mknod can be used as follows:
-
-	mknod /dev/hvcs0 c 254 0
-	mknod /dev/hvcs1 c 254 1
-	mknod /dev/hvcs2 c 254 2
-	mknod /dev/hvcs3 c 254 3
-
-Using mknod to manually create the device entries makes these device nodes
-persistent.  Once created they will exist prior to the driver insmod.
-
-Attempting to connect an application to /dev/hvcs* prior to insertion of
-the hvcs module will result in an error message similar to the following:
-
-	"/dev/hvcs*: No such device".
-
-NOTE: Just because there is a device node present doesn't mean that there
-is a vty-server device configured for that node.
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-5. Connection
-
-Since this driver controls devices that provide a tty interface a user can
-interact with the device node entries using any standard tty-interactive
-method (e.g. "cat", "dd", "echo").  The intent of this driver however, is
-to provide real time console interaction with a Linux partition's console,
-which requires the use of applications that provide bi-directional,
-interactive I/O with a tty device.
-
-Applications (e.g. "minicom" and "screen") that act as terminal emulators
-or perform terminal type control sequence conversion on the data being
-passed through them are NOT acceptable for providing interactive console
-I/O.  These programs often emulate antiquated terminal types (vt100 and
-ANSI) and expect inbound data to take the form of one of these supported
-terminal types but they either do not convert, or do not _adequately_
-convert, outbound data into the terminal type of the terminal which invoked
-them (though screen makes an attempt and can apparently be configured with
-much termcap wrestling.)
-
-For this reason kermit and cu are two of the recommended applications for
-interacting with a Linux console via an hvcs device.  These programs simply
-act as a conduit for data transfer to and from the tty device.  They do not
-require inbound data to take the form of a particular terminal type, nor do
-they cook outbound data to a particular terminal type.
-
-In order to ensure proper functioning of console applications one must make
-sure that once connected to a /dev/hvcs console that the console's $TERM
-env variable is set to the exact terminal type of the terminal emulator
-used to launch the interactive I/O application.  If one is using xterm and
-kermit to connect to /dev/hvcs0 when the console prompt becomes available
-one should "export TERM=xterm" on the console.  This tells ncurses
-applications that are invoked from the console that they should output
-control sequences that xterm can understand.
-
-As a precautionary measure an hvcs user should always "exit" from their
-session before disconnecting an application such as kermit from the device
-node.  If this is not done, the next user to connect to the console will
-continue using the previous user's logged in session which includes
-using the $TERM variable that the previous user supplied.
-
-Hotplug add and remove of vty-server adapters affects which /dev/hvcs* node
-is used to connect to each vty-server adapter.  In order to determine which
-vty-server adapter is associated with which /dev/hvcs* node a special sysfs
-attribute has been added to each vty-server sysfs entry.  This entry is
-called "index" and showing it reveals an integer that refers to the
-/dev/hvcs* entry to use to connect to that device.  For instance cating the
-index attribute of vty-server adapter 30000004 shows the following.
-
-	Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # cat index
-	2
-
-This index of '2' means that in order to connect to vty-server adapter
-30000004 the user should interact with /dev/hvcs2.
-
-It should be noted that due to the system hotplug I/O capabilities of a
-system the /dev/hvcs* entry that interacts with a particular vty-server
-adapter is not guaranteed to remain the same across system reboots.  Look
-in the Q & A section for more on this issue.
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-6. Disconnection
-
-As a security feature to prevent the delivery of stale data to an
-unintended target the Power5 system firmware disables the fetching of data
-and discards that data when a connection between a vty-server and a vty has
-been severed.  As an example, when a vty-server is immediately disconnected
-from a vty following output of data to the vty the vty adapter may not have
-enough time between when it received the data interrupt and when the
-connection was severed to fetch the data from firmware before the fetch is
-disabled by firmware.
-
-When hvcs is being used to serve consoles this behavior is not a huge issue
-because the adapter stays connected for large amounts of time following
-almost all data writes.  When hvcs is being used as a tty conduit to tunnel
-data between two partitions [see Q & A below] this is a huge problem
-because the standard Linux behavior when cat'ing or dd'ing data to a device
-is to open the tty, send the data, and then close the tty.  If this driver
-manually terminated vty-server connections on tty close this would close
-the vty-server and vty connection before the target vty has had a chance to
-fetch the data.
-
-Additionally, disconnecting a vty-server and vty only on module removal or
-adapter removal is impractical because other vty-servers in other
-partitions may require the usage of the target vty at any time.
-
-Due to this behavioral restriction disconnection of vty-servers from the
-connected vty is a manual procedure using a write to a sysfs attribute
-outlined below, on the other hand the initial vty-server connection to a
-vty is established automatically by this driver.  Manual vty-server
-connection is never required.
-
-In order to terminate the connection between a vty-server and vty the
-"vterm_state" sysfs attribute within each vty-server's sysfs entry is used.
-Reading this attribute reveals the current connection state of the
-vty-server adapter.  A zero means that the vty-server is not connected to a
-vty.  A one indicates that a connection is active.
-
-Writing a '0' (zero) to the vterm_state attribute will disconnect the VTERM
-connection between the vty-server and target vty ONLY if the vterm_state
-previously read '1'.  The write directive is ignored if the vterm_state
-read '0' or if any value other than '0' was written to the vterm_state
-attribute.  The following example will show the method used for verifying
-the vty-server connection status and disconnecting a vty-server connection.
-
-	Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # cat vterm_state
-	1
-
-	Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # echo 0 > vterm_state
-
-	Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # cat vterm_state
-	0
-
-All vty-server connections are automatically terminated when the device is
-hotplug removed and when the module is removed.
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-7. Configuration
-
-Each vty-server has a sysfs entry in the /sys/devices/vio directory, which
-is symlinked in several other sysfs tree directories, notably under the
-hvcs driver entry, which looks like the following example:
-
-	Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs # ls
-	.  ..  30000003  30000004  rescan
-
-By design, firmware notifies the hvcs driver of vty-server lifetimes and
-partner vty removals but not the addition of partner vtys.  Since an HMC
-Super Admin can add partner info dynamically we have provided the hvcs
-driver sysfs directory with the "rescan" update attribute which will query
-firmware and update the partner info for all the vty-servers that this
-driver manages.  Writing a '1' to the attribute triggers the update.  An
-explicit example follows:
-
-	Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs # echo 1 > rescan
-
-Reading the attribute will indicate a state of '1' or '0'.  A one indicates
-that an update is in process.  A zero indicates that an update has
-completed or was never executed.
-
-Vty-server entries in this directory are a 32 bit partition unique unit
-address that is created by firmware.  An example vty-server sysfs entry
-looks like the following:
-
-	Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # ls
-	.   current_vty   devspec       name          partner_vtys
-	..  index         partner_clcs  vterm_state
-
-Each entry is provided, by default with a "name" attribute.  Reading the
-"name" attribute will reveal the device type as shown in the following
-example:
-
-	Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000003 # cat name
-	vty-server
-
-Each entry is also provided, by default, with a "devspec" attribute which
-reveals the full device specification when read, as shown in the following
-example:
-
-	Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # cat devspec
-	/vdevice/vty-server@30000004
-
-Each vty-server sysfs dir is provided with two read-only attributes that
-provide lists of easily parsed partner vty data: "partner_vtys" and
-"partner_clcs".
-
-	Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # cat partner_vtys
-	30000000
-	30000001
-	30000002
-	30000000
-	30000000
-
-	Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # cat partner_clcs
-	U5112.428.103048A-V3-C0
-	U5112.428.103048A-V3-C2
-	U5112.428.103048A-V3-C3
-	U5112.428.103048A-V4-C0
-	U5112.428.103048A-V5-C0
-
-Reading partner_vtys returns a list of partner vtys.  Vty unit address
-numbering is only per-partition-unique so entries will frequently repeat.
-
-Reading partner_clcs returns a list of "converged location codes" which are
-composed of a system serial number followed by "-V*", where the '*' is the
-target partition number, and "-C*", where the '*' is the slot of the
-adapter.  The first vty partner corresponds to the first clc item, the
-second vty partner to the second clc item, etc.
-
-A vty-server can only be connected to a single vty at a time.  The entry,
-"current_vty" prints the clc of the currently selected partner vty when
-read.
-
-The current_vty can be changed by writing a valid partner clc to the entry
-as in the following example:
-
-	Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # echo U5112.428.10304
-	8A-V4-C0 > current_vty
-
-Changing the current_vty when a vty-server is already connected to a vty
-does not affect the current connection.  The change takes effect when the
-currently open connection is freed.
-
-Information on the "vterm_state" attribute was covered earlier on the
-chapter entitled "disconnection".
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-8. Questions & Answers:
-===========================================================================
-Q: What are the security concerns involving hvcs?
-
-A: There are three main security concerns:
-
-	1. The creator of the /dev/hvcs* nodes has the ability to restrict
-	the access of the device entries to certain users or groups.  It
-	may be best to create a special hvcs group privilege for providing
-	access to system consoles.
-
-	2. To provide network security when grabbing the console it is
-	suggested that the user connect to the console hosting partition
-	using a secure method, such as SSH or sit at a hardware console.
-
-	3. Make sure to exit the user session when done with a console or
-	the next vty-server connection (which may be from another
-	partition) will experience the previously logged in session.
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Q: How do I multiplex a console that I grab through hvcs so that other
-people can see it:
-
-A: You can use "screen" to directly connect to the /dev/hvcs* device and
-setup a session on your machine with the console group privileges.  As
-pointed out earlier by default screen doesn't provide the termcap settings
-for most terminal emulators to provide adequate character conversion from
-term type "screen" to others.  This means that curses based programs may
-not display properly in screen sessions.
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Q: Why are the colors all messed up?
-Q: Why are the control characters acting strange or not working?
-Q: Why is the console output all strange and unintelligible?
-
-A: Please see the preceding section on "Connection" for a discussion of how
-applications can affect the display of character control sequences.
-Additionally, just because you logged into the console using and xterm
-doesn't mean someone else didn't log into the console with the HMC console
-(vt320) before you and leave the session logged in.  The best thing to do
-is to export TERM to the terminal type of your terminal emulator when you
-get the console.  Additionally make sure to "exit" the console before you
-disconnect from the console.  This will ensure that the next user gets
-their own TERM type set when they login.
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Q: When I try to CONNECT kermit to an hvcs device I get:
-"Sorry, can't open connection: /dev/hvcs*"What is happening?
-
-A: Some other Power5 console mechanism has a connection to the vty and
-isn't giving it up.  You can try to force disconnect the consoles from the
-HMC by right clicking on the partition and then selecting "close terminal".
-Otherwise you have to hunt down the people who have console authority.  It
-is possible that you already have the console open using another kermit
-session and just forgot about it.  Please review the console options for
-Power5 systems to determine the many ways a system console can be held.
-
-OR
-
-A: Another user may not have a connectivity method currently attached to a
-/dev/hvcs device but the vterm_state may reveal that they still have the
-vty-server connection established.  They need to free this using the method
-outlined in the section on "Disconnection" in order for others to connect
-to the target vty.
-
-OR
-
-A: The user profile you are using to execute kermit probably doesn't have
-permissions to use the /dev/hvcs* device.
-
-OR
-
-A: You probably haven't inserted the hvcs.ko module yet but the /dev/hvcs*
-entry still exists (on systems without udev).
-
-OR
-
-A: There is not a corresponding vty-server device that maps to an existing
-/dev/hvcs* entry.
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Q: When I try to CONNECT kermit to an hvcs device I get:
-"Sorry, write access to UUCP lockfile directory denied."
-
-A: The /dev/hvcs* entry you have specified doesn't exist where you said it
-does?  Maybe you haven't inserted the module (on systems with udev).
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Q: If I already have one Linux partition installed can I use hvcs on said
-partition to provide the console for the install of a second Linux
-partition?
-
-A: Yes granted that your are connected to the /dev/hvcs* device using
-kermit or cu or some other program that doesn't provide terminal emulation.
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Q: Can I connect to more than one partition's console at a time using this
-driver?
-
-A: Yes.  Of course this means that there must be more than one vty-server
-configured for this partition and each must point to a disconnected vty.
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Q: Does the hvcs driver support dynamic (hotplug) addition of devices?
-
-A: Yes, if you have dlpar and hotplug enabled for your system and it has
-been built into the kernel the hvcs drivers is configured to dynamically
-handle additions of new devices and removals of unused devices.
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Q: For some reason /dev/hvcs* doesn't map to the same vty-server adapter
-after a reboot.  What happened?
-
-A: Assignment of vty-server adapters to /dev/hvcs* entries is always done
-in the order that the adapters are exposed.  Due to hotplug capabilities of
-this driver assignment of hotplug added vty-servers may be in a different
-order than how they would be exposed on module load.  Rebooting or
-reloading the module after dynamic addition may result in the /dev/hvcs*
-and vty-server coupling changing if a vty-server adapter was added in a
-slot between two other vty-server adapters.  Refer to the section above
-on how to determine which vty-server goes with which /dev/hvcs* node.
-Hint; look at the sysfs "index" attribute for the vty-server.
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Q: Can I use /dev/hvcs* as a conduit to another partition and use a tty
-device on that partition as the other end of the pipe?
-
-A: Yes, on Power5 platforms the hvc_console driver provides a tty interface
-for extra /dev/hvc* devices (where /dev/hvc0 is most likely the console).
-In order to get a tty conduit working between the two partitions the HMC
-Super Admin must create an additional "serial server" for the target
-partition with the HMC gui which will show up as /dev/hvc* when the target
-partition is rebooted.
-
-The HMC Super Admin then creates an additional "serial client" for the
-current partition and points this at the target partition's newly created
-"serial server" adapter (remember the slot).  This shows up as an
-additional /dev/hvcs* device.
-
-Now a program on the target system can be configured to read or write to
-/dev/hvc* and another program on the current partition can be configured to
-read or write to /dev/hvcs*.  Now you have a tty conduit between two
-partitions.
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-9. Reporting Bugs:
-
-The proper channel for reporting bugs is either through the Linux OS
-distribution company that provided your OS or by posting issues to the
-PowerPC development mailing list at:
-
-linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
-
-This request is to provide a documented and searchable public exchange
-of the problems and solutions surrounding this driver for the benefit of
-all users.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/index.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..549b1cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+=======
+powerpc
+=======
+
+.. toctree::
+    :maxdepth: 1
+
+    bootwrapper
+    cpu_families
+    cpu_features
+    cxl
+    cxlflash
+    dawr-power9
+    dscr
+    eeh-pci-error-recovery
+    firmware-assisted-dump
+    hvcs
+    isa-versions
+    mpc52xx
+    pci_iov_resource_on_powernv
+    pmu-ebb
+    ptrace
+    qe_firmware
+    syscall64-abi
+    transactional_memory
+
+.. only::  subproject and html
+
+   Indices
+   =======
+
+   * :ref:`genindex`
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/isa-versions.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/isa-versions.rst
index 66c2414..a363d8c 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/isa-versions.rst
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/isa-versions.rst
@@ -1,13 +1,12 @@
-:orphan:
-
+==========================
 CPU to ISA Version Mapping
 ==========================
 
 Mapping of some CPU versions to relevant ISA versions.
 
-========= ====================
+========= ====================================================================
 CPU       Architecture version
-========= ====================
+========= ====================================================================
 Power9    Power ISA v3.0B
 Power8    Power ISA v2.07
 Power7    Power ISA v2.06
@@ -24,7 +23,7 @@
           - PowerPC Virtual Environment Architecture Book II v2.01
           - PowerPC Operating Environment Architecture Book III v2.01
           - Plus Altivec/VMX ~= 2.03
-========= ====================
+========= ====================================================================
 
 
 Key Features
@@ -60,9 +59,9 @@
 PPC970     No
 ========== ====
 
-========== ====================
+========== ====================================
 CPU        Transactional Memory
-========== ====================
+========== ====================================
 Power9     Yes (* see transactional_memory.txt)
 Power8     Yes
 Power7     No
@@ -73,4 +72,4 @@
 Power5+    No
 Power5     No
 PPC970     No
-========== ====================
+========== ====================================
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/mpc52xx.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/mpc52xx.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8676ac6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/mpc52xx.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+=============================
+Linux 2.6.x on MPC52xx family
+=============================
+
+For the latest info, go to http://www.246tNt.com/mpc52xx/
+
+To compile/use :
+
+  - U-Boot::
+
+     # <edit Makefile to set ARCH=ppc & CROSS_COMPILE=... ( also EXTRAVERSION
+        if you wish to ).
+     # make lite5200_defconfig
+     # make uImage
+
+     then, on U-boot:
+     => tftpboot 200000 uImage
+     => tftpboot 400000 pRamdisk
+     => bootm 200000 400000
+
+  - DBug::
+
+     # <edit Makefile to set ARCH=ppc & CROSS_COMPILE=... ( also EXTRAVERSION
+        if you wish to ).
+     # make lite5200_defconfig
+     # cp your_initrd.gz arch/ppc/boot/images/ramdisk.image.gz
+     # make zImage.initrd
+     # make
+
+     then in DBug:
+     DBug> dn -i zImage.initrd.lite5200
+
+
+Some remarks:
+
+ - The port is named mpc52xxx, and config options are PPC_MPC52xx. The MGT5100
+   is not supported, and I'm not sure anyone is interesting in working on it
+   so. I didn't took 5xxx because there's apparently a lot of 5xxx that have
+   nothing to do with the MPC5200. I also included the 'MPC' for the same
+   reason.
+ - Of course, I inspired myself from the 2.4 port. If you think I forgot to
+   mention you/your company in the copyright of some code, I'll correct it
+   ASAP.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/mpc52xx.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/mpc52xx.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d540a3..0000000
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/mpc52xx.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-Linux 2.6.x on MPC52xx family
------------------------------
-
-For the latest info, go to http://www.246tNt.com/mpc52xx/
-
-To compile/use :
-
-  - U-Boot:
-     # <edit Makefile to set ARCH=ppc & CROSS_COMPILE=... ( also EXTRAVERSION
-        if you wish to ).
-     # make lite5200_defconfig
-     # make uImage
-
-     then, on U-boot:
-     => tftpboot 200000 uImage
-     => tftpboot 400000 pRamdisk
-     => bootm 200000 400000
-
-  - DBug:
-     # <edit Makefile to set ARCH=ppc & CROSS_COMPILE=... ( also EXTRAVERSION
-        if you wish to ).
-     # make lite5200_defconfig
-     # cp your_initrd.gz arch/ppc/boot/images/ramdisk.image.gz
-     # make zImage.initrd
-     # make
-
-     then in DBug:
-     DBug> dn -i zImage.initrd.lite5200
-
-
-Some remarks :
- - The port is named mpc52xxx, and config options are PPC_MPC52xx. The MGT5100
-   is not supported, and I'm not sure anyone is interesting in working on it
-   so. I didn't took 5xxx because there's apparently a lot of 5xxx that have
-   nothing to do with the MPC5200. I also included the 'MPC' for the same
-   reason.
- - Of course, I inspired myself from the 2.4 port. If you think I forgot to
-   mention you/your company in the copyright of some code, I'll correct it
-   ASAP.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/pci_iov_resource_on_powernv.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/pci_iov_resource_on_powernv.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5a5793
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/pci_iov_resource_on_powernv.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+===================================================
+PCI Express I/O Virtualization Resource on Powerenv
+===================================================
+
+Wei Yang <weiyang@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
+
+Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@au1.ibm.com>
+
+Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
+
+26 Aug 2014
+
+This document describes the requirement from hardware for PCI MMIO resource
+sizing and assignment on PowerKVM and how generic PCI code handles this
+requirement. The first two sections describe the concepts of Partitionable
+Endpoints and the implementation on P8 (IODA2). The next two sections talks
+about considerations on enabling SRIOV on IODA2.
+
+1. Introduction to Partitionable Endpoints
+==========================================
+
+A Partitionable Endpoint (PE) is a way to group the various resources
+associated with a device or a set of devices to provide isolation between
+partitions (i.e., filtering of DMA, MSIs etc.) and to provide a mechanism
+to freeze a device that is causing errors in order to limit the possibility
+of propagation of bad data.
+
+There is thus, in HW, a table of PE states that contains a pair of "frozen"
+state bits (one for MMIO and one for DMA, they get set together but can be
+cleared independently) for each PE.
+
+When a PE is frozen, all stores in any direction are dropped and all loads
+return all 1's value. MSIs are also blocked. There's a bit more state that
+captures things like the details of the error that caused the freeze etc., but
+that's not critical.
+
+The interesting part is how the various PCIe transactions (MMIO, DMA, ...)
+are matched to their corresponding PEs.
+
+The following section provides a rough description of what we have on P8
+(IODA2).  Keep in mind that this is all per PHB (PCI host bridge).  Each PHB
+is a completely separate HW entity that replicates the entire logic, so has
+its own set of PEs, etc.
+
+2. Implementation of Partitionable Endpoints on P8 (IODA2)
+==========================================================
+
+P8 supports up to 256 Partitionable Endpoints per PHB.
+
+  * Inbound
+
+    For DMA, MSIs and inbound PCIe error messages, we have a table (in
+    memory but accessed in HW by the chip) that provides a direct
+    correspondence between a PCIe RID (bus/dev/fn) with a PE number.
+    We call this the RTT.
+
+    - For DMA we then provide an entire address space for each PE that can
+      contain two "windows", depending on the value of PCI address bit 59.
+      Each window can be configured to be remapped via a "TCE table" (IOMMU
+      translation table), which has various configurable characteristics
+      not described here.
+
+    - For MSIs, we have two windows in the address space (one at the top of
+      the 32-bit space and one much higher) which, via a combination of the
+      address and MSI value, will result in one of the 2048 interrupts per
+      bridge being triggered.  There's a PE# in the interrupt controller
+      descriptor table as well which is compared with the PE# obtained from
+      the RTT to "authorize" the device to emit that specific interrupt.
+
+    - Error messages just use the RTT.
+
+  * Outbound.  That's where the tricky part is.
+
+    Like other PCI host bridges, the Power8 IODA2 PHB supports "windows"
+    from the CPU address space to the PCI address space.  There is one M32
+    window and sixteen M64 windows.  They have different characteristics.
+    First what they have in common: they forward a configurable portion of
+    the CPU address space to the PCIe bus and must be naturally aligned
+    power of two in size.  The rest is different:
+
+    - The M32 window:
+
+      * Is limited to 4GB in size.
+
+      * Drops the top bits of the address (above the size) and replaces
+	them with a configurable value.  This is typically used to generate
+	32-bit PCIe accesses.  We configure that window at boot from FW and
+	don't touch it from Linux; it's usually set to forward a 2GB
+	portion of address space from the CPU to PCIe
+	0x8000_0000..0xffff_ffff.  (Note: The top 64KB are actually
+	reserved for MSIs but this is not a problem at this point; we just
+	need to ensure Linux doesn't assign anything there, the M32 logic
+	ignores that however and will forward in that space if we try).
+
+      * It is divided into 256 segments of equal size.  A table in the chip
+	maps each segment to a PE#.  That allows portions of the MMIO space
+	to be assigned to PEs on a segment granularity.  For a 2GB window,
+	the segment granularity is 2GB/256 = 8MB.
+
+    Now, this is the "main" window we use in Linux today (excluding
+    SR-IOV).  We basically use the trick of forcing the bridge MMIO windows
+    onto a segment alignment/granularity so that the space behind a bridge
+    can be assigned to a PE.
+
+    Ideally we would like to be able to have individual functions in PEs
+    but that would mean using a completely different address allocation
+    scheme where individual function BARs can be "grouped" to fit in one or
+    more segments.
+
+    - The M64 windows:
+
+      * Must be at least 256MB in size.
+
+      * Do not translate addresses (the address on PCIe is the same as the
+	address on the PowerBus).  There is a way to also set the top 14
+	bits which are not conveyed by PowerBus but we don't use this.
+
+      * Can be configured to be segmented.  When not segmented, we can
+	specify the PE# for the entire window.  When segmented, a window
+	has 256 segments; however, there is no table for mapping a segment
+	to a PE#.  The segment number *is* the PE#.
+
+      * Support overlaps.  If an address is covered by multiple windows,
+	there's a defined ordering for which window applies.
+
+    We have code (fairly new compared to the M32 stuff) that exploits that
+    for large BARs in 64-bit space:
+
+    We configure an M64 window to cover the entire region of address space
+    that has been assigned by FW for the PHB (about 64GB, ignore the space
+    for the M32, it comes out of a different "reserve").  We configure it
+    as segmented.
+
+    Then we do the same thing as with M32, using the bridge alignment
+    trick, to match to those giant segments.
+
+    Since we cannot remap, we have two additional constraints:
+
+    - We do the PE# allocation *after* the 64-bit space has been assigned
+      because the addresses we use directly determine the PE#.  We then
+      update the M32 PE# for the devices that use both 32-bit and 64-bit
+      spaces or assign the remaining PE# to 32-bit only devices.
+
+    - We cannot "group" segments in HW, so if a device ends up using more
+      than one segment, we end up with more than one PE#.  There is a HW
+      mechanism to make the freeze state cascade to "companion" PEs but
+      that only works for PCIe error messages (typically used so that if
+      you freeze a switch, it freezes all its children).  So we do it in
+      SW.  We lose a bit of effectiveness of EEH in that case, but that's
+      the best we found.  So when any of the PEs freezes, we freeze the
+      other ones for that "domain".  We thus introduce the concept of
+      "master PE" which is the one used for DMA, MSIs, etc., and "secondary
+      PEs" that are used for the remaining M64 segments.
+
+    We would like to investigate using additional M64 windows in "single
+    PE" mode to overlay over specific BARs to work around some of that, for
+    example for devices with very large BARs, e.g., GPUs.  It would make
+    sense, but we haven't done it yet.
+
+3. Considerations for SR-IOV on PowerKVM
+========================================
+
+  * SR-IOV Background
+
+    The PCIe SR-IOV feature allows a single Physical Function (PF) to
+    support several Virtual Functions (VFs).  Registers in the PF's SR-IOV
+    Capability control the number of VFs and whether they are enabled.
+
+    When VFs are enabled, they appear in Configuration Space like normal
+    PCI devices, but the BARs in VF config space headers are unusual.  For
+    a non-VF device, software uses BARs in the config space header to
+    discover the BAR sizes and assign addresses for them.  For VF devices,
+    software uses VF BAR registers in the *PF* SR-IOV Capability to
+    discover sizes and assign addresses.  The BARs in the VF's config space
+    header are read-only zeros.
+
+    When a VF BAR in the PF SR-IOV Capability is programmed, it sets the
+    base address for all the corresponding VF(n) BARs.  For example, if the
+    PF SR-IOV Capability is programmed to enable eight VFs, and it has a
+    1MB VF BAR0, the address in that VF BAR sets the base of an 8MB region.
+    This region is divided into eight contiguous 1MB regions, each of which
+    is a BAR0 for one of the VFs.  Note that even though the VF BAR
+    describes an 8MB region, the alignment requirement is for a single VF,
+    i.e., 1MB in this example.
+
+  There are several strategies for isolating VFs in PEs:
+
+  - M32 window: There's one M32 window, and it is split into 256
+    equally-sized segments.  The finest granularity possible is a 256MB
+    window with 1MB segments.  VF BARs that are 1MB or larger could be
+    mapped to separate PEs in this window.  Each segment can be
+    individually mapped to a PE via the lookup table, so this is quite
+    flexible, but it works best when all the VF BARs are the same size.  If
+    they are different sizes, the entire window has to be small enough that
+    the segment size matches the smallest VF BAR, which means larger VF
+    BARs span several segments.
+
+  - Non-segmented M64 window: A non-segmented M64 window is mapped entirely
+    to a single PE, so it could only isolate one VF.
+
+  - Single segmented M64 windows: A segmented M64 window could be used just
+    like the M32 window, but the segments can't be individually mapped to
+    PEs (the segment number is the PE#), so there isn't as much
+    flexibility.  A VF with multiple BARs would have to be in a "domain" of
+    multiple PEs, which is not as well isolated as a single PE.
+
+  - Multiple segmented M64 windows: As usual, each window is split into 256
+    equally-sized segments, and the segment number is the PE#.  But if we
+    use several M64 windows, they can be set to different base addresses
+    and different segment sizes.  If we have VFs that each have a 1MB BAR
+    and a 32MB BAR, we could use one M64 window to assign 1MB segments and
+    another M64 window to assign 32MB segments.
+
+  Finally, the plan to use M64 windows for SR-IOV, which will be described
+  more in the next two sections.  For a given VF BAR, we need to
+  effectively reserve the entire 256 segments (256 * VF BAR size) and
+  position the VF BAR to start at the beginning of a free range of
+  segments/PEs inside that M64 window.
+
+  The goal is of course to be able to give a separate PE for each VF.
+
+  The IODA2 platform has 16 M64 windows, which are used to map MMIO
+  range to PE#.  Each M64 window defines one MMIO range and this range is
+  divided into 256 segments, with each segment corresponding to one PE.
+
+  We decide to leverage this M64 window to map VFs to individual PEs, since
+  SR-IOV VF BARs are all the same size.
+
+  But doing so introduces another problem: total_VFs is usually smaller
+  than the number of M64 window segments, so if we map one VF BAR directly
+  to one M64 window, some part of the M64 window will map to another
+  device's MMIO range.
+
+  IODA supports 256 PEs, so segmented windows contain 256 segments, so if
+  total_VFs is less than 256, we have the situation in Figure 1.0, where
+  segments [total_VFs, 255] of the M64 window may map to some MMIO range on
+  other devices::
+
+     0      1                     total_VFs - 1
+     +------+------+-     -+------+------+
+     |      |      |  ...  |      |      |
+     +------+------+-     -+------+------+
+
+                           VF(n) BAR space
+
+     0      1                     total_VFs - 1                255
+     +------+------+-     -+------+------+-      -+------+------+
+     |      |      |  ...  |      |      |   ...  |      |      |
+     +------+------+-     -+------+------+-      -+------+------+
+
+                           M64 window
+
+		Figure 1.0 Direct map VF(n) BAR space
+
+  Our current solution is to allocate 256 segments even if the VF(n) BAR
+  space doesn't need that much, as shown in Figure 1.1::
+
+     0      1                     total_VFs - 1                255
+     +------+------+-     -+------+------+-      -+------+------+
+     |      |      |  ...  |      |      |   ...  |      |      |
+     +------+------+-     -+------+------+-      -+------+------+
+
+                           VF(n) BAR space + extra
+
+     0      1                     total_VFs - 1                255
+     +------+------+-     -+------+------+-      -+------+------+
+     |      |      |  ...  |      |      |   ...  |      |      |
+     +------+------+-     -+------+------+-      -+------+------+
+
+			   M64 window
+
+		Figure 1.1 Map VF(n) BAR space + extra
+
+  Allocating the extra space ensures that the entire M64 window will be
+  assigned to this one SR-IOV device and none of the space will be
+  available for other devices.  Note that this only expands the space
+  reserved in software; there are still only total_VFs VFs, and they only
+  respond to segments [0, total_VFs - 1].  There's nothing in hardware that
+  responds to segments [total_VFs, 255].
+
+4. Implications for the Generic PCI Code
+========================================
+
+The PCIe SR-IOV spec requires that the base of the VF(n) BAR space be
+aligned to the size of an individual VF BAR.
+
+In IODA2, the MMIO address determines the PE#.  If the address is in an M32
+window, we can set the PE# by updating the table that translates segments
+to PE#s.  Similarly, if the address is in an unsegmented M64 window, we can
+set the PE# for the window.  But if it's in a segmented M64 window, the
+segment number is the PE#.
+
+Therefore, the only way to control the PE# for a VF is to change the base
+of the VF(n) BAR space in the VF BAR.  If the PCI core allocates the exact
+amount of space required for the VF(n) BAR space, the VF BAR value is fixed
+and cannot be changed.
+
+On the other hand, if the PCI core allocates additional space, the VF BAR
+value can be changed as long as the entire VF(n) BAR space remains inside
+the space allocated by the core.
+
+Ideally the segment size will be the same as an individual VF BAR size.
+Then each VF will be in its own PE.  The VF BARs (and therefore the PE#s)
+are contiguous.  If VF0 is in PE(x), then VF(n) is in PE(x+n).  If we
+allocate 256 segments, there are (256 - numVFs) choices for the PE# of VF0.
+
+If the segment size is smaller than the VF BAR size, it will take several
+segments to cover a VF BAR, and a VF will be in several PEs.  This is
+possible, but the isolation isn't as good, and it reduces the number of PE#
+choices because instead of consuming only numVFs segments, the VF(n) BAR
+space will consume (numVFs * n) segments.  That means there aren't as many
+available segments for adjusting base of the VF(n) BAR space.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/pci_iov_resource_on_powernv.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/pci_iov_resource_on_powernv.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index b55c5cd..0000000
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/pci_iov_resource_on_powernv.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,301 +0,0 @@
-Wei Yang <weiyang@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
-Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@au1.ibm.com>
-Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
-26 Aug 2014
-
-This document describes the requirement from hardware for PCI MMIO resource
-sizing and assignment on PowerKVM and how generic PCI code handles this
-requirement. The first two sections describe the concepts of Partitionable
-Endpoints and the implementation on P8 (IODA2). The next two sections talks
-about considerations on enabling SRIOV on IODA2.
-
-1. Introduction to Partitionable Endpoints
-
-A Partitionable Endpoint (PE) is a way to group the various resources
-associated with a device or a set of devices to provide isolation between
-partitions (i.e., filtering of DMA, MSIs etc.) and to provide a mechanism
-to freeze a device that is causing errors in order to limit the possibility
-of propagation of bad data.
-
-There is thus, in HW, a table of PE states that contains a pair of "frozen"
-state bits (one for MMIO and one for DMA, they get set together but can be
-cleared independently) for each PE.
-
-When a PE is frozen, all stores in any direction are dropped and all loads
-return all 1's value. MSIs are also blocked. There's a bit more state that
-captures things like the details of the error that caused the freeze etc., but
-that's not critical.
-
-The interesting part is how the various PCIe transactions (MMIO, DMA, ...)
-are matched to their corresponding PEs.
-
-The following section provides a rough description of what we have on P8
-(IODA2).  Keep in mind that this is all per PHB (PCI host bridge).  Each PHB
-is a completely separate HW entity that replicates the entire logic, so has
-its own set of PEs, etc.
-
-2. Implementation of Partitionable Endpoints on P8 (IODA2)
-
-P8 supports up to 256 Partitionable Endpoints per PHB.
-
-  * Inbound
-
-    For DMA, MSIs and inbound PCIe error messages, we have a table (in
-    memory but accessed in HW by the chip) that provides a direct
-    correspondence between a PCIe RID (bus/dev/fn) with a PE number.
-    We call this the RTT.
-
-    - For DMA we then provide an entire address space for each PE that can
-      contain two "windows", depending on the value of PCI address bit 59.
-      Each window can be configured to be remapped via a "TCE table" (IOMMU
-      translation table), which has various configurable characteristics
-      not described here.
-
-    - For MSIs, we have two windows in the address space (one at the top of
-      the 32-bit space and one much higher) which, via a combination of the
-      address and MSI value, will result in one of the 2048 interrupts per
-      bridge being triggered.  There's a PE# in the interrupt controller
-      descriptor table as well which is compared with the PE# obtained from
-      the RTT to "authorize" the device to emit that specific interrupt.
-
-    - Error messages just use the RTT.
-
-  * Outbound.  That's where the tricky part is.
-
-    Like other PCI host bridges, the Power8 IODA2 PHB supports "windows"
-    from the CPU address space to the PCI address space.  There is one M32
-    window and sixteen M64 windows.  They have different characteristics.
-    First what they have in common: they forward a configurable portion of
-    the CPU address space to the PCIe bus and must be naturally aligned
-    power of two in size.  The rest is different:
-
-    - The M32 window:
-
-      * Is limited to 4GB in size.
-
-      * Drops the top bits of the address (above the size) and replaces
-	them with a configurable value.  This is typically used to generate
-	32-bit PCIe accesses.  We configure that window at boot from FW and
-	don't touch it from Linux; it's usually set to forward a 2GB
-	portion of address space from the CPU to PCIe
-	0x8000_0000..0xffff_ffff.  (Note: The top 64KB are actually
-	reserved for MSIs but this is not a problem at this point; we just
-	need to ensure Linux doesn't assign anything there, the M32 logic
-	ignores that however and will forward in that space if we try).
-
-      * It is divided into 256 segments of equal size.  A table in the chip
-	maps each segment to a PE#.  That allows portions of the MMIO space
-	to be assigned to PEs on a segment granularity.  For a 2GB window,
-	the segment granularity is 2GB/256 = 8MB.
-
-    Now, this is the "main" window we use in Linux today (excluding
-    SR-IOV).  We basically use the trick of forcing the bridge MMIO windows
-    onto a segment alignment/granularity so that the space behind a bridge
-    can be assigned to a PE.
-
-    Ideally we would like to be able to have individual functions in PEs
-    but that would mean using a completely different address allocation
-    scheme where individual function BARs can be "grouped" to fit in one or
-    more segments.
-
-    - The M64 windows:
-
-      * Must be at least 256MB in size.
-
-      * Do not translate addresses (the address on PCIe is the same as the
-	address on the PowerBus).  There is a way to also set the top 14
-	bits which are not conveyed by PowerBus but we don't use this.
-
-      * Can be configured to be segmented.  When not segmented, we can
-	specify the PE# for the entire window.  When segmented, a window
-	has 256 segments; however, there is no table for mapping a segment
-	to a PE#.  The segment number *is* the PE#.
-
-      * Support overlaps.  If an address is covered by multiple windows,
-	there's a defined ordering for which window applies.
-
-    We have code (fairly new compared to the M32 stuff) that exploits that
-    for large BARs in 64-bit space:
-
-    We configure an M64 window to cover the entire region of address space
-    that has been assigned by FW for the PHB (about 64GB, ignore the space
-    for the M32, it comes out of a different "reserve").  We configure it
-    as segmented.
-
-    Then we do the same thing as with M32, using the bridge alignment
-    trick, to match to those giant segments.
-
-    Since we cannot remap, we have two additional constraints:
-
-    - We do the PE# allocation *after* the 64-bit space has been assigned
-      because the addresses we use directly determine the PE#.  We then
-      update the M32 PE# for the devices that use both 32-bit and 64-bit
-      spaces or assign the remaining PE# to 32-bit only devices.
-
-    - We cannot "group" segments in HW, so if a device ends up using more
-      than one segment, we end up with more than one PE#.  There is a HW
-      mechanism to make the freeze state cascade to "companion" PEs but
-      that only works for PCIe error messages (typically used so that if
-      you freeze a switch, it freezes all its children).  So we do it in
-      SW.  We lose a bit of effectiveness of EEH in that case, but that's
-      the best we found.  So when any of the PEs freezes, we freeze the
-      other ones for that "domain".  We thus introduce the concept of
-      "master PE" which is the one used for DMA, MSIs, etc., and "secondary
-      PEs" that are used for the remaining M64 segments.
-
-    We would like to investigate using additional M64 windows in "single
-    PE" mode to overlay over specific BARs to work around some of that, for
-    example for devices with very large BARs, e.g., GPUs.  It would make
-    sense, but we haven't done it yet.
-
-3. Considerations for SR-IOV on PowerKVM
-
-  * SR-IOV Background
-
-    The PCIe SR-IOV feature allows a single Physical Function (PF) to
-    support several Virtual Functions (VFs).  Registers in the PF's SR-IOV
-    Capability control the number of VFs and whether they are enabled.
-
-    When VFs are enabled, they appear in Configuration Space like normal
-    PCI devices, but the BARs in VF config space headers are unusual.  For
-    a non-VF device, software uses BARs in the config space header to
-    discover the BAR sizes and assign addresses for them.  For VF devices,
-    software uses VF BAR registers in the *PF* SR-IOV Capability to
-    discover sizes and assign addresses.  The BARs in the VF's config space
-    header are read-only zeros.
-
-    When a VF BAR in the PF SR-IOV Capability is programmed, it sets the
-    base address for all the corresponding VF(n) BARs.  For example, if the
-    PF SR-IOV Capability is programmed to enable eight VFs, and it has a
-    1MB VF BAR0, the address in that VF BAR sets the base of an 8MB region.
-    This region is divided into eight contiguous 1MB regions, each of which
-    is a BAR0 for one of the VFs.  Note that even though the VF BAR
-    describes an 8MB region, the alignment requirement is for a single VF,
-    i.e., 1MB in this example.
-
-  There are several strategies for isolating VFs in PEs:
-
-  - M32 window: There's one M32 window, and it is split into 256
-    equally-sized segments.  The finest granularity possible is a 256MB
-    window with 1MB segments.  VF BARs that are 1MB or larger could be
-    mapped to separate PEs in this window.  Each segment can be
-    individually mapped to a PE via the lookup table, so this is quite
-    flexible, but it works best when all the VF BARs are the same size.  If
-    they are different sizes, the entire window has to be small enough that
-    the segment size matches the smallest VF BAR, which means larger VF
-    BARs span several segments.
-
-  - Non-segmented M64 window: A non-segmented M64 window is mapped entirely
-    to a single PE, so it could only isolate one VF.
-
-  - Single segmented M64 windows: A segmented M64 window could be used just
-    like the M32 window, but the segments can't be individually mapped to
-    PEs (the segment number is the PE#), so there isn't as much
-    flexibility.  A VF with multiple BARs would have to be in a "domain" of
-    multiple PEs, which is not as well isolated as a single PE.
-
-  - Multiple segmented M64 windows: As usual, each window is split into 256
-    equally-sized segments, and the segment number is the PE#.  But if we
-    use several M64 windows, they can be set to different base addresses
-    and different segment sizes.  If we have VFs that each have a 1MB BAR
-    and a 32MB BAR, we could use one M64 window to assign 1MB segments and
-    another M64 window to assign 32MB segments.
-
-  Finally, the plan to use M64 windows for SR-IOV, which will be described
-  more in the next two sections.  For a given VF BAR, we need to
-  effectively reserve the entire 256 segments (256 * VF BAR size) and
-  position the VF BAR to start at the beginning of a free range of
-  segments/PEs inside that M64 window.
-
-  The goal is of course to be able to give a separate PE for each VF.
-
-  The IODA2 platform has 16 M64 windows, which are used to map MMIO
-  range to PE#.  Each M64 window defines one MMIO range and this range is
-  divided into 256 segments, with each segment corresponding to one PE.
-
-  We decide to leverage this M64 window to map VFs to individual PEs, since
-  SR-IOV VF BARs are all the same size.
-
-  But doing so introduces another problem: total_VFs is usually smaller
-  than the number of M64 window segments, so if we map one VF BAR directly
-  to one M64 window, some part of the M64 window will map to another
-  device's MMIO range.
-
-  IODA supports 256 PEs, so segmented windows contain 256 segments, so if
-  total_VFs is less than 256, we have the situation in Figure 1.0, where
-  segments [total_VFs, 255] of the M64 window may map to some MMIO range on
-  other devices:
-
-     0      1                     total_VFs - 1
-     +------+------+-     -+------+------+
-     |      |      |  ...  |      |      |
-     +------+------+-     -+------+------+
-
-                           VF(n) BAR space
-
-     0      1                     total_VFs - 1                255
-     +------+------+-     -+------+------+-      -+------+------+
-     |      |      |  ...  |      |      |   ...  |      |      |
-     +------+------+-     -+------+------+-      -+------+------+
-
-                           M64 window
-
-		Figure 1.0 Direct map VF(n) BAR space
-
-  Our current solution is to allocate 256 segments even if the VF(n) BAR
-  space doesn't need that much, as shown in Figure 1.1:
-
-     0      1                     total_VFs - 1                255
-     +------+------+-     -+------+------+-      -+------+------+
-     |      |      |  ...  |      |      |   ...  |      |      |
-     +------+------+-     -+------+------+-      -+------+------+
-
-                           VF(n) BAR space + extra
-
-     0      1                     total_VFs - 1                255
-     +------+------+-     -+------+------+-      -+------+------+
-     |      |      |  ...  |      |      |   ...  |      |      |
-     +------+------+-     -+------+------+-      -+------+------+
-
-			   M64 window
-
-		Figure 1.1 Map VF(n) BAR space + extra
-
-  Allocating the extra space ensures that the entire M64 window will be
-  assigned to this one SR-IOV device and none of the space will be
-  available for other devices.  Note that this only expands the space
-  reserved in software; there are still only total_VFs VFs, and they only
-  respond to segments [0, total_VFs - 1].  There's nothing in hardware that
-  responds to segments [total_VFs, 255].
-
-4. Implications for the Generic PCI Code
-
-The PCIe SR-IOV spec requires that the base of the VF(n) BAR space be
-aligned to the size of an individual VF BAR.
-
-In IODA2, the MMIO address determines the PE#.  If the address is in an M32
-window, we can set the PE# by updating the table that translates segments
-to PE#s.  Similarly, if the address is in an unsegmented M64 window, we can
-set the PE# for the window.  But if it's in a segmented M64 window, the
-segment number is the PE#.
-
-Therefore, the only way to control the PE# for a VF is to change the base
-of the VF(n) BAR space in the VF BAR.  If the PCI core allocates the exact
-amount of space required for the VF(n) BAR space, the VF BAR value is fixed
-and cannot be changed.
-
-On the other hand, if the PCI core allocates additional space, the VF BAR
-value can be changed as long as the entire VF(n) BAR space remains inside
-the space allocated by the core.
-
-Ideally the segment size will be the same as an individual VF BAR size.
-Then each VF will be in its own PE.  The VF BARs (and therefore the PE#s)
-are contiguous.  If VF0 is in PE(x), then VF(n) is in PE(x+n).  If we
-allocate 256 segments, there are (256 - numVFs) choices for the PE# of VF0.
-
-If the segment size is smaller than the VF BAR size, it will take several
-segments to cover a VF BAR, and a VF will be in several PEs.  This is
-possible, but the isolation isn't as good, and it reduces the number of PE#
-choices because instead of consuming only numVFs segments, the VF(n) BAR
-space will consume (numVFs * n) segments.  That means there aren't as many
-available segments for adjusting base of the VF(n) BAR space.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/pmu-ebb.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/pmu-ebb.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f47475
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/pmu-ebb.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+========================
+PMU Event Based Branches
+========================
+
+Event Based Branches (EBBs) are a feature which allows the hardware to
+branch directly to a specified user space address when certain events occur.
+
+The full specification is available in Power ISA v2.07:
+
+  https://www.power.org/documentation/power-isa-version-2-07/
+
+One type of event for which EBBs can be configured is PMU exceptions. This
+document describes the API for configuring the Power PMU to generate EBBs,
+using the Linux perf_events API.
+
+
+Terminology
+-----------
+
+Throughout this document we will refer to an "EBB event" or "EBB events". This
+just refers to a struct perf_event which has set the "EBB" flag in its
+attr.config. All events which can be configured on the hardware PMU are
+possible "EBB events".
+
+
+Background
+----------
+
+When a PMU EBB occurs it is delivered to the currently running process. As such
+EBBs can only sensibly be used by programs for self-monitoring.
+
+It is a feature of the perf_events API that events can be created on other
+processes, subject to standard permission checks. This is also true of EBB
+events, however unless the target process enables EBBs (via mtspr(BESCR)) no
+EBBs will ever be delivered.
+
+This makes it possible for a process to enable EBBs for itself, but not
+actually configure any events. At a later time another process can come along
+and attach an EBB event to the process, which will then cause EBBs to be
+delivered to the first process. It's not clear if this is actually useful.
+
+
+When the PMU is configured for EBBs, all PMU interrupts are delivered to the
+user process. This means once an EBB event is scheduled on the PMU, no non-EBB
+events can be configured. This means that EBB events can not be run
+concurrently with regular 'perf' commands, or any other perf events.
+
+It is however safe to run 'perf' commands on a process which is using EBBs. The
+kernel will in general schedule the EBB event, and perf will be notified that
+its events could not run.
+
+The exclusion between EBB events and regular events is implemented using the
+existing "pinned" and "exclusive" attributes of perf_events. This means EBB
+events will be given priority over other events, unless they are also pinned.
+If an EBB event and a regular event are both pinned, then whichever is enabled
+first will be scheduled and the other will be put in error state. See the
+section below titled "Enabling an EBB event" for more information.
+
+
+Creating an EBB event
+---------------------
+
+To request that an event is counted using EBB, the event code should have bit
+63 set.
+
+EBB events must be created with a particular, and restrictive, set of
+attributes - this is so that they interoperate correctly with the rest of the
+perf_events subsystem.
+
+An EBB event must be created with the "pinned" and "exclusive" attributes set.
+Note that if you are creating a group of EBB events, only the leader can have
+these attributes set.
+
+An EBB event must NOT set any of the "inherit", "sample_period", "freq" or
+"enable_on_exec" attributes.
+
+An EBB event must be attached to a task. This is specified to perf_event_open()
+by passing a pid value, typically 0 indicating the current task.
+
+All events in a group must agree on whether they want EBB. That is all events
+must request EBB, or none may request EBB.
+
+EBB events must specify the PMC they are to be counted on. This ensures
+userspace is able to reliably determine which PMC the event is scheduled on.
+
+
+Enabling an EBB event
+---------------------
+
+Once an EBB event has been successfully opened, it must be enabled with the
+perf_events API. This can be achieved either via the ioctl() interface, or the
+prctl() interface.
+
+However, due to the design of the perf_events API, enabling an event does not
+guarantee that it has been scheduled on the PMU. To ensure that the EBB event
+has been scheduled on the PMU, you must perform a read() on the event. If the
+read() returns EOF, then the event has not been scheduled and EBBs are not
+enabled.
+
+This behaviour occurs because the EBB event is pinned and exclusive. When the
+EBB event is enabled it will force all other non-pinned events off the PMU. In
+this case the enable will be successful. However if there is already an event
+pinned on the PMU then the enable will not be successful.
+
+
+Reading an EBB event
+--------------------
+
+It is possible to read() from an EBB event. However the results are
+meaningless. Because interrupts are being delivered to the user process the
+kernel is not able to count the event, and so will return a junk value.
+
+
+Closing an EBB event
+--------------------
+
+When an EBB event is finished with, you can close it using close() as for any
+regular event. If this is the last EBB event the PMU will be deconfigured and
+no further PMU EBBs will be delivered.
+
+
+EBB Handler
+-----------
+
+The EBB handler is just regular userspace code, however it must be written in
+the style of an interrupt handler. When the handler is entered all registers
+are live (possibly) and so must be saved somehow before the handler can invoke
+other code.
+
+It's up to the program how to handle this. For C programs a relatively simple
+option is to create an interrupt frame on the stack and save registers there.
+
+Fork
+----
+
+EBB events are not inherited across fork. If the child process wishes to use
+EBBs it should open a new event for itself. Similarly the EBB state in
+BESCR/EBBHR/EBBRR is cleared across fork().
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/pmu-ebb.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/pmu-ebb.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 73cd163..0000000
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/pmu-ebb.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
-PMU Event Based Branches
-========================
-
-Event Based Branches (EBBs) are a feature which allows the hardware to
-branch directly to a specified user space address when certain events occur.
-
-The full specification is available in Power ISA v2.07:
-
-  https://www.power.org/documentation/power-isa-version-2-07/
-
-One type of event for which EBBs can be configured is PMU exceptions. This
-document describes the API for configuring the Power PMU to generate EBBs,
-using the Linux perf_events API.
-
-
-Terminology
------------
-
-Throughout this document we will refer to an "EBB event" or "EBB events". This
-just refers to a struct perf_event which has set the "EBB" flag in its
-attr.config. All events which can be configured on the hardware PMU are
-possible "EBB events".
-
-
-Background
-----------
-
-When a PMU EBB occurs it is delivered to the currently running process. As such
-EBBs can only sensibly be used by programs for self-monitoring.
-
-It is a feature of the perf_events API that events can be created on other
-processes, subject to standard permission checks. This is also true of EBB
-events, however unless the target process enables EBBs (via mtspr(BESCR)) no
-EBBs will ever be delivered.
-
-This makes it possible for a process to enable EBBs for itself, but not
-actually configure any events. At a later time another process can come along
-and attach an EBB event to the process, which will then cause EBBs to be
-delivered to the first process. It's not clear if this is actually useful.
-
-
-When the PMU is configured for EBBs, all PMU interrupts are delivered to the
-user process. This means once an EBB event is scheduled on the PMU, no non-EBB
-events can be configured. This means that EBB events can not be run
-concurrently with regular 'perf' commands, or any other perf events.
-
-It is however safe to run 'perf' commands on a process which is using EBBs. The
-kernel will in general schedule the EBB event, and perf will be notified that
-its events could not run.
-
-The exclusion between EBB events and regular events is implemented using the
-existing "pinned" and "exclusive" attributes of perf_events. This means EBB
-events will be given priority over other events, unless they are also pinned.
-If an EBB event and a regular event are both pinned, then whichever is enabled
-first will be scheduled and the other will be put in error state. See the
-section below titled "Enabling an EBB event" for more information.
-
-
-Creating an EBB event
----------------------
-
-To request that an event is counted using EBB, the event code should have bit
-63 set.
-
-EBB events must be created with a particular, and restrictive, set of
-attributes - this is so that they interoperate correctly with the rest of the
-perf_events subsystem.
-
-An EBB event must be created with the "pinned" and "exclusive" attributes set.
-Note that if you are creating a group of EBB events, only the leader can have
-these attributes set.
-
-An EBB event must NOT set any of the "inherit", "sample_period", "freq" or
-"enable_on_exec" attributes.
-
-An EBB event must be attached to a task. This is specified to perf_event_open()
-by passing a pid value, typically 0 indicating the current task.
-
-All events in a group must agree on whether they want EBB. That is all events
-must request EBB, or none may request EBB.
-
-EBB events must specify the PMC they are to be counted on. This ensures
-userspace is able to reliably determine which PMC the event is scheduled on.
-
-
-Enabling an EBB event
----------------------
-
-Once an EBB event has been successfully opened, it must be enabled with the
-perf_events API. This can be achieved either via the ioctl() interface, or the
-prctl() interface.
-
-However, due to the design of the perf_events API, enabling an event does not
-guarantee that it has been scheduled on the PMU. To ensure that the EBB event
-has been scheduled on the PMU, you must perform a read() on the event. If the
-read() returns EOF, then the event has not been scheduled and EBBs are not
-enabled.
-
-This behaviour occurs because the EBB event is pinned and exclusive. When the
-EBB event is enabled it will force all other non-pinned events off the PMU. In
-this case the enable will be successful. However if there is already an event
-pinned on the PMU then the enable will not be successful.
-
-
-Reading an EBB event
---------------------
-
-It is possible to read() from an EBB event. However the results are
-meaningless. Because interrupts are being delivered to the user process the
-kernel is not able to count the event, and so will return a junk value.
-
-
-Closing an EBB event
---------------------
-
-When an EBB event is finished with, you can close it using close() as for any
-regular event. If this is the last EBB event the PMU will be deconfigured and
-no further PMU EBBs will be delivered.
-
-
-EBB Handler
------------
-
-The EBB handler is just regular userspace code, however it must be written in
-the style of an interrupt handler. When the handler is entered all registers
-are live (possibly) and so must be saved somehow before the handler can invoke
-other code.
-
-It's up to the program how to handle this. For C programs a relatively simple
-option is to create an interrupt frame on the stack and save registers there.
-
-Fork
-----
-
-EBB events are not inherited across fork. If the child process wishes to use
-EBBs it should open a new event for itself. Similarly the EBB state in
-BESCR/EBBHR/EBBRR is cleared across fork().
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/ptrace.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/ptrace.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..864d4b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/ptrace.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+======
+Ptrace
+======
+
+GDB intends to support the following hardware debug features of BookE
+processors:
+
+4 hardware breakpoints (IAC)
+2 hardware watchpoints (read, write and read-write) (DAC)
+2 value conditions for the hardware watchpoints (DVC)
+
+For that, we need to extend ptrace so that GDB can query and set these
+resources. Since we're extending, we're trying to create an interface
+that's extendable and that covers both BookE and server processors, so
+that GDB doesn't need to special-case each of them. We added the
+following 3 new ptrace requests.
+
+1. PTRACE_PPC_GETHWDEBUGINFO
+============================
+
+Query for GDB to discover the hardware debug features. The main info to
+be returned here is the minimum alignment for the hardware watchpoints.
+BookE processors don't have restrictions here, but server processors have
+an 8-byte alignment restriction for hardware watchpoints. We'd like to avoid
+adding special cases to GDB based on what it sees in AUXV.
+
+Since we're at it, we added other useful info that the kernel can return to
+GDB: this query will return the number of hardware breakpoints, hardware
+watchpoints and whether it supports a range of addresses and a condition.
+The query will fill the following structure provided by the requesting process::
+
+  struct ppc_debug_info {
+       unit32_t version;
+       unit32_t num_instruction_bps;
+       unit32_t num_data_bps;
+       unit32_t num_condition_regs;
+       unit32_t data_bp_alignment;
+       unit32_t sizeof_condition; /* size of the DVC register */
+       uint64_t features; /* bitmask of the individual flags */
+  };
+
+features will have bits indicating whether there is support for::
+
+  #define PPC_DEBUG_FEATURE_INSN_BP_RANGE		0x1
+  #define PPC_DEBUG_FEATURE_INSN_BP_MASK		0x2
+  #define PPC_DEBUG_FEATURE_DATA_BP_RANGE		0x4
+  #define PPC_DEBUG_FEATURE_DATA_BP_MASK		0x8
+  #define PPC_DEBUG_FEATURE_DATA_BP_DAWR		0x10
+
+2. PTRACE_SETHWDEBUG
+
+Sets a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint, according to the provided structure::
+
+  struct ppc_hw_breakpoint {
+        uint32_t version;
+  #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_TRIGGER_EXECUTE  0x1
+  #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_TRIGGER_READ     0x2
+ #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_TRIGGER_WRITE    0x4
+        uint32_t trigger_type;       /* only some combinations allowed */
+  #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_EXACT               0x0
+  #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_RANGE_INCLUSIVE     0x1
+  #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_RANGE_EXCLUSIVE     0x2
+  #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_MASK                0x3
+        uint32_t addr_mode;          /* address match mode */
+
+  #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_MODE   0x3
+  #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_NONE   0x0
+  #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_AND    0x1
+  #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_EXACT  0x1	/* different name for the same thing as above */
+  #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_OR     0x2
+  #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_AND_OR 0x3
+  #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_BE_ALL 0x00ff0000	/* byte enable bits */
+  #define PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_BE(n)  (1<<((n)+16))
+        uint32_t condition_mode;     /* break/watchpoint condition flags */
+
+        uint64_t addr;
+        uint64_t addr2;
+        uint64_t condition_value;
+  };
+
+A request specifies one event, not necessarily just one register to be set.
+For instance, if the request is for a watchpoint with a condition, both the
+DAC and DVC registers will be set in the same request.
+
+With this GDB can ask for all kinds of hardware breakpoints and watchpoints
+that the BookE supports. COMEFROM breakpoints available in server processors
+are not contemplated, but that is out of the scope of this work.
+
+ptrace will return an integer (handle) uniquely identifying the breakpoint or
+watchpoint just created. This integer will be used in the PTRACE_DELHWDEBUG
+request to ask for its removal. Return -ENOSPC if the requested breakpoint
+can't be allocated on the registers.
+
+Some examples of using the structure to:
+
+- set a breakpoint in the first breakpoint register::
+
+    p.version         = PPC_DEBUG_CURRENT_VERSION;
+    p.trigger_type    = PPC_BREAKPOINT_TRIGGER_EXECUTE;
+    p.addr_mode       = PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_EXACT;
+    p.condition_mode  = PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_NONE;
+    p.addr            = (uint64_t) address;
+    p.addr2           = 0;
+    p.condition_value = 0;
+
+- set a watchpoint which triggers on reads in the second watchpoint register::
+
+    p.version         = PPC_DEBUG_CURRENT_VERSION;
+    p.trigger_type    = PPC_BREAKPOINT_TRIGGER_READ;
+    p.addr_mode       = PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_EXACT;
+    p.condition_mode  = PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_NONE;
+    p.addr            = (uint64_t) address;
+    p.addr2           = 0;
+    p.condition_value = 0;
+
+- set a watchpoint which triggers only with a specific value::
+
+    p.version         = PPC_DEBUG_CURRENT_VERSION;
+    p.trigger_type    = PPC_BREAKPOINT_TRIGGER_READ;
+    p.addr_mode       = PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_EXACT;
+    p.condition_mode  = PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_AND | PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_BE_ALL;
+    p.addr            = (uint64_t) address;
+    p.addr2           = 0;
+    p.condition_value = (uint64_t) condition;
+
+- set a ranged hardware breakpoint::
+
+    p.version         = PPC_DEBUG_CURRENT_VERSION;
+    p.trigger_type    = PPC_BREAKPOINT_TRIGGER_EXECUTE;
+    p.addr_mode       = PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_RANGE_INCLUSIVE;
+    p.condition_mode  = PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_NONE;
+    p.addr            = (uint64_t) begin_range;
+    p.addr2           = (uint64_t) end_range;
+    p.condition_value = 0;
+
+- set a watchpoint in server processors (BookS)::
+
+    p.version         = 1;
+    p.trigger_type    = PPC_BREAKPOINT_TRIGGER_RW;
+    p.addr_mode       = PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_RANGE_INCLUSIVE;
+    or
+    p.addr_mode       = PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_EXACT;
+
+    p.condition_mode  = PPC_BREAKPOINT_CONDITION_NONE;
+    p.addr            = (uint64_t) begin_range;
+    /* For PPC_BREAKPOINT_MODE_RANGE_INCLUSIVE addr2 needs to be specified, where
+     * addr2 - addr <= 8 Bytes.
+     */
+    p.addr2           = (uint64_t) end_range;
+    p.condition_value = 0;
+
+3. PTRACE_DELHWDEBUG
+
+Takes an integer which identifies an existing breakpoint or watchpoint
+(i.e., the value returned from PTRACE_SETHWDEBUG), and deletes the
+corresponding breakpoint or watchpoint..
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/ptrace.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/ptrace.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 99c5ce8..0000000
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/ptrace.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
-GDB intends to support the following hardware debug features of BookE
-processors:
-
-4 hardware breakpoints (IAC)
-2 hardware watchpoints (read, write and read-write) (DAC)
-2 value conditions for the hardware watchpoints (DVC)
-
-For that, we need to extend ptrace so that GDB can query and set these
-resources. Since we're extending, we're trying to create an interface
-that's extendable and that covers both BookE and server processors, so
-that GDB doesn't need to special-case each of them. We added the
-following 3 new ptrace requests.
-
-1. PTRACE_PPC_GETHWDEBUGINFO
-
-Query for GDB to discover the hardware debug features. The main info to
-be returned here is the minimum alignment for the hardware watchpoints.
-BookE processors don't have restrictions here, but server processors have
-an 8-byte alignment restriction for hardware watchpoints. We'd like to avoid
-adding special cases to GDB based on what it sees in AUXV.
-
-Since we're at it, we added other useful info that the kernel can return to
-GDB: this query will return the number of hardware breakpoints, hardware
-watchpoints and whether it supports a range of addresses and a condition.
-The query will fill the following structure provided by the requesting process:
-
-struct ppc_debug_info {
-       unit32_t version;
-       unit32_t num_instruction_bps;
-       unit32_t num_data_bps;
-       unit32_t num_condition_regs;
-       unit32_t data_bp_alignment;
-       unit32_t sizeof_condition; /* size of the DVC register */
-       uint64_t features; /* bitmask of the individual flags */
-};
-
-features will have bits indicating whether there is support for:
-
-#define PPC_DEBUG_FEATURE_INSN_BP_RANGE		0x1
-#define PPC_DEBUG_FEATURE_INSN_BP_MASK		0x2
-#define PPC_DEBUG_FEATURE_DATA_BP_RANGE		0x4
-#define PPC_DEBUG_FEATURE_DATA_BP_MASK		0x8
-#define PPC_DEBUG_FEATURE_DATA_BP_DAWR		0x10
-
-2. PTRACE_SETHWDEBUG
-
-Sets a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint, according to the provided structure:
-
-struct ppc_hw_breakpoint {
-        uint32_t version;
-#d